Jessica Thomas, Author at Breaking Muscle https://breakingmuscle.com/author/jessicathomas/ Breaking Muscle Fri, 12 Jan 2024 17:02:19 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.3.1 https://breakingmuscle.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/cropped-bmlogowhite-red-120x68.png Jessica Thomas, Author at Breaking Muscle https://breakingmuscle.com/author/jessicathomas/ 32 32 NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Review (2024): Are These Value Dumbbells Worth It? https://breakingmuscle.com/nordictrack-adjustable-dumbbell-review/ Wed, 22 Nov 2023 17:36:17 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=201442 If you’re short on space, lifting weights at home can seem practically out of the question. And I know this from experience. I remember living in a one-bedroom apartment and just knowing that a set of traditional dumbbells and its accompanying rack wouldn’t fit anywhere. Fortunately, one day, I discovered adjustable weights, and they’ve been an essential part...

The post NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Review (2024): Are These Value Dumbbells Worth It? appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
If you’re short on space, lifting weights at home can seem practically out of the question. And I know this from experience. I remember living in a one-bedroom apartment and just knowing that a set of traditional dumbbells and its accompanying rack wouldn’t fit anywhere. Fortunately, one day, I discovered adjustable weights, and they’ve been an essential part of my strength training routine ever since. So if you’re in a similar situation, you might be looking for a suitable solution too. 

The NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Dumbbells are a space-saving and cost-effective option for adjustable weights. However, like all fitness equipment, they aren’t going to check the box for everyone. Therefore, to help you decide if it’s a practical choice for you, the Breaking Muscle team has put them to the test. Plus, as a health and fitness writer who loves sharing my honest home gym workout experiences, I’ll also be spilling the tea. So, let’s jump right into this NordicTrack adjustable dumbbell review!

Key Takeaways

  • These can replace 15 individual dumbbells, so you can really maximize your home gym space. They range in weight from 10 to 55 pounds (4.53 to 24.94 kilograms).
  • The handle diameter is fixed, which may not be ideal if you prefer a more ergonomic handle.
  • The sliding pins weight selection system is easy to use, but adjusting the weight may take longer than it does on other adjustable dumbbells. 
NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Adjustable Dumbbell
4.1
  • Weight range: 10 to 55 pounds
  • Weight increments: 2.5 to five pounds
  • Adjustment type: Sliding pins
  • Dimensions: 19.4” L x 11.4” W x 8.5” H with storage tray 
  • Materials: Steel, plastic
  • Warranty: 90 days
Check Price

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Pros

  • NordicTrack’s adjustable dumbbells are some of the more affordable adjustable dumbbell choices.
  • They can be adjusted in 2.5-pound increments, which is ideal for those who prefer to make smaller jumps in weight.
  • The NordicTrack Select-a-Weight dumbbells are compact and take up less room than a full set of high-quality dumbbells. They can fit into most small gym spaces with ease.

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Cons

  • The plastic parts may cause durability issues.
  • During our testing, we noticed that the weight plates can shake and rattle when in use.
  • The NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells can’t be dropped, so they may not be suitable for CrossFitters or lifters who like to train to failure.

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Rating

The Breaking Muscle team has tried out A LOT of adjustable dumbbells, so we know what a real high-quality one looks like. We use our proprietary factor methodology system to rank everything from price for value to the variety of weight increments.

The NordicTrack Select-a-Weight dumbbells in their storage tray
The NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Adjustable Dumbbells at the Breaking Muscle testing facility

Here’s how the NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells score. 

FactorRating (out of 5)
Price and value4.0
Construction quality4.0 
Ergonomics4.0
Ease of use4.5 
Weight options4.0
Adjustment mechanism3.5
Warranty3.0

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Overview

The NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Dumbbells come as a pair and provide a combined 110 pounds (49.89 kilograms) of weight. With a handy-dandy weight selection system and 15 different weight assortments, you can do a variety of home workouts from squats and lunges to bicep curls and overhead presses. Plus, if combined with an iFit membership (for around $39 per month), beginners and intermediate trainees can access hundreds of weightlifting workouts. 

In this second iteration of the NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells, you get a less bulky product that feels a little more like a fixed weight. The original version, which had blue weight selector tabs, featured more plastic and felt less sturdy. Some consumers even questioned its safety and reliability. But in NordicTrack’s new and improved version of this set of adjustable dumbbells, it seems to be a lot better. 

Who Should Buy the NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells

  • New and intermediate trainees who are looking for dumbbells they can progress with. 
  • Individuals who don’t have a spacious home gym and need a compact solution. 
  • Home gym lovers who enjoy interactive training — these dumbbells are an excellent choice for strength training workouts through iFIT (which requires a subscription of about $39 per month)

Who Should Not Buy the NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells

  • Those who prefer the feel and functionality of traditional dumbbells 
  • Advanced weightlifters who need more than 55 pounds 
  • Trainees who’d prefer longer warranty coverage. NordicTrack only offers a 90-day warranty.

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Review

Before you even think about swiping your card to order this product, there are a few things you should know. While this set of adjustable dumbbells will check the box for some people, it may be completely underwhelming for others. To give you some perspective, we’ll jump into the price, construction quality, warranty, and more. 

Price and Value

As of this writing, the 55-pound (24.94 kilograms) NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell costs $399, but is that reasonable? The short answer is yes, and here’s why we ranked these 4 out of 5. 

When compared to similar options, their price actually seems to fall in the middle. For instance, when we compared options, the Bowflex SelectTech 552 was $429, The Core Fitness Adjustable Dumbbell Set was $359, and the Nuobell Classic Adjustable Dumbbell Set was $595.

They’re all compact and have comparable weight options and increments, but the NordicTrack Select-a-Weight set is the only one that goes up to 55 pounds. On top of that, you’d get free shipping and a 30-day iFIT trial. Financing may be an option, too, if you’re not ready to pay it all upfront. There are 12 and 39-month 0 percent APR payment options, meaning you could end up paying a little over $10 or $33 per month.  

So, if you’re comparing those and trying to determine which one would provide the most value, I’d recommend NordicTrack. For the quality, price, and functionality, these are one of the best adjustable dumbbells. However, if you want a set of dumbbells with a greater weight range or higher quality, expect to pay more. 

Also, let’s not forget that traditional dumbbells cost about $1 to $4 per pound. A set of five to 50-pound (22.67 kilograms) rubber hex dumbbells could easily cost you $800, and these are practically half the price. In short, these just might be worth replacing a whole rack of dumbbells. 

RELATED: Best Budget Home Gym Equipment

Construction Quality

The first iteration of the NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells had plastic handles and, according to some consumers, cheaply made weight selector tabs that would occasionally break. If those broke, the product became virtually useless, as you couldn’t select a different weight. 

While it’s unclear if they improved this in the newer version, which now has orange adjustment pins, I can say that I haven’t seen nearly as many negative reviews about them breaking. I did come across one poor review on Amazon where the buyer stated that they dropped the adjustable 2.5/5 pound (1.13/2.26 kilograms) section on a horse mat. Afterward, they were no longer able to adjust the five-pound setting and had trouble getting a replacement. 

You should also be aware that the inside of the weight plates are made of plastic as well. In terms of durability, they should work fine for a while but will likely wear down over time. This could cause the plates to stick and not lock into place correctly. My advice is just to be careful. If you’re aggressive when using them or set the weight plates or tabs down too hard, they’ll probably break down much sooner. 

What I really like about the new NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells is the metal handle with moderate knurling. This upgrade means you’ll be able to maintain a better grip when completing different exercises. It’s very uncommon to see metal handles on adjustable dumbbells at this price point, so this is truly a standout feature.  

Overall, the construction is pretty good for the price, and that’s why we made it a 4 out of 5. It’s clear that NordicTrack has made some efforts to improve this set of dumbbells so buyers can get more use out of them. Although it’s a bummer when gym equipment like this breaks, we must remember that these aren’t traditional dumbbells. Many lifters have a habit of dropping their weights down after an intense set of reps, but you shouldn’t do that with adjustable dumbbells with plastic parts. 

Ergonomics

These aren’t the most comfortable pair of dumbbells in the world, but they’re by far not the worst, either, so we gave these a 4 out of 5. 

To start, the handles don’t have a thick center that tapers down at each end, which is considered “ergonomic.” Many people find ergonomic handles more user-friendly as they are better at distributing the weight in your hands. This is especially noticeable when using heavier weights. 

However, while those may feel better to hold, a fixed-diameter handle, like the one here, offers more contact and a firmer grip. The moderate knurling assists with maintaining your grip as well and does so without hurting you. More aggressive knurling is sharper and makes it challenging to do high-rep training. 

Although NordicTrack hasn’t disclosed the exact diameter of these 10-pound handles, the Breaking Muscle team assumes they’re about 30 millimeters. This isn’t terrible, but it’s on the thicker side for a smaller dumbbell and possibly not wide enough for a heavier one. To give you some perspective, Rogue’s Rubber Hex Dumbbells that are 12.5 pounds (5.66 kilograms) or heavier sport a 35-millimeter diameter handle. For any less than that, the handle is 25 millimeters thick.

Fat gripz” on heavier dumbbells are more common because large dumbbells require you to utilize more muscles. Muscle growth is stimulated with thicker grips because they make the forearm, bicep, and hand muscles work harder. Over time, this may make you more effective at handling heavier weights. 

Unfortunately, the diameter of NordicTrack’s Adjustable Dumbbells doesn’t change when you make a weight adjustment, but this is common among adjustable dumbbells. Therefore, we can’t completely zonk it. The brand likely picked 30 millimeters because it’s in the middle and should work for those with small and large hands. 

An athlete doing incline dumbbell bench presses with the NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Dumbbells
Doing dumbbell incline bench presses with the NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Dumbbells

Now, let’s consider the weight plates from a comfort perspective. When the Breaking Muscle team tried these out, they noted that the round weight plates slightly shook and made a click-clacking noise. While that won’t physically interfere with your workout, it could be problematic if you’re sensitive to such noises and sensations. Once again, this is the sort of thing that just comes with the adjustable dumbbell territory. 

For the most part, these are shaped and perform a lot like traditional dumbbells, but you shouldn’t use them for push-ups. The plate’s rounded design just doesn’t support that, so stick to lifting instead. 

Ease of Use

A lot of people are intimidated by adjustable dumbbells, but these are pretty easy to use. The storage tray has clear weight markings, so you can move the four adjustment pins to select the amount of weight you want. Then you have to do the other dumbbell, so it’s not the quickest process and could take some getting used to.

I personally prefer the twist-lock technology found on the Core Fitness dumbbells that I own. With those, I just set my dumbbells in the cradle and twist the handle until I reach my desired weight. 

Weight Options

What makes the NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Dumbbells really attractive are the 2.5 and five-pound increments. If you’re anything like me, making a five-pound (2.26-kilogram) leap is challenging, especially when it comes to doing bicep curls. I’d much rather progress in 2.5-pound increments because it allows me to maintain a better form and reduces my risk of injury. 

However, do note that 2.5-pound increments are not available across the board, so if you’re hoping for 7.5 (3.40 kilogram) or 17.5 (7.93 kilogram) weight options, it’s not possible. In some cases, you’ll just have to be okay with a five-pound increment, such as when you go from 15 (6.80) to 20 pounds (9.07 kilograms). 

RELATED: Best Kettlebells for CrossFit, Beginners, and More

Adjustment Mechanism

When you’re ready to adjust the weight of these dumbbells, all you have to do is pull out the orange weight pin selector and slide it to your preferred weight. The markers on the storage tray are set up in 10-pound (4.53 kilogram) increments (e.g., 10, 20, 30 pounds/4.53, 9.07, 13.6 kilograms), etc.), so you know where to place them. 

However, here’s where it gets tricky. There’s a slider inside of each dumbbell for the smaller 2.5 and five-pound increment options, but it’s not exactly clear which way you’re supposed to slide those to select the one you want. Over time, you’d probably figure it out; however, it’s annoying to be doing this in the middle of a workout. 

An athlete adjusting the weight on the NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Dumbbells
A Breaking Muscle team member adjusting the weight on the NordicTrack Select-a-Weight Dumbbells

Also, adjustments can probably be done in five to ten seconds with these, but this is annoying when you’re doing supersets. The dial method is more attractive in terms of speed, which is why this adjustment mechanism gets a 3.5 out of 5 rating. 

Warranty

One area that NordicTrack could’ve done better is the warranty. Compared to other companies that provide two and five-year warranty coverage on parts and labor, they only offer 90 days. 

Such short coverage will make some consumers raise their eyebrows and question the product’s durability. This is especially concerning because the plastic weight-changing pin is susceptible to breakage. Therefore, don’t be forceful when making weight changes because if you break it, it’s not covered under warranty, and finding a replacement may be incredibly challenging. 

In addition, there is a 30-day return policy, but here’s the kicker. You’ll be charged a $250 non-refundable return shipping fee and a 10% processing fee.

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Specs

When looking for a pair of adjustable dumbbells, it helps to look at certain factors and be aware of your own preferences. For example, you’ll want to know about a dumbbell’s dimensions and materials so you can assess if the size and feel will work for you. Also, knowing its weight range and whether or not it has mobile app capabilities is crucial, especially for beginners. Below, we’ll dive into what you can expect from the NordicTrack Select-a-Weight dumbbells.  

Dimensions

The newest version of these NordicTrack dumbbells is much more compact. The older one was 26.59 inches long, 21.25 inches wide, and 10.53 inches high when the dumbbells were set inside the plastic tray. This one is 19.40 inches long, 11.40 inches wide, and 9 inches tall. Length-wise, it’s a whole seven inches shorter. Therefore, if you don’t have a dedicated home gym space, these are small enough to hide under the bed or in the closet. 

RELATED: Best Budget Barbells

Materials

This iteration of the NordicTrack Adjustable dumbbells has steel handles and weight plates, which is a considerable improvement. It gives them a more premium feel. There is some plastic in the top middle of the plates where the weight selector tabs are meant to be placed. However, compared to the hardened plastic-coated weights on the blue ones, this isn’t so bad. The fitted storage trays are still made of plastic, so you must be careful with those. If you slam the weights down too hard, it may break.  

Weight Range

Each dumbbell is between 10 and 55 pounds (4.53 and 24.94 kilograms). There are 15 weight adjustments, which are as follows: 10, 12.5, 15, 20, 22.5, 25, 30, 32.5, 35, 40, 42.5, 45, 50, 52.5, and 55 pounds (4.53, 5.66, 6.80, 9.07, 10.20, 11.33, 13.60, 14.74, 15.87, 18.14, 19.27, 20.41, 22.67, 23.81, and 24.94 kilograms). 

Mobile App Compatibility

If you like having access to live and on-demand video workouts from iFIT personal trainers, you’re in luck. There are multiple strength exercises on there. This is helpful for beginners who might not know what to do and even more experienced persons who are looking to switch it up. 

When you purchase this adjustable dumbbell set, you’ll get a 30-day iFIT family membership that includes up to five profiles. There’s even a leaderboard to log your workouts and track your progress. As long as you have WiFi and a compatible TV screen, tablet, and/or phone, you should be good to go. Once the trial ends, it’ll be around $39/month plus tax.  

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells vs. BowFlex SelectTech 552 Adjustable Dumbbells

The BowFlex SelectTech 552 Adjustable Dumbbells are very popular, and this is partially because BowFlex is a name people trust in the fitness space. Seriously, when I think of my childhood, 1990s BowFlex commercials come to mind. 

There are areas where the BowFlex dumbbells outshine the NordicTrack dumbbells, such as with their simple and quick dial system and two-year warranty. In addition, they’re quieter since the metal plates are encased in a molding. 

I personally like that it starts at five pounds (2.26 kilograms) and has 2.5-pound (1.13 kilogram) increments up to 25 pounds (11.33 kilograms). This may be important for those new to training, who might appreciate 7.5 and 17.5-pound (3.40 and 7.93-kilogram) weight options. NordicTrack has more adjustable increments between 20 and 50 pounds, though, so it really depends on your preference and fitness goals. 

Here’s where BowFlex lacks in comparison, though. Their max weight caps at 52.5 pounds (23.81 kilograms), the handles lack knurling and have a subpar rubber grip, and it’s made with a lot of plastic. In fact, several of their customers have complained about the plastic breaking. At around $429, they’re still considered a relatively affordable option, but you have to ask yourself if you may get more value out of the NordicTrack Select-a-Weight dumbbells.  

Neither of these options comes with an expansion kit, which may be a deal-breaker for anyone looking for much heavier weights.

BowFlex SelectTech 552 Adjustable Dumbbells
4.5
  • Weight range: Five to 52.5 pounds
  • Weight increments: 2.5 to five pounds
  • Adjustment type: Sliding pins
  • Dimensions: 16.9" L x 8.3" W x 9" H 
  • Materials: Steel, nylon, ABS, thermoplastic rubber
  • Warranty: Two-year parts warranty
Check Price

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Customer Reviews

NordicTrack doesn’t feature any reviews on their website, but Amazon has over 1500. At the time of this writing, almost 80% are 5-star ratings, and only four percent are 1-star. 

One customer stated, “Best adjustable dumbbells in this price range! Top features are that they are dumbbell shaped with flat weight ends, and the handles are very well done.” Another said, “Best investment I’ve made in my own gym, and I’m happy I went with these…not sure if anything above this is really worth it unless you need 80lbs dumbbells and have a large budget or just want to super nice dumbbells that are $700 to $800.”

Among the negative reviews, some stated that the product arrived broken. One customer said, “The weights arrived broken, with one of the disks having noticeable cracks that prevented the selector switch from moving past it, making it impossible to adjust the weight properly; a critical feature for this product.” One other customer mentioned, “Item arrived in a beat-up box with no styrofoam packing or insulation really of any kind. Weights inside were banged up and scratched though not damaged nearly as badly as other people seem to have gotten.” 

Final Verdict: Are NordicTrack Dumbbells Worth It?

NordicTrack is mainly known for its high-end treadmills and ellipticals, so when I found out they sold dumbbells as well, I was slightly taken aback. I mean, could they really be a leader in the adjustable dumbbell space, too? As it turns out, they’re making a name for themselves as being one the most valuable options out there for its price range.    

The NordicTrack dumbbells are winning in a few areas. They’re cost-effective, space-saving, and feel a lot like regular dumbbells. While they cannot utilize Alexa to respond to voice commands that change the weights like the NordicTrack iSelect Adjustable Dumbbells, it offers other notable features. It’s certainly not every day that you’ll see 2.5 (1.1 kilogram) and 5-pound (2.26 kilogram) weight increments or a dumbbell set that goes up to 55 pounds (24.94 kilograms). Plus, adding iFIT could take your workout game to an entirely different level. 

So, are they worth it? For someone who doesn’t mind the quirks that come with adjustable dumbbells and is short on space, yes. There are definitely options with greater durability and more than 110 pounds (49.89 kilograms), but given the price tag here, the NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells are winning. 

FAQs

How do NordicTrack dumbbells work?

When you’re ready to adjust the weight, just slide the orange weight selector pins to the appropriate spot, as marked by the storage tray. 

What are the advantages of NordicTrack adjustable dumbbells?

NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbells are a budget-friendly, space-saving choice for new and intermediate trainees who may enjoy interactive training. 

The post NordicTrack Adjustable Dumbbell Review (2024): Are These Value Dumbbells Worth It? appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Review (2024): Expert Tested https://breakingmuscle.com/rep-ab-5200-adjustable-bench-review/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 19:36:27 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=201447 If there’s one piece of equipment you need in your home gym, it’s a weight bench. But not just any type of weight bench. You need an adjustable weight bench, like the new and improved REP Fitness AB-5200 2.0. FID weight benches are a versatile, portable, and economical choice for beginners and athletes who want to spruce up...

The post REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Review (2024): Expert Tested appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
If there’s one piece of equipment you need in your home gym, it’s a weight bench. But not just any type of weight bench. You need an adjustable weight bench, like the new and improved REP Fitness AB-5200 2.0. FID weight benches are a versatile, portable, and economical choice for beginners and athletes who want to spruce up their dumbbell workouts. Plus, if you have a squat rack and some barbells, you’re pretty much good to go.

Today, many brands, like REP Fitness, Rogue, Sorinex, and Titan, produce high-quality benches. However, none of them will be a good fit for everyone. Therefore, you have to evaluate your budget, fitness goals, and preferences to ensure you pick the right one for you. 

As a 5+ year Public Health Professional and Writer, I’ve researched and written on several weight benches. I’ve also had a chance to try out a few for myself. In this REP AB-5200 adjustable bench review, I’m giving you all the deets so you can decide if this is personally worth the buy. 

Key Takeaways

  • On their website, the bench is automatically set to the fixed post option, making it a flat-incline bench. If you’d prefer a FID bench, select the “adjustable post” option. 
  • If you don’t like the bench, REP Fitness offers a 30-day money-back guarantee, but there will be a 15 percent restocking fee applied if it’s not returned in its original packaging. 
REP Fitness AB-5200
4.1
  • Dimensions: 17.5” H x 57.6” L x 25.8” W
  • Weight capacity: 1,000 pounds
  • Materials: 11-gauge steel
  • Warranty: 10-year frame warranty
Check Price

REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Pros

  • Six different color options are available for the frame and rails. You can add a pop of color to your home gym or coordinate your bench with your other equipment.
  • The AB-5200 can be stored in an upright position, which is beneficial for those with small spaces who want to tuck it away when they’re done working out.
  • The bench has a 1,000-pound weight capacity, making it suitable for the majority of lifters.

REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Cons

  • The wide pad doesn’t meet International Powerlifting Federation (IPF) requirements, so the AB-5200 may not be ideal for powerlifters who want to train at home.
  • No compatible attachment options are available. The REP AB-5200 isn’t as versatile as other adjustable benches we’ve tried, which can be limiting for lifters who want to perform a wider variety of exercises at home.

REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Rating

At Breaking Muscle, we’ve been fortunate enough to try out some of the best weight benches on the market. From flat and FID benches to foldable weight benches – we’ve put them to the test. Here’s how the REP AB-5200 2.0 scored after we put it through our proprietary factor methodology system. 

FactorRating (out of 5)
Price and Value4.5
Construction Quality4.5 
Delivery and Assembly4.5 
Dimensions4.5
Padding4.5
Footprint and Portability4.5
Performance and Ease of Use4.5
Incline Levels4.5
Available Attachments1.0
Warranty4.0 

REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Overview

If I’m being honest, I think REP Fitness did their thing in this second iteration of the AB-5200. It’s evident that they listened to their customers and aimed to improve on the things they previously missed. 

To start, the customization options are out of this world. It’s rare to find a weight bench that allows you to select from a plethora of frame and guide rail colors. Next, they’ve implemented their proprietary padding that’s grippy but also comfortable. Then, one of their most significant changes is to the adjustable back post, which is a win for those who like doing certain exercises, like decline bench presses. 

The REP Fitness AB-5200 V2 in a garage gym
The REP AB-5200 V2 at the Breaking Muscle testing facility

This FID bench (flat-incline-decline) is attractive, high-end, and nice enough to pass as commercial gym equipment. Their attention to detail is undeniable, as you’ll find the laser-cut REP logo on the ladders and black hardware and stainless steel parts in various places. This space-saving bench has a lot going for it, but if we’re being honest, it’s certainly not the most budget-friendly option on the market. Plus, some things may make this a dealbreaker for you.

We’ll get into who should buy it and who might be better off looking for something else below. 

Who Should Buy the REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench

  • Those who prefer ladder-style adjustments over pop-pin adjustments.
  • Elite lifters who want a weight bench that’s stable enough to handle heavier weights.
  • Individuals who prefer to customize their adjustable bench so that it fits their preferences/needs.

Who Should Not Buy the REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench

  • Trainees planning to do core exercises that may require leg rollers. 
  • Individuals who are looking for a budget-friendly bench. 
  • Anyone who likes adding attachments to their weight bench to increase exercise versatility. 

RELATED: REP Fitness BlackWing Adjustable Bench Review

REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Review

In order to make a sound purchasing decision, there are a few things you should know. Therefore, in the following few sections, we will go over different factors, like price, construction, footprint, and more. We’ll expand on why we ranked each factor the way we did and address things that are easy to overlook. That should help you discern if this bench makes sense for your lifestyle. 

Price and Value

At the time of writing this, the REP Fitness AB-5200 2.0 is $549.99, but that price is for the fixed post only. The fixed post version only works as a flat-incline bench, but if you upgrade to the “adjustable post,” you’ll get three additional decline angles. That’ll cost you an extra $30, bringing the price to $579.99. There’s also an option to get wider back and seat pads for $20. So, if you add that along with the adjustable post, you’re looking at $599.99. 

This may be completely out of some people’s budgets, but with it being a higher-end product, it will cost more. Products like the FLYBIRD weight bench on Amazon cost around $149 and can get the job done, but, as someone who owns that, it’s missing features that the AB-5200 2.0 has. 

For one, this wobbles when I’m doing most workouts, which limits its versatility. I don’t feel 100% comfortable using it to do step-ups with my adjustable dumbbells because of this. While it’s very maneuverable, since it’s only 28.5 pounds (12.92 kilograms), it lacks stability. It simply wouldn’t work for those wanting to use heavier weights, like a powerlifter. Plus, the pop-in adjustment slows me down. These are things you have to consider when you go cheaper. 

REP AB-5200 2.0 in the flat position
The REP AB-5200 2.0 in the flat position

Overall, I’d say you’re getting a very good amount of value for the price with the AB-5200 2.0, which is why we ranked it a 4.5 out of 5. If you want to pay a little less, check out the REP AB-3000 FID bench (for around $319.99) or the REP AB-5000 Zero Gap adjustable bench (for about $449.99). 

RELATED: Best Budget Barbells

Construction Quality

When it comes to the overall build quality of this weight bench, we’ll easily give it a 4.5 out of 5. 

The frame comprises 11-gauge steel and heavy-duty bolts, which can support over 950 pounds (430.9 kilograms). This type of material makes for a heavier bench (i.e., 115 pounds), but it also means it should be more stable. The AB-5200 2.0 is a solid piece of equipment that should remain sturdy no matter what back pad and seat pad adjustments you make. It’s the type of stability I wish my FLYBIRD had. 

Although this weight bench is kind of heavy, it’s still on the lighter side compared to other high-end options. Heck, even the previous model of this was 10 pounds heavier. It’s also very maneuverable, thanks to the knurled, stainless steel handle that you can use to pick up the front of the bench. The ladder system and adjustment post have knurled handles as well. The older model just featured a stainless steel metal handle that wasn’t knurled. 

REP Fitness also upgraded the pad material. The original one had premium, grippy vinyl, but this new one has proprietary CleanGrip pads, which we’ll expand on later.

RELATED: REP Fitness Colorado Bar Review

Delivery and Assembly

If you order the AB-5200 2.0 directly from the REP Fitness website, you’ll get free shipping. Be sure to select the frame and rail color you desire to customize it to your liking. There are six color options to choose from: metallic black, blue, army green, white, matte black, and red. 

Once they ship it, your product will likely arrive in three to four well-packaged boxes. It’s a bolt-together bench, which cuts down the cost of shipping and lets the brand send the product in smaller packages. 

As a consumer, I find that bolt-together benches are easier to pack when moving, but that also means assembly is required when you first get it. Fortunately, that’s not difficult to do. In fact, a team member said all they had to do was attach the back adjustment piece, the pads, and the feet. 

In our book, the delivery and assembly process deserves a 4.5 out of 5 since the whole experience was straightforward. 

Dimensions

Before you buy the AB-5200 2.0 for your home gym, it’s crucial that you know how much space it’ll take up and if it’ll work for your body type. When assembled, it’s 57.6 inches long, 25.8 inches wide, and 17.5 inches high. To give you perspective, it’s about ¾ as long as a twin-size bed, four US dollar notes wide, and about two women’s size five shoes high. 

If you’re a competitive powerlifter, knowing these details is essential, as it’s best to train on benches that meet International Powerlifting Federation (IPF) height requirements. Interestingly, many weight benches are too low, which can interfere with your form and cause your hips to sit too far down. The wrong height can also compromise leg drive and your ability to push back into the bench, making it hard to correctly perform exercises like bench presses

Whether you’re tall or short, the length of this bench should accommodate you. It’s a tad bit longer than some other benches, which is an advantage. With this one, you’ll have good head support when in an incline position and still be able to put your feet flat on the ground if you’re lying on your back. 

Now, let’s switch gears to the pad dimensions. At 41.7 inches long, the back pad makes up much of this bench’s length, and its width depends on which version you select. 

The standard version is 12 inches wide and will work for most people. But if you’ve got wider shoulders and lift big weights, consider the 14-inch one. Otherwise, you risk overhanging, which isn’t safe or stable when lifting heavy weights. If you opt for the wider pad, it won’t meet the IPF width requirements, and some people believe that getting a wider pad interferes with their range of motion. So keep that in mind before you buy. 

The seat pad length is 11.4 inches long with a standard width of 12 inches that tapers to 8.9 inches. The wide version is 14 inches and tapers to 11 inches. Both the back pad and seat pad are 2.5 inches high. 

One other thing you have to pay attention to with adjustable benches, in particular, is the pad gap. The pad gap is the distance between the back pad and the seat pad when it’s in a flat position, which is only 1.4 inches here. This is considered a “little gap,” so it shouldn’t feel like you’re sitting on a hole. If you’re trying to avoid pad gaps altogether, consider a flat bench or the REP Fitness AB-5000 zero-gap bench. 

Based on the information above and our knowledge of weight benches, the dimensions here receive a 4.5 out of 5.  

Padding

Experience has taught me that not all weight bench pads are created equal, so it’s refreshing that REP Fitness has put a lot of energy into this. As previously mentioned, the new iteration features the CleanGrip Pads. This is said to be grippier, firmer, and easier to clean than others. The brand says they made this upgrade in response to customer feedback, as trainees wanted something to stop them from sliding when bench pressing. 

We had a member of the Breaking Muscle team give it a try, and they enjoyed using it during their workout. They said the pad was thick and firm, and it wasn’t uncomfortable at all, whether they were seated, on their chest, or on their back.

Based on our proprietary rating system, the padding on this bench gets a 4.5 out of 5. 

Footprint and Portability

When the AB-5200 2.0 bench is fully assembled, it only takes up 10.33 square feet. To help you visualize how it might fit into your home gym space, consider this. The average bedroom is 132 square feet, and a one-car garage is about 240 square feet, so if you have that much area to work with, you probably can give this bench a dedicated space. Of course, this also depends on the other equipment you have in the room, like power racks, furniture, etc. 

Now, if you’re short on space and need to stow your bench after use, say hello to vertical storage. You can stow it vertically, and it’ll only take up 3.1 square feet. To do this, just pull up the knurled, stainless steel front handle until it stands all the way up. 

Although it’s 115 pounds (52.1 kilograms), the actual roll weight is more like 54 pounds (24.49 kilograms), so it’s not difficult to maneuver. To protect your floor, there’s UHMW plastic on the end of the bench to prevent scratches. This feature wasn’t on the last model, so it’s nice that REP Fitness made an update here. Lastly, the closed ladder design further ensures the pads are protected and stay in place. 

All in all, it’s a solid space-saving choice and isn’t challenging to move around, so we gave it a 4.5 out of 5. 

Performance and Ease of Use

Performance-wise, this bench may actually be better than some commercial gym options. It’s tough and can handle a powerlifter doing some serious barbell bench presses. REP Fitness says this bench was designed to allow for optimal performance no matter what position you’re in.

An athlete preparing to do dumbbell bench presses on the REP AB-5200 2.0
Getting ready to lift on the REP AB-5200 2.0

For example, they say that this bench only declines up to -8 because that level still lets you maintain proper leg drive for specific exercises. As a result, leg rollers aren’t even required for this bench. However, the lack of leg rollers might be a dealbreaker for those who want to use their bench to do a lot of core exercises and Nordic curls.  

This bench uses a closed-ladder mechanism to make angle adjustments to the seat and back pads. All you have to do is use one hand to move the ladder to one of the steel-cut grooves. It’ll fall in place so you can return to your workout without worrying about the bench flimsily moving around. Sadly, I can’t say the same for my FLYBIRD weight bench. 

Please note: If you get the adjustable post, there is an extra step you have to take. You’ll need to loosen the pop-pin on the post, pull it to adjust the angle, and twist it to tighten. Beginners may prefer the fixed post since it has fewer moving parts. 

Because it’s so simple to use and doesn’t impede one’s workout experience, we’re giving it a 4.5 out of 5. 

Related: Do This To Increase Your Bench Press

Incline Levels

If you stick with the fixed post, the bench will provide ten different back pad angles and four seat pad angles. The back pad angles are 0, 20, 30, 37.5, 45, 52.5, 60, 67.5, 75, and 80. If you upgrade to the adjustable post, you’ll have three additional decline angles, which are -8, -6, and -4. The seat pad angles are 0, 8, 20, and 30.

An athlete adjusting the back pad of the REP Fitness AB-5200 V2
A Breaking Muscle team member adjusting the back pad of the REP Fitness AB-5200 2.0

The original AB-5200 only had seven back pad angles and three seat pad angles, so the 2.0 model is a definite upgrade.

Available Attachments

At this time, the AB-5200 2.0 is not compatible with their leg roller or spotter platform attachments. Based on REP Fitness, the decline angle just isn’t aggressive enough to require a leg roller to help you hold your position. If that’s something you’d want, it might make sense to consider one of their other weight benches. Since attachments aren’t an option, we’re giving this a 1 out of 5. 

Warranty

The warranty on this FID bench isn’t bad, but we’ve seen better. For instance, there’s a ten-year warranty on the frame but only 30 days on the upholstery. We would’ve liked to see at least a 90-day warranty on the upholstery, like what you’d find on the Rogue Adjustable Bench 3.0. Because of this, we rate it a 4 out of 5. 

REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Specs

As you’re comparing the REP AB-5200 2.0 to other weight benches, there are some specs you need to keep in mind. Below, we’ll provide a quick overview of its dimensions, the materials it was made with, its weight capacity, and more. 

Dimensions

The REP AB-5200 2.0 has the following dimensions:

  • Length: 57.6”
  • Width: 25.8” 
  • Height: 17.5”

Materials

The frame is made of 11-gauge steel, and the pads are created with their proprietary CleanGrip material. The latter is sticky enough to rip a paper towel, so it’s best to clean it with cloth. Even easy-to-overlook details are well-made, like the stainless steel handles and heavy-duty bolts. 

Pad Thickness

The seat and back pad are 2.5 inches thick. This foam pad is denser than the original AB-5200, but it’s still comfortable. 

Weight Capacity

This weight bench can support a 1,000-pound weight capacity, making it a good choice for beginners and advanced trainees alike. 

Compatible Attachments

Currently, there are no available attachments for the REP AB-5200 2.0 weight bench. 

REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench vs. Rogue Adjustable Bench 3.0

A comparable option to the REP Fitness AB-5200 is the made-in-the-USA Rogue Adjustable Bench 3.0. It’s a quality-built adjustable weight bench with an 11-gauge steel frame that provides different color options, includes ten back pad angle positions, and is stowable. 

However, this product, which has a smaller back pad width (11 inches) and doesn’t feature a decline option, costs around $595. On top of that, it’ll cost you an extra $100 if you want stainless steel rails and premium wheels. Those are very neat features, but they’re ones that many people might not care a whole lot about. 

If you’re trying to decide which one of these would be the best adjustable bench to buy, I’d say the REP AB-5200 2.0. It will give you similar functions and quality as the Rogue 3.0 but at a better price. Now, the Rogue 3.0 bench may be a better option if you’re super tight on storage space (it’s slightly smaller than the 5200) and want hardly any pad gap (one inch versus four inches)  Both are great options, though. What you pick comes down to personal preference and budget. 

Rogue Adjustable Bench 3.0
4.5
  • Dimensions: 17.5” H x 52” L x 11” W
  • Weight capacity: 1,000 pounds
  • Materials: 11-gauge steel, vinyl cover, rubber feet
  • Warranty: Limited lifetime on the frame
Check Price

Related: Best Home Gym Machines

REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Customer Reviews

Currently, REP Fitness has no authorized resellers in the United States, so you can only purchase products from their website. As a result, the only customer reviews we could find on the AB-5200 2.0 were on their own website. 

There are only 53 reviews at this time, and all of them are positive. Forty-nine of the reviews had 5-star ratings, with customers making remarks like, “The bench was exactly what I was hoping it would be. I’m a fairly big guy 6’4″ 290lbs, and the bench doesn’t budge.” Another happy customer said “I’ve been using this for a few weeks now and it’s a MASSIVE improvement over my previous bench. This thing is a tank. Super solid.”

There were four 4-star reviews. One customer said, “Great bench, but doesn’t decline low enough”. One other individual remarked, “I’ve used many benches in the last 14 years, and this one seems to be the most solid! Just don’t order it in red… it’s not really red.”

Final Verdict: Is the REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Worth It?

Right now, the new and improved version of the REP AB-5200 2.0 Adjustable Bench is stealing the show. Unlike other benches, this one allows customers to have some creative freedom. They can select colors and even choose whether or not the decline option is something they want. Plus, it’s very well-constructed and attractive to the eye, making it stand out in any home or commercial gym it’s in. 

While the price might cause some people to look elsewhere, this bench packs a ton of value. 

Although it’s missing some versatility since you can’t add any attachments, it would still be worth it to most individuals. The knurled handles will come in handy when your palms are sweaty, and the stowability benefits those short on space. Anyone looking for a high-end FID bench built to promote optimal performance should consider the REP AB-5200 2.0.

FAQs

What is the difference between the REP AB 5000 and 5200?

The REP AB-5000 is a lighter bench with a zero-gap design, a pop-pin adjustment style, and an optional leg attachment for decline variations. The REP AB-5200 has a small, 1.4-inch gap, ladder style adjustment mechanism, and can be upgraded to provide three decline options. The latter permits vertical storage, while the other one is meant to stay in place. 

What is the difference between the AB 5000 and AB-4100?

The AB-4100 has a closed ladder design, can be stored vertically, and is very lightweight. Unlike the REP AB-5000, this one has no option to decline and has a 1.57-inch pad gap. 

What are the pros and cons of the AB-5200?

Pros associated with the REP Fitness AB-5200 2.0 include vertical storage, six color options, its high-quality construction, and the knurled stainless steel handles. 
Depending on your goals and preferences, you may see the following as cons. REP Fitness currently doesn’t offer any attachments for this bench, it’s on the pricier side, and the wide pad option doesn’t meet IPF standards. 

What are the dimensions of the REP AB-5200?

The REP AB-5200 is 57.6” L x 25.8” W x 17.5” H.

What is the weight limit for the AB-5200?

The weight capacity is 1,000 pounds. 

The post REP AB-5200 Adjustable Bench Review (2024): Expert Tested appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best Multivitamins for Men, Women, and More (2024) https://breakingmuscle.com/best-multivitamin/ Sat, 28 Oct 2023 18:31:38 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=199825 Multivitamins are often associated with being healthy, but they’re not all created equally. Some dietary supplements become contaminated with harmful compounds, like arsenic, which can cause numerous health issues. Others may contain artificial coloring, preservatives, and sweeteners that cause GI symptoms and offer no nutritional value. We certainly want to avoid these things, but it’s not always clear...

The post Best Multivitamins for Men, Women, and More (2024) appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Multivitamins are often associated with being healthy, but they’re not all created equally. Some dietary supplements become contaminated with harmful compounds, like arsenic, which can cause numerous health issues. Others may contain artificial coloring, preservatives, and sweeteners that cause GI symptoms and offer no nutritional value. We certainly want to avoid these things, but it’s not always clear that they’re included by just looking at the supplement facts list. 

As a public health professional, I aim to help individuals peel back the curtain so they can make an informed decision about what they consume. Today, hundreds of multivitamins sit on virtual and physical store shelves, making it challenging to pick the best one for you. At Breaking Muscle, we’ve decided to make this process easier by uncovering the eight best multivitamins on the marketplace today. Keep reading to find out which one is best for you and what you should pay attention to when reviewing the numerous options. 

How We Chose the Best Multivitamin

Coming up with a list of the best multivitamins was no easy feat. Nonetheless, we wanted to simplify the selection process for you, so we decided to put about two dozen multivitamins to the test. 

To narrow it down, the Breaking Muscle Team created a list of important factors that matter when picking a multivitamin. Those factors included assessing the ingredients, taste, smell, swallow-ability, side effects, third-party testing, and initial results. One by one, we tried and debriefed multivitamins and eliminated those that didn’t meet our standards. The result of this comprehensive testing process is the list you see below, with each multivitamin categorized based on the type of person it would benefit the most.  

Our Top Picks for the Best Multivitamin

Best Multivitamin Overall: Transparent Labs Multivitamin

Transparent Labs Multivitamin
4.0
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Four capsules
  • Cost per serving: $1.00
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin D, calcium, thiamin, vitamin B12, vitamin A, vitamin C, zinc
  • Certifications: Informed Choice Certified
Check Price

Pros

  • High-quality ingredients 
  • Informed Choice certified (suitable for athletes) 
  • Provides therapeutic doses 
  • Free of unnecessary additives and fillers

Cons

  • Doesn’t include all B vitamins 
  • Not vegan-friendly

Whether you’re an athlete who has to watch the ingredients you consume or an individual who simply prefers premium ingredients, the Transparent Labs Multivitamin is a solid choice. Their formula consists of 19 essential vitamins and minerals that may reduce fatigue and support a healthy immune system. In addition, these nutrients are bioavailable, meaning they should be absorbed adequately so you can get the most out of them. The formula also includes supporting herbs and antioxidants, making it easily one of the best multivitamins overall. 

What’s impressive about this multivitamin is that it uses therapeutic doses, meaning that more of a nutrient is included than what’s needed in a day. Out of 19 vitamins and minerals, 11 of them provide more than 100 percent of the daily value. For example, there are 200 micrograms (mcg) of vitamin B12, which is 8,333 percent of the daily value. Although that sounds like a lot, taking more than the daily recommended dose isn’t considered harmful because the body doesn’t store excess B12. What’s not used will be passed through urine. 

Vitamin B12 assists with creating DNA and also keeps our nerves and blood cells healthy. Those deficient in Vitamin B12 often feel weak and tired, which might explain why some people taking this multivitamin feel more energetic. 

Transparent Labs’ formulation also includes four other B vitamins (B1, B5, B6, and B7) but lacks the other three (B2, B3, and B9). In particular, the inclusion of B9 (folate/folic acid) would have been nice, as one study revealed that it may help prevent cardiovascular disease when combined with B12. (1) Nonetheless, this formulation still includes many other vital nutrients in high doses, like vitamin C, vitamin D, vitamin K, and chromium. 

One 2017 study revealed that vitamin C supplementation can prevent and treat respiratory and systemic infections. (2) A 2022 evidence-based review found that vitamin D may reduce the risk of falls, improve pain in those with fibromyalgia, and reduce the risk of type 2 diabetes in patients with prediabetes. (3)

Research also shows that vitamin K assists with bone formation, insulin sensitivity, and preventing cancer. (4) The mineral chromium (a.k.a. Chromax) helps with the absorption of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats and aids blood glucose regulation. While it is found in some foods, it’s only in small amounts, so it’s great that they provide 67 micrograms here (193 percent of the daily value). 

The inclusion of organic ashwagandha, Coenzyme Q10, and boron set this vitamin and mineral supplement apart from the rest. Ashwagandha is an adaptogen that can improve how the body handles stress, boosts cell-mediated immunity, and protects against cellular damage. (5) Coenzyme Q10, a fat-soluble compound, may reduce muscle pain and improve exercise performance. (6) Lastly, boron is necessary for the growth of bone and wound healing. In addition, it can reduce levels of inflammatory biomarkers. (7)

Overall, this dietary supplement has a lot to offer, and it does this at a reasonable price. A 30-serving container is $29.00. While that might very well be more than the ones you see in retail stores, it includes ingredients you likely wouldn’t find in those.

Plus, it has an Informed Choice certification, meaning that each month, at least one lot and/or batch is randomly tested for banned substances. One downside, however, is that one serving is equal to four capsules, which will be a no-go for many. 

Best Multivitamin for Men Over 50: Lifeforce Peak Healthspan

Lifeforce Peak Healthspan
3.7
  • Form: Capsule 
  • Daily dose: Three capsules
  • Cost per serving: $3.83
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin D, niacin, vitamin B12, copper 
  • Certifications: N/A
Check Price

Pros

  • Addresses the nine hallmarks of aging 
  • Includes therapeutic dosages of some nutrients 
  • May boost energy and immune support

Cons

  • No reviews on their website 
  • Expensive 
  • Includes sesame, which some people may be allergic to

Guys over 50 looking for a men’s multivitamin formulated with them in mind should consider Lifeforce’s Peak Healthspan. It has therapeutic dosages of vitamins and minerals that may help with cognitive health, multi-organ function, and cellular resilience. In addition, it includes unique blends of botanical nutrients known to assist with aging gracefully.

A quick look at the supplement facts label will reveal that this multivitamin has 156 percent of the daily value of vitamin D. But why so much? According to one study, vitamin D deficiency is common in older American men, especially during the spring and winter. (31) Interestingly, older men commonly deal with conditions that are potentially linked to a vitamin D deficiency, so supplementation is vital. 

Niacin, also known as vitamin B3, is found in ample amounts, too (813 percent of the daily value). This vitamin helps to convert nutrients into energy, makes fats and cholesterol, and creates and repairs DNA. The latter is especially important to older adults, as aging naturally results in cell damage, which can lead to cell death or mutation. (32) Fortunately, the antioxidant effects associated with niacin may be able to help. It also plays a role in helping the body create sex and stress-related hormones. This may explain why niacin aids in improving erectile function in some men. (33)

This multivitamin features NAD3, a propriety blend of Wasabi extract, theacrine, and cuprous niacin (copper and niacin). In a 2020 study on Wasabi, researchers found that this spice prevented the development of hypertension in rodents that followed a high-fat, high-carb diet. (34) Another study published that same year noted that it could assist in managing obesity, so Wasabi shows much promise. (35)

Theacrine is an alkaloid that’s structured similarly to caffeine and may increase physical performance. In a 2019 study, researchers found that male and female soccer players who used TeaCrine® (a compound containing pure theacrine) had increased performance capacity and endurance. (36

Another ingredient, BetaPower, shows some potential, too. Supplementation of betaine anhydrous has been shown to increase strength and power. (37) One study even revealed that it may reduce adipose tissue, which plays a role in age-related metabolic dysfunction. (38)(39) Adipose tissue causes inflammation and interferes with immune and skeletal muscle cells, so it’s nice to see an ingredient that combats that. 

For a 30-serving container, where one serving equals three capsules, you can expect to pay about $115. Peak Healthspan should be taken before lunch as it may cause jitteriness if taken too close to bedtime. In addition, not everyone requires three capsules, so pay attention to your body and adjust as needed. Lastly, it’s unclear if this men’s multivitamin is third-party tested, and it does include one allergen: sesame. 

Best Multivitamin for Men: Onnit Total Human

Onnit Total Human
3.9
  • Form: Capsule packs
  • Daily dose: One pack during the day and one at night
  • Cost per serving: $4.50
  • Key vitamins and minerals: B vitamins, calcium, magnesium, vitamin E, vitamin C, zinc
  • Certifications: N/A
Check Price

Pros

  • Therapeutic doses of vitamins and minerals 
  • Daytime and nighttime support 
  • Money-back guarantee

Cons

  • Expensive 
  • Several pills needed per dose
  • Not safe for those with shellfish allergies
  • May not be third-party tested

Fellas, are you looking for a solid men’s multivitamin to boost your energy during the day and help you relax and recover at night? The Onnit Total Human multivitamin has just the key nutrients for that! However, it is probably unlike any other supplements you’ve tried. It includes two packets and multiple pills. You’re supposed to take one packet in the morning and another at night.

One of our Breaking Muscle staff members who tested this multivitamin said he was able to swallow all the pills in one pack at the same time, but other people may want to break it up because it is a lot.

The daytime packet includes ingredients that may help with cognitive function, cardiovascular endurance, bone strength, and energy production. For example, there are therapeutic doses of all the B vitamins, vitamin E, and chromium. The packet has numerous trademarked blends, too, like the flow blend, performance blend, and immune blend, just to name a few. 

To give you an example, the performance blend includes cordyceps, green tea, ashwagandha, astragalus, and Rhodiola. Cordyceps is a fungus that may delay the aging process, increase natural endurance, and nourish the body’s immune system. (16) Rhodiola has traditionally been used to manage stress-induced fatigue and improve physical performance. (17)

The nighttime packet has ingredients that can promote relaxation, immune system support, and total body support. You’ll find therapeutic doses of vitamin B6 and vitamin C, which are both associated with enhancing immune function. The nighttime pills also contain vitamin D. A study found that men with low levels of that nutrient may be twice as likely to have a heart attack, so the inclusion of vitamin D in Onnit Total Human is noteworthy. (18)

There’s also a trademarked tranquility blend with valerian root, chamomile, lemon balm, and jujube. Valerian root has historically been used as a sleep aid, and chamomile can help promote calmness. (19)(20) Lemon balm may improve symptoms associated with anxiety and depression, while jujube has anti-inflammatory and anti-bacterial functions. (21)(22)

Some ingredients show up in both the daytime and nighttime packets. For instance, turmeric, fish oil, krill oil, spirulina, and chlorella are there to encourage all-day general wellness. Turmeric, a spice often used for medicinal purposes, can help to manage inflammatory and oxidative conditions. (23) It also has the potential to boost recovery and performance in those who exercise. Krill oil is said to help with muscle recovery following resistance exercise and may even assist with brain development and improved cognition. (24)(25)

With all these ingredients, you would think there’d be some notable side effects, but our tester only experienced more vivid dreams. A couple of consumers said it made them feel sluggish, though, so it depends on the person. My partner, who was deployed overseas with guys who used this exact supplement, said that people swore by them. Since they couldn’t follow a balanced diet, these came in handy. 

For around $137.95, you’d get a 30-day supply of various vitamins, minerals, and botanical nutrients. If you’re not ready to completely take the plunge, consider getting a seven-day supply for about $25.97. Onnit offers a Keep-It Money-Back Guarantee, so if you get a trial size and don’t like it, you can get a refund without returning the product. 

Best Multivitamin for Women: Ritual Essential for Women Multivitamin 18+

Ritual Essential for Women Multivitamin 18+
4.0
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.10
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Folate, omega-3 DHA, vitamin B12, vitamin D, iron, vitamin E
  • Certifications: USP Verified, Non-GMO Project-verified
Check Price

Pros

  • Traceable ingredients 
  • Vegan-friendly 
  • 30-day money-back guarantee 
  • Backed by a peer-reviewed study 
  • Certified B Corporation

Cons

  • Lacks nutrients often found in other multivitamins 
  • Pricey 
  • Requires a subscription 
  • A few complained of heartburn

It’s not every day that a multivitamin has been peer-reviewed, but the Ritual Essential for Women Multivitamin 18+ has, which is why it’s our top choice for a women’s multivitamin.

A bottle of the Ritual Essential Women's Multivitamin 18+ on a black surface with a wood background
The Ritual Essential Multivitamin for Women 18+ at the Breaking Muscle testing facility

The study divulged that women who used their multivitamin supplement had seen increases in vitamin D and omega-3 DHA levels in 12 weeks. (8) While this is certainly promising, there were some study limitations. For one, the participants were young and healthy, so it’s unclear if these vitamins would be helpful to someone with a metabolic condition. In addition, it’s unclear how much physical activity or sunlight exposure participants had, which could’ve altered vitamin D and omega-3 levels. Therefore, keep these things in mind as you assess if this is the best women’s multivitamin for you. 

What’s interesting here is that this daily multivitamin does not offer as many essential nutrients as others. Ritual stands by the “less is more” phenomenon. For instance, you’re not going to find copper, selenium, calcium, or vitamin C in this product because 1) they feel you’re probably already getting enough of those nutrients from your diet, and 2) too much of some nutrients can negatively impact another.

According to WomensHealth.gov, the following essential nutrients are important for women’s health: vitamins B9, B12, and D, as well as calcium and iron. The Ritual multivitamin includes four out of five of those but also includes a few other ingredients. But first, let’s clarify why the four vitamins we need and that are included in this formula are important. 

Vitamin B9 (folate) is crucial for women, especially if they plan on getting pregnant. The body needs it to make new cells and assist with protein metabolism. Not having enough during pregnancy could result in congenital disabilities. This is why you’ll usually see this ingredient in prenatal multivitamins. It may help with fertility as well. One study even revealed that a high intake of supplemental folic acid (>800 micrograms per day) correlated with increased implantation rates, clinical pregnancy, and live births. (9) This supplement happens to have 1,000 micrograms. 

Studies show that adequate levels of vitamin B12 are associated with maintaining pregnancy and ovarian health. (10) Ritual’s multivitamin provides 333 percent of the daily value, so women will get a dosage that’s generous enough to accommodate their nutritional needs. 

RELATED: Best Probiotic for Women

Then there’s vitamin D, a nutrient needed to help absorb calcium and maintain bone health. (11) As women age, they experience a decrease in estrogen, a hormone that prevents bones from getting weaker. Ritual’s multivitamin can help. In fact, one study found a 23–43% reduction in the risk of a hip fracture in women who used vitamin D3. (12) Another study even discovered that increased vitamin D levels could improve muscle performance. (13)

Our bodies need iron to create hemoglobin, but menstruation, childbirth, and pregnancy can cause an iron deficiency. Such a deficiency can lead to decreased exercise capacity, extreme fatigue, and poor work performance. (14) Thankfully, this multivitamin provides 44 percent of the daily value. 

Other nutrients found in this supplement include vitamin E, magnesium, boron, omega-3 fatty acids, and vitamin K2. A study revealed that vitamin E is highly beneficial to female reproductive health. (15) This essential vitamin is associated with improved endometrial thickness, reduced risk of pregnancy complications and pelvic pain, and a slowed progression of gynecological cancer. 

I can’t forget to mention that each ingredient is traceable, meaning you can find the supplier and final place of manufacturing on Ritual’s website. This multivitamin is also USP (United States Pharmacopeia)-Verified. Such a designation lets consumers know that this product was created following the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices and doesn’t include harmful levels of certain contaminants. Their delayed-release capsules are made with their patented beadlet in oil technology, which is said to help with absorbency. There’s also a hint of mint to make taking two pills a day more enjoyable. 

Besides the subscription model and the $33 per month price tag, users are generally satisfied with this multivitamin. The Breaking Muscle product testing team enjoys the minty flavor and finds the capsules easy to swallow. They also noted that they didn’t experience any side effects, while other multivitamin tablets cause stomach upset.

For more, check out our full Ritual Vitamins Review.

Best Men’s Multivitamin for Testosterone: XWERKS Rise

XWERKS Rise
3.8
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.63
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Zinc, tongkat ali powder, shilajit extract, BioPerine, and boron
  • Certifications: N/A
Check Price

Pros

  • Research-backed ingredients  
  • 30-day refund policy 
  • May help boost energy

Cons

  • Potential side effects 
  • Few customer reviews 
  • No third-party testing

Looking for a multivitamin that may help boost your testosterone levels? If yes, consider XWERKS Rise. Its unique formula may naturally optimize nutrient and mineral intake so you can become stronger and feel more energized. Admittedly, this one has the most unrecognizable active ingredients compared to other multivitamins on this list. Besides zinc and boron, the rest will leave you wondering, “What in the world is this?” As a result, I’ll explain each ingredient so you can discern if XWERKS Rise will meet your needs. 

Before jumping into the supplement facts, let me clarify why testosterone is important. Testosterone is a sex hormone that contributes to muscle size and strength because it stimulates protein synthesis. It gives men masculine characteristics and is especially important if you’re bulking. Therefore, a lack of it could stand in the way of your fitness goals. 

Although exercise, particularly resistance training, can boost serum testosterone concentration to some degree, factors like age, stress, poor sleep hygiene, and a higher body weight could inhibit that. (42)(43) In fact, research shows that after age 35, there is often a decline in circulating testosterone concentration. (44) As a result, having a solution like XWERKS Rise could make a difference in muscle optimization. 

You’ll see 15 milligrams of zinc on the supplement facts label, which makes up 136 percent of the daily value. A 2022 study revealed a correlation between zinc deficiencies and low testosterone levels. (45) Another study looked at men who received 30 milligrams of zinc daily and found increased testosterone levels in their bodies. (46) Therefore, it’s safe to assume that including this nutrient in XWERKS Rise is one way to promote muscle building. 

Tongkat ali powder is an herbal medicinal plant that may increase testosterone levels and lessen symptoms associated with aging changes in males. In a study of 13 physically active men who received the plant, researchers discovered that all participants had increased free testosterone and muscular force. (47)

Shilajit extract, a powder found in the rocks of the Himalayas, is associated with boosting testosterone levels, too. A clinical study showed a significant increase in testosterone in men aged 45 to 55 who received 250 milligrams of Shilajit twice daily. (48)

Even BioPerine, a type of black pepper that may be easier for the body to absorb, impacts testosterone. In a 2018 study, rats were given five to 10 milligrams of BioPerine in Vitro, and their testosterone levels increased as well. (49)

So, does XWERKS Rise work? Well, the research behind its ingredients certainly suggests that it does! But, as with any supplement, it’s no miracle solution. In addition, you should use caution with supplements like this, as increasing your testosterone levels could come with some undesirable side effects, like mood and skin changes. 

For around $49, you’ll get a 30-serving container. You’re supposed to take two capsules daily, and XWERKS suggests you pair it with their Ashwa (ashwagandha) gummies. 

RELATED: Best Testosterone Boosters

Best Multivitamin for Women Over 50: Ritual Essential for Women Multivitamin 50+

Ritual Essential for Women Multivitamin 50+
4.0
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.30
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Folate, omega-3 DHA, vitamin B12, vitamin D, vitamin E, magnesium
  • Certifications: Non-GMO Project-verified, certified carbon-free
Check Price

Pros

  • Vegan-friendly 
  • Traceable ingredients 
  • Certified B Corporation 
  • Third-party tested
  • 30-day money-back guarantee

Cons

  • Requires subscription 
  • Fishy aftertaste 

For women over 50, it’s important to get a good helping of calcium, potassium, omega-3 fats, and vitamins B12 and D. After menopause, women require more calcium and vitamin D to combat osteoporosis and prevent fractures. (26)

As we age, it also becomes more difficult for our bodies to absorb vitamin B12. (27) Research on omega-3 fatty acids even shows that those who consume this nutrient may have less cognitive decline. In addition, a 2021 study showed evidence that fish oil improves heart health. (28) Therefore, finding a multivitamin that includes at least some of these essential nutrients that support healthy aging is critical. The Ritual Essential for Women Multivitamin 50+ checks some of those boxes. 

Like the other Ritual multivitamins on this list, this one also includes traceable ingredients and a delayed-release capsule design with a mint flavor. It has no artificial colorants or GMOs and is free of major allergens and gluten. What’s different, though, is that there are more of the vitamins E, B12, and K, as well as high-quality magnesium.

Some research found that women over 65 taking vitamin E had a 26 percent decrease in nonfatal heart attacks and a 49 percent decrease in cardiovascular death rates. In addition, vitamin K may have a protective effect against age-related conditions like osteoarthritis and cardiovascular disease. (29) Also, growing older is associated with a change in magnesium metabolism, and deficits in this mineral are connected with sleep disorders, muscular diseases, psychiatric conditions, and bone fragility. (30) So, including more of those nutrients in this formulation is a good idea. 

While it’s missing calcium, your current diet likely already satisfies this nutrient need. Calcium is found in many food sources, like yogurt, kale, spinach, tofu, and even almond milk. This multivitamin includes calcium-helper nutrients, though, like boron, D3, K2, and magnesium. You’ll also notice that iron isn’t included in their formulation, and there’s a good reason for that. The need for iron decreases following menopause; thus, extra iron isn’t recommended for older women. In addition, it could cause GI side effects, like heartburn, cramps, and nausea. 

The stomach acid-resistant vegan capsule does help with absorption, but the form of some of these ingredients plays a role, too. For example, Ritual uses chelated magnesium, which may be more easily absorbed by the body.

For $39.00, you’re getting a 30-day supply of a well-formulated multivitamin that aids in supporting the health of older adults. Each batch is tested in-house, and third-party testing is occasionally done as well for good measure. However, do note that this is a subscription, so once you purchase one, you’ll automatically be sent another one a month later. If you want to change or cancel your subscription, you can do so from your account page on the Ritual website. 

RELATED: Best Greens Powder

Best Women’s Multivitamin Gummy: Olly Women’s Multivitamin Gummy

OLLY Women's Multivitamin Gummy
4.7
  • Form: Gummy
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $0.31
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin D, biotin, zinc, B vitamins
  • Certifications: NSF Certified
Check Price

Pros

  • 30-day money-back guarantee 
  • Affordable 
  • Certified B Corporation
  • Available in most retailers 
  • Third-party testing

Cons

  • May arrive melted 
  • Unpleasant scent 
  • Only available in one flavor 

Whether I’m looking for gummy vitamins at Target or Amazon, one women’s multivitamin supplement I know I will see on the shelves is Olly. It’s practically everywhere! Plus, its affordable price is attractive to ladies on a budget. 

Olly is void of artificial flavors and colors. It provides 18 essential nutrients, including all eight B vitamins. The other women’s multivitamins on this list are missing all of them except B9 and B12, so it’s nice to see them here. Although B1 (thiamin) deficiencies are rare, pregnant and breastfeeding women need more of it. The same goes for vitamin B2. Vegans, vegetarians, and pregnant women are at greater risk of deficiency, so a little boost could go a long way. 

By taking this multivitamin, you’ll be able to satisfy 100 percent of the daily value for vitamins D, E, B5, B6, B9, and iodine. In women of reproductive age, iodine deficiency is becoming more common. (40) It can lead to fertility issues, an enlarged thyroid gland, thinning hair, and impaired mental function. 

There are also nutrients that more than exceed the recommended daily value, such as vitamin B12 and biotin. Biotin assists with breaking down the carbohydrates, proteins, and fats in food. However, it’s also popular in the beauty industry, as it’s claimed to help with brittle and thinning hair. (41) This multivitamin has 150 micrograms of biotin, which makes up 500 percent of the daily value. While that might seem like way too much, it’s still considered safe. B12 and biotin are water-soluble, so taking high doses is still safe since you’ll just end up urinating what your body doesn’t need. 

As previously mentioned, this multivitamin is NSF Certified, meaning NSF International conducts random onsite inspections of products and manufacturing facilities to ensure they meet specific standards. They review supplement labels to ensure what’s stated is actually in the bottle, conduct a contamination review, and complete a toxicology review to verify product formulation. Since the Food and Drug Administration doesn’t assess and approve dietary supplements before they hit the market, it’s always nice when a company goes through this extra third-party testing. 

The majority of consumers love these berry-flavored gummies but aren’t a fan of the smell. A member of the Breaking Muscle team even says they taste pretty good but smell kind of odd. She also mentions that they have a weird aftertaste. Also, these wouldn’t be suitable for those following a vegetarian or plant-based diet. Gelatin is one of their ingredients, and it’s made from animal collagen. 

Overall, for about $13.99, you get a lot of bang for your buck. Olly gummies are easy to take, offer several essential nutrients, and come from a Certified B Corporation. Companies with that designation must meet certain environmental and social performance standards.  

Best Multivitamin for Kids: Nature Made’s Kids First® Multivitamin + Omega-3 Gummies

Nature Made Kids First Multivitamin
4.0
  • Form: Gummy 
  • Daily dose: One to two gummies
  • Cost per serving: $0.25
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamins D3 and B12, Omega-3
  • Certifications: USP Verified
Check Price

Pros

  • Tasty
  • Affordable 
  • Easy to take

Cons

  • Contains added sugars
  • Not vegetarian or vegan-friendly

We all know that good nutrition is necessary for proper child development, but getting kids to eat nutritious food isn’t always easy. They either don’t like the taste or the texture. Or maybe they’re not picky at all, but you just want to make sure they’re getting what they need. Whatever the case, a great multivitamin for kids, like Nature Made’s Kids First® Multivitamin + Omega-3 Gummies, is a practical solution. 

Nutritional deficiencies among children aren’t as likely in the United States, but one of the most common deficiencies is vitamin D. (50) Nature Made Kids First Multivitamin contains 25 micrograms of vitamin D. This makes up 125 percent of the daily value for children over four years old, which is plenty. Kids need this important nutrient to build strong bones and teeth. 

Children need a good supply of B vitamins too, as those assist with energy production, metabolism, and more. (51) While not all of them are included here, four of them are: B3, B6, B9, and B12. A 2016 study established that vitamin B12 plays a significant role in child growth and brain development. (52) Fortunately, three micrograms of that is provided in this formula (equal to 125 percent of the daily value). 

Some of the other vitamins and minerals you’ll find here are vitamins A, C, E, and zinc. Vitamin A helps with vision and cell growth, vitamin C and zinc are necessary for combatting infections, and vitamin E assists with neurodevelopment in children. (53)(54

One other key ingredient in this formula is omega-3 fatty acids (113.5 milligrams). A 2020 study found that omega-3 supplementation during childhood may reduce the risk of allergic diseases, like asthma and eczema. (55) This is huge, as asthma is the leading chronic disease in children and could result in quality of life and study performance issues. (56)

This Nature Made kids multivitamin is free of artificial flavors and sweeteners, synthetic dyes, gluten, and high fructose corn syrup. It does have two grams of added sugar, though. One consumer commented that the sugar coating leaves a bad aftertaste and leaves her kiddos with sticky fingers. 

For $17.59, you’ll get 70 gummies, which should last a little over a month or two, but how long they last really depends on the child’s age. It’s suggested that children between four and 13 take one a day, while those aged 14 to 18 should take two daily. Before you buy, understand that this product contains gelatin, so it’s not the best choice for vegans or vegetarians. Nonetheless, most kids find them tasty, and the gummies are USP-verified. 

What Are the Benefits of Taking a Multivitamin?

Many people take multivitamins these days, but what is the benefit of doing so? I’ll share two major reasons below. 

Potential Health Benefits 

During different stages of our lives, our bodies need more of certain vitamins and minerals. The multivitamins for men and women over 50 often include more vitamin B12, while those for women of childbearing age contain more folic acid. Taking certain medications or having malabsorption conditions could change or prevent how your body digests and absorbs nutrients.

Imagine you have a cold. What do you reach for besides medicine? It’s probably vitamin C, which may boost your immune system.

Another example is if you notice problems with your hair and/or skin. It’s not uncommon to seek nutrients like vitamin E and/or biotin. 

Convenience

Multivitamins help busy folks fill their nutritional gaps. Many of us are on the go and simply can’t make multiple balanced meals daily. Instead of going without your body’s nutrients, you could just take a capsule or gummy. 

When Is the Best Time to Take a Multivitamin?

Most of the time, it’s best to take your multivitamin in the morning with food. However, double-check the instructions on the container to be sure. Some products, like the nighttime packet that comes with Onnit’s Total Human multivitamin, are meant to be taken before bed. 

What To Consider When Buying a Multivitamin

I’ve purchased A LOT of multivitamins over the years, and honestly, I based my purchasing decisions on brand popularity and cost. Now that I’m more intentional about things like this, I pay attention to so much more than that. Unfortunately, many of those multivitamins ended up sitting in my medicine cabinet far past the expiration date, and I don’t want the same thing to happen to you. Therefore, here’s what you’ll want to consider when buying a multivitamin. 

Individual Needs

Once upon a time, I followed a plant-based diet, and I can remember how tired I used to feel. After researching, I realized that I was more than likely nutrient deficient and decided to add a multivitamin to fill in the gaps. I eventually started to feel better. 

Today, I’m back consuming some meats, but because I live in a cold state where I tend to hibernate for four to six months, I occasionally lack vitamin D. As a result, my doctor urges me to take a vitamin D3 supplement. 

I’m sharing all that to clarify that you should pick multivitamins based on your individual needs. We all consume different foods and reside in different areas, so get nutrients you might not get from your diet or environment. 

Dosage

When selecting a multivitamin, pay attention to the dosage of each ingredient. Also, take a look at the serving size to learn how much you’d need to take to get the dosage on the bottle. Some will say you must take two pills, while others might say eight. Taking less than the stated serving size may mean you don’t get the full effect, but taking more could be harmful. For example, consuming an excessive amount of magnesium could lead to difficulty breathing, muscle weakness, and/or an irregular heartbeat. 

Percent Daily Values

In addition to the dosage, look at the Percent Daily Values (% DV). This tells us how much a nutrient in a serving contributes to an individual on a 2,000-calorie diet. To give you some perspective, the Ritual Essential for Women Multivitamin 18+ provides 45 percent of the daily value of vitamin E, so you’d need to get the rest from somewhere else. However, it also contains 250 percent of the daily value for folate, which should more than satisfy your need for this nutrient. 

Ultimately, it all depends on your individual needs. Those with malabsorption issues may require more of certain nutrients to maintain good health. It’s best to check in with your physician and/or a registered dietitian to be sure. 

Pre-Existing Health Conditions

Those with pre-existing conditions should avoid some vitamins and minerals. This is mainly because the prescription medications you take for your condition may not interact well with them. Fish oil, for instance, may increase the risk of bleeding, which isn’t good if you’re on a medication that reduces blood clotting. 

Potential Interactions With Other Medications

Before taking a new multivitamin supplement, ensure it won’t negatively interfere with your medications. For instance, curcumin, a substance in turmeric, may change how your body interacts with antihistamines, antidepressants, antibiotics, and more. (57)

You might’ve also noticed that most multivitamins only have a small dose of potassium. A large dosage of this nutrient is banned because many people take potassium channel blockers, a type of blood pressure medication. These can actually raise your potassium levels and even lead to cardiac arrest. Therefore, they simply limit how much supplements can contain to prevent a drug-nutrient interaction. 

If you’re unsure if you should be taking certain nutrients along with your medications, call your pharmacist and/or doctor. It’s always better to be safe! 

Form

On this best multivitamins list, you probably noticed that many options came in capsule form. However, we included some soft gels and gummies, too. Always pay attention to the form and be honest with yourself about which form you prefer. If you know you hate capsules, you should probably look to soft gels and/or gummies. If you don’t like pills at all, gummies are ultimately a better alternative.

However, keep in mind that gummies tend to have added sugar and extra ingredients. Take a look at the Olly Women’s Multi, for example. It has two grams of added sugar and over 10 “other ingredients.” 

Certifications and Third-Party Testing

Many people are shocked by this, but the FDA doesn’t review dietary supplements before they become available for purchase. As a result, companies can sell multivitamins without verifying if they’re safe or effective. This is precisely why third-party testing and certifications are so important. They show that the company took the extra step to verify if their product is safe. 

Brands like Transparent Labs and Ritual have batches tested for contaminants and/or banned substances. For consumers, this provides extra peace of mind. After all, no one wants to take a multivitamin to potentially improve their health just to find mercury and lead in it. 

Certifications, like the one from the Non-GMO Project, ensure that companies follow guidelines and standards that limit the risk of genetically modified organisms. If you pay attention, you’ll notice that many multivitamins say “non-GMO,” but they don’t have the Non-GMO Project Verified seal. 

Ultimately, a product not being certified doesn’t mean it’s harmful or unsafe, but you do want to take precautions. If you’d prefer multivitamins that are third-party tested, look for Informed Choice/Sport, USP-Verified, NSF, and/or USDA Organic marks on the container. 

Final Thoughts

I, and so many others on the Breaking Muscle team, have tried multivitamins that we eventually abandoned because they didn’t give us the results we hoped for. We don’t want you to have that same experience. As a result, we put this round-up together to help you make an informed decision and not waste your hard-earned money. After all, many of these options aren’t cheap! 

Be sure to check with your doctor before taking a new multivitamin. While they are generally safe, ensuring they are specifically safe for you is best.   

Best Multivitamin: Side-by-Side Comparison

Best Multivitamin Overall
Best Multivitamin for Women
Best Multivitamin for Men
Best Multivitamin for Women Over 50
Best Multivitamin for Men Over 50
Best Women's Multivitamin Gummy
Best Men's Multivitamin for Testosterone
Best Multivitamin for Kids
Description:
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Four capsules
  • Cost per serving: $1.00
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin D, calcium, thiamin, vitamin B12, vitamin A, vitamin C, zinc
  • Certifications: Informed Choice Certified
Description:
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.10
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Folate, omega-3 DHA, vitamin B12, vitamin D, iron, vitamin E
  • Certifications: USP Verified, Non-GMO Project-verified
Description:
  • Form: Capsule packs
  • Daily dose: One pack during the day and one at night
  • Cost per serving: $4.50
  • Key vitamins and minerals: B vitamins, calcium, magnesium, vitamin E, vitamin C, zinc
  • Certifications: N/A
Description:
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.30
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Folate, omega-3 DHA, vitamin B12, vitamin D, vitamin E, magnesium
  • Certifications: Non-GMO Project-verified, certified carbon-free
Description:
  • Form: Capsule 
  • Daily dose: Three capsules
  • Cost per serving: $3.83
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin D, niacin, vitamin B12, copper 
  • Certifications: N/A
Description:
  • Form: Gummy
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $0.31
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin D, biotin, zinc, B vitamins
  • Certifications: NSF Certified
Description:
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.63
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Zinc, tongkat ali powder, shilajit extract, BioPerine, and boron
  • Certifications: N/A
Description:
  • Form: Gummy 
  • Daily dose: One to two gummies
  • Cost per serving: $0.25
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamins D3 and B12, Omega-3
  • Certifications: USP Verified
Best Multivitamin Overall
Description:
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Four capsules
  • Cost per serving: $1.00
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin D, calcium, thiamin, vitamin B12, vitamin A, vitamin C, zinc
  • Certifications: Informed Choice Certified
Best Multivitamin for Women
Description:
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.10
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Folate, omega-3 DHA, vitamin B12, vitamin D, iron, vitamin E
  • Certifications: USP Verified, Non-GMO Project-verified
Best Multivitamin for Men
Description:
  • Form: Capsule packs
  • Daily dose: One pack during the day and one at night
  • Cost per serving: $4.50
  • Key vitamins and minerals: B vitamins, calcium, magnesium, vitamin E, vitamin C, zinc
  • Certifications: N/A
Best Multivitamin for Women Over 50
Description:
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.30
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Folate, omega-3 DHA, vitamin B12, vitamin D, vitamin E, magnesium
  • Certifications: Non-GMO Project-verified, certified carbon-free
Best Multivitamin for Men Over 50
Description:
  • Form: Capsule 
  • Daily dose: Three capsules
  • Cost per serving: $3.83
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin D, niacin, vitamin B12, copper 
  • Certifications: N/A
Best Women's Multivitamin Gummy
Description:
  • Form: Gummy
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $0.31
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin D, biotin, zinc, B vitamins
  • Certifications: NSF Certified
Best Men's Multivitamin for Testosterone
Description:
  • Form: Capsule
  • Daily dose: Two 
  • Cost per serving: $1.63
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Zinc, tongkat ali powder, shilajit extract, BioPerine, and boron
  • Certifications: N/A
Best Multivitamin for Kids
Description:
  • Form: Gummy 
  • Daily dose: One to two gummies
  • Cost per serving: $0.25
  • Key vitamins and minerals: Vitamins D3 and B12, Omega-3
  • Certifications: USP Verified

FAQs

Which brand of multivitamin is best?

The brand of a multivitamin isn’t everything, as less popular ones could still be good. However, brands do set an expectation. For example, if you want transparent labels and scientifically backed ingredients, Transparent Labs shines in this regard. If you desire traceable ingredients and extensive testing, Ritual is an excellent choice. Want products sold by a Certified B Corporation? Check out Olly. 

Ultimately, which brand you go with depends on your lifestyle and values. There’s something on our list that’ll cater to practically everyone. 

Is it healthy to take a multivitamin every day?

In general, the potential benefits associated with taking a multivitamin daily are greater than the potential risks. However, it’s best to check with your doctor first. 

What are the healthiest vitamins?

There are 13 essential vitamins that play a role in how your body grows and functions. Those vitamins are vitamins A, C, D, E, K, and the B vitamins. 

Does it really matter what brand of vitamins you buy?

Each brand follows different values, so choose the one that aligns with you. In the grand scheme of things, though, it doesn’t matter. 

Research

  1. Shah AK, Dhalla NS. Effectiveness of Some Vitamins in the Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease: A Narrative Review. Front Physiol. 2021;12:729255. Published 2021 Oct 8. doi:10.3389/fphys.2021.729255
  2. Carr AC, Maggini S. Vitamin C and Immune Function. Nutrients. 2017;9(11):1211. Published 2017 Nov 3. doi:10.3390/nu9111211
  3. Michael W, Couture AD, Swedlund M, Hampton A, Eglash A, Schrager S. An Evidence-Based Review of Vitamin D for Common and High-Mortality Conditions. J Am Board Fam Med. 2022;35(6):1217-1229. doi:10.3122/jabfm.2022.220115R1
  4. DiNicolantonio JJ, Bhutani J, O’Keefe JH. The health benefits of vitamin K. Open Heart. 2015;2(1):e000300. Published 2015 Oct 6. doi:10.1136/openhrt-2015-000300
  5. Singh N, Bhalla M, de Jager P, Gilca M. An overview on ashwagandha: a Rasayana (rejuvenator) of Ayurveda. Afr J Tradit Complement Altern Med. 2011;8(5 Suppl):208-213. doi:10.4314/ajtcam.v8i5S.9
  6. Drobnic F, Lizarraga MA, Caballero-García A, Cordova A. Coenzyme Q10 Supplementation and Its Impact on Exercise and Sport Performance in Humans: A Recovery or a Performance-Enhancing Molecule?. Nutrients. 2022;14(9):1811. Published 2022 Apr 26. doi:10.3390/nu14091811
  7. Pizzorno L. Nothing Boring About Boron. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2015;14(4):35-48.
  8. Osburn SC, Roberson PA, Medler JA, et al. Effects of 12-week multivitamin and omega-3 supplementation on micronutrient levels and red blood cell fatty acids in pre-menopausal women. Frontiers in Nutrition. 2021;8. doi:10.3389/fnut.2021.610382 
  9. Gaskins AJ, Afeiche MC, Wright DL, et al. Dietary folate and reproductive success among women undergoing assisted reproduction. Obstet Gynecol. 2014;124(4):801-809. doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000000477
  10. Agbalalah T, Robert FO, Amabebe E. Impact of vitamin B12 on the reproductive health of women with sickle cell disease: a narrative review [published online ahead of print, 2023 Jul 1]. Reprod Fertil. 2023;4(3):e230015. doi:10.1530/RAF-23-0015
  11. Bohon TM, Goolsby MA. The Role of Vitamin D Supplements in Women’s Health. Clin Med Insights Womens Health. 2013;6:67-70. Published 2013 Oct 20. doi:10.4137/CMWH.S11067
  12. Khadilkar SS. The Emerging Role of Vitamin D3 in Women’s Health. J Obstet Gynaecol India. 2013;63(3):147-150. doi:10.1007/s13224-013-0420-4
  13. Broe KE, Chen TC, Weinberg J, Bischoff-Ferrari HA, Holick MF, Kiel DP. A higher dose of vitamin d reduces the risk of falls in nursing home residents: a randomized, multiple-dose study. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2007;55(2):234-239. doi:10.1111/j.1532-5415.2007.01048.x
  14. Benson CS, Shah A, Stanworth SJ, et al. The effect of iron deficiency and anaemia on women’s health. Anaesthesia. 2021;76 Suppl 4:84-95. doi:10.1111/anae.15405
  15. Md Amin NA, Sheikh Abdul Kadir SH, Arshad AH, Abdul Aziz N, Abdul Nasir NA, Ab Latip N. Are Vitamin E Supplementation Beneficial for Female Gynaecology Health and Diseases?. Molecules. 2022;27(6):1896. Published 2022 Mar 15. doi:10.3390/molecules27061896
  16. Ashraf SA, Elkhalifa AEO, Siddiqui AJ, et al. Cordycepin for Health and Wellbeing: A Potent Bioactive Metabolite of an Entomopathogenic Cordyceps Medicinal Fungus and Its Nutraceutical and Therapeutic Potential. Molecules. 2020;25(12):2735. Published 2020 Jun 12. doi:10.3390/molecules25122735
  17. Ivanova Stojcheva E, Quintela JC. The Effectiveness of Rhodiola rosea L. Preparations in Alleviating Various Aspects of Life-Stress Symptoms and Stress-Induced Conditions-Encouraging Clinical Evidence. Molecules. 2022;27(12):3902. Published 2022 Jun 17. doi:10.3390/molecules27123902
  18. Judd SE, Tangpricha V. Vitamin D deficiency and risk for cardiovascular disease. Am J Med Sci. 2009;338(1):40-44. doi:10.1097/MAJ.0b013e3181aaee91
  19. Shinjyo N, Waddell G, Green J. Valerian Root in Treating Sleep Problems and Associated Disorders-A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. J Evid Based Integr Med. 2020;25:2515690X20967323. doi:10.1177/2515690X20967323
  20. Sah A, Naseef PP, Kuruniyan MS, Jain GK, Zakir F, Aggarwal G. A Comprehensive Study of Therapeutic Applications of Chamomile. Pharmaceuticals (Basel). 2022;15(10):1284. Published 2022 Oct 19. doi:10.3390/ph15101284
  21. Ghazizadeh J, Sadigh-Eteghad S, Marx W, et al. The effects of lemon balm (Melissa officinalis L.) on depression and anxiety in clinical trials: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Phytother Res. 2021;35(12):6690-6705. doi:10.1002/ptr.7252
  22. Hua Y, Xu XX, Guo S, et al. Wild Jujube (Ziziphus jujuba var. spinosa): A Review of Its Phytonutrients, Health Benefits, Metabolism, and Applications. J Agric Food Chem. 2022;70(26):7871-7886. doi:10.1021/acs.jafc.2c01905
  23. Hewlings SJ, Kalman DS. Curcumin: A Review of Its Effects on Human Health. Foods. 2017;6(10):92. Published 2017 Oct 22. doi:10.3390/foods6100092
  24. Yang S, He Q, Shi L, Wu Y. Impact of Antarctic krill oil supplementation on skeletal muscle injury recovery after resistance exercise. Eur J Nutr. 2023;62(3):1345-1356. doi:10.1007/s00394-022-03077-6
  25. van der Wurff ISM, von Schacky C, Bergeland T, et al. Effect of 1 Year Krill Oil Supplementation on Cognitive Achievement of Dutch Adolescents: A Double-Blind Randomized Controlled Trial. Nutrients. 2019;11(6):1230. Published 2019 May 30. doi:10.3390/nu11061230
  26. Aggarwal S, Nityanand. Calcium and vitamin D in post menopausal women. Indian J Endocrinol Metab. 2013;17(Suppl 3):S618-S620. doi:10.4103/2230-8210.123549
  27. Smith AD, Warren MJ, Refsum H. Vitamin B12. Adv Food Nutr Res. 2018;83:215-279. doi:10.1016/bs.afnr.2017.11.005
  28. Liao J, Xiong Q, Yin Y, Ling Z, Chen S. The Effects of Fish Oil on Cardiovascular Diseases: Systematical Evaluation and Recent Advance. Front Cardiovasc Med. 2022;8:802306. Published 2022 Jan 5. doi:10.3389/fcvm.2021.802306
  29. Simes DC, Viegas CSB, Araújo N, Marreiros C. Vitamin K as a Powerful Micronutrient in Aging and Age-Related Diseases: Pros and Cons from Clinical Studies. Int J Mol Sci. 2019;20(17):4150. Published 2019 Aug 25. doi:10.3390/ijms20174150
  30. Barbagallo M, Veronese N, Dominguez LJ. Magnesium in Aging, Health and Diseases. Nutrients. 2021;13(2):463. Published 2021 Jan 30. doi:10.3390/nu13020463
  31. Orwoll E, Nielson CM, Marshall LM, et al. Vitamin D deficiency in older men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2009;94(4):1214-1222. doi:10.1210/jc.2008-1784
  32. Gorbunova V, Seluanov A, Mao Z, Hine C. Changes in DNA repair during aging. Nucleic Acids Res. 2007;35(22):7466-7474. doi:10.1093/nar/gkm756
  33. Ng CF, Lee CP, Ho AL, Lee VW. Effect of niacin on erectile function in men suffering erectile dysfunction and dyslipidemia. J Sex Med. 2011;8(10):2883-2893. doi:10.1111/j.1743-6109.2011.02414.x
  34. Thomaz FS, Altemani F, Panchal SK, Worrall S, Dekker Nitert M. The influence of wasabi on the gut microbiota of high-carbohydrate, high-fat diet-induced hypertensive Wistar rats. J Hum Hypertens. 2021;35(2):170-180. doi:10.1038/s41371-020-0359-8
  35. Thomaz FS, Tan YP, Williams CM, Ward LC, Worrall S, Panchal SK. Wasabi (Eutrema japonicum) Reduces Obesity and Blood Pressure in Diet-Induced Metabolic Syndrome in Rats. Foods. 2022;11(21):3435. Published 2022 Oct 29. doi:10.3390/foods11213435
  36. Bello ML, Walker AJ, McFadden BA, Sanders DJ, Arent SM. The effects of TeaCrine® and caffeine on endurance and cognitive performance during a simulated match in high-level soccer players. J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2019;16(1):20. Published 2019 Apr 18. doi:10.1186/s12970-019-0287-6
  37. Ismaeel A. Effects of Betaine Supplementation on Muscle Strength and Power: A Systematic Review. J Strength Cond Res. 2017;31(8):2338-2346. doi:10.1519/JSC.0000000000001959
  38. Cholewa JM, Wyszczelska-Rokiel M, Glowacki R, et al. Effects of betaine on body composition, performance, and homocysteine thiolactone. J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2013;10(1):39. Published 2013 Aug 22. doi:10.1186/1550-2783-10-39
  39. De Carvalho FG, Justice JN, Freitas EC, Kershaw EE, Sparks LM. Adipose Tissue Quality in Aging: How Structural and Functional Aspects of Adipose Tissue Impact Skeletal Muscle Quality. Nutrients. 2019;11(11):2553. Published 2019 Oct 23. doi:10.3390/nu11112553
  40. Panth P, Guerin G, DiMarco NM. A Review of Iodine Status of Women of Reproductive Age in the USA. Biol Trace Elem Res. 2019;188(1):208-220. doi:10.1007/s12011-018-1606-5
  41. Bistas KG, Tadi P. Biotin. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; July 3, 2023.
  42. Vingren JL, Kraemer WJ, Ratamess NA, Anderson JM, Volek JS, Maresh CM. Testosterone physiology in resistance exercise and training: the up-stream regulatory elements. Sports Med. 2010;40(12):1037-1053. doi:10.2165/11536910-000000000-00000
  43. Riachy R, McKinney K, Tuvdendorj DR. Various Factors May Modulate the Effect of Exercise on Testosterone Levels in Men. J Funct Morphol Kinesiol. 2020;5(4):81. Published 2020 Nov 7. doi:10.3390/jfmk5040081
  44. Vingren JL, Kraemer WJ, Ratamess NA, Anderson JM, Volek JS, Maresh CM. Testosterone physiology in resistance exercise and training: the up-stream regulatory elements. Sports Med. 2010;40(12):1037-1053. doi:10.2165/11536910-000000000-00000
  45. Te L, Liu J, Ma J, Wang S. Correlation between serum zinc and testosterone: A systematic review. J Trace Elem Med Biol. 2023;76:127124. doi:10.1016/j.jtemb.2022.127124
  46. 1. Brilla LR, Conte V. Effects of a Novel Zinc-Magnesium Formulation on Hormones and Strength. JEP Journal of Exercise Physiology Online. Accessed October 24, 2023. https://www.asep.org/asep/asep/BrillaV2.PDF. 
  47. Henkel RR, Wang R, Bassett SH, et al. Tongkat Ali as a potential herbal supplement for physically active male and female seniors–a pilot study. Phytother Res. 2014;28(4):544-550. doi:10.1002/ptr.5017
  48. Pandit S, Biswas S, Jana U, De RK, Mukhopadhyay SC, Biswas TK. Clinical evaluation of purified Shilajit on testosterone levels in healthy volunteers. Andrologia. 2016;48(5):570-575. doi:10.1111/and.12482
  49. Chen X, Ge F, Liu J, et al. Diverged Effects of Piperine on Testicular Development: Stimulating Leydig Cell Development but Inhibiting Spermatogenesis in Rats. Front Pharmacol. 2018;9:244. Published 2018 Mar 28. doi:10.3389/fphar.2018.00244
  50. Suskind DL. Nutritional deficiencies during normal growth. Pediatr Clin North Am. 2009;56(5):1035-1053. doi:10.1016/j.pcl.2009.07.004
  51. Hanna M, Jaqua E, Nguyen V, Clay J. B Vitamins: Functions and Uses in Medicine. Perm J. 2022;26(2):89-97. doi:10.7812/TPP/21.204
  52. Venkatramanan S, Armata IE, Strupp BJ, Finkelstein JL. Vitamin B-12 and Cognition in Children. Adv Nutr. 2016;7(5):879-888. Published 2016 Sep 15. doi:10.3945/an.115.012021
  53. Vidailhet M, Rieu D, Feillet F, et al. Vitamin A in pediatrics: An update from the Nutrition Committee of the French Society of Pediatrics. Arch Pediatr. 2017;24(3):288-297. doi:10.1016/j.arcped.2016.11.021
  54. Maggini S, Wenzlaff S, Hornig D. Essential role of vitamin C and zinc in child immunity and health. J Int Med Res. 2010;38(2):386-414. doi:10.1177/147323001003800203
  55. Zhang Y, Lin J, Zhou R, Zheng X, Dai J. Effect of omega-3 fatty acids supplementation during childhood in preventing allergic disease: a systematic review and Meta-Analysis. J Asthma. 2021;58(4):523-536. doi:10.1080/02770903.2019.1709866
  56. Ferrante G, La Grutta S. The burden of pediatric asthma. Frontiers in Pediatrics. 2018;6. doi:10.3389/fped.2018.00186 
  57. Bahramsoltani R, Rahimi R, Farzaei MH. Pharmacokinetic interactions of curcuminoids with conventional drugs: A review. J Ethnopharmacol. 2017;209:1-12. doi:10.1016/j.jep.2017.07.022

The post Best Multivitamins for Men, Women, and More (2024) appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best Meal Replacement Shakes for Weight Loss, Weight Gain, and More (2024) https://breakingmuscle.com/best-meal-replacement-shakes/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 11:25:44 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=199782 Whether you’re trying to gain muscle for a bodybuilding competition or aiming to lose weight to live a healthier lifestyle, the best meal replacement shakes could be a convenient and nutritious option. When it comes to food, it usually feels like you have to choose one or the other, as most convenient choices aren’t healthy and most healthy...

The post Best Meal Replacement Shakes for Weight Loss, Weight Gain, and More (2024) appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Whether you’re trying to gain muscle for a bodybuilding competition or aiming to lose weight to live a healthier lifestyle, the best meal replacement shakes could be a convenient and nutritious option. When it comes to food, it usually feels like you have to choose one or the other, as most convenient choices aren’t healthy and most healthy ones require a lot of preparation. But meal replacement shakes are busy, health-conscious individuals’ dreams, since they’re chock full of nutrients and super easy to make. Heck, they might even be more affordable than going to a fast food restaurant. 

As a public health professional and writer, I’ve researched and written hundreds of articles on supplements and nutrition. Since 2015, I’ve used my writing to educate individuals about health and wellness best practices, as I realize that many of us just don’t know what to look for. 

Therefore, in this roundup, we’ll share what we consider the 10 top meal replacement shakes across different categories. Plus, we’ll share some tips you’ll want to think about before you make your purchase. 

Medical disclaimer: This article is intended for educational and informational purposes only. It is not intended as a substitute for medical advice. For health advice, contact a licensed healthcare provider.

How We Chose the Best Meal Replacement Shakes

The Breaking Muscle team members aren’t strangers to supplements. From dozens of pre-workout mixes to protein powders to popular creatine supplements, we’ve become familiar with what supplements are worth the money and which ones are better to skip. In our hunt to select the best meal replacement shakes, we knew what to look for. 

We based our initial list based on what some of our team and their fitness network raved about. We then hit the internet to see which options stood out based on customer reviews and in-depth research. Once we reviewed a few from there, we began weeding out any item that didn’t meet our criteria, such as having high-quality protein, carb, and fat sources, low sugar content, and more. The products that made our list checked all of these boxes.

Our Top Picks for the Best Meal Replacement Shakes

Best Meal Replacement Shake Overall: Transparent Labs Mass Gainer

Transparent Labs Mass Gainer
4.5
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Price per serving: $5.33
  • Calories per serving: 730 to 750
  • Protein per serving: 51 to 53 grams
  • Fat per serving: 13 to 14 grams
  • Carbohydrates per serving: 106 to 110 grams
Check Price

Pros

  • Natural ingredients 
  • Third-party tested 
  • Excellent taste
  • Dissolves well

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Not for vegans or those with a tree nut allergy

Want to know what’s annoying? Looking for meal replacement options and coming across the words “proprietary blend” on the ingredients list. When trying to find something that can help you meet your nutritional needs, you want to know exactly what ingredients you’re getting and how much is in a serving.

In addition, you want to feel confident that the ingredients you consume are clean and free of GMOs, artificial sweeteners, gluten (if you have celiac disease or gluten intolerance), and more. While this is rare, one product that checks all of those boxes is Transparent Labs Mass Gainer. It’s not only our top pick for the best meal replacement shake overall but also made our list of the best mass gainers.

If you’re trying to gain weight and/or build muscle, you’ll need to consume more calories, and Mass Gainer doesn’t have a shortage of them. This product contains approximately 750 calories per serving and has an abundant supply of carbohydrates (106 to 110 grams), protein (51 to 52 grams), and fat (13 to 14 grams).

It also has minerals like calcium and iron, so you’re getting what’s considered a complete meal. Calcium helps to preserve muscle mass, and iron is needed to store oxygen in muscle tissue, making this a solid meal replacement. (1) The three grams of creatine is the cherry on top, as this supplement may increase lean muscle mass and exercise capacity. (2) Plus, three to five grams of creatine is the recommended dose per day. (3)

In order to provide you with these nutrients, Mass Gainer uses natural ingredients, like organic tapioca maltodextrin and grass-fed whey protein concentrate. According to their third-party tester, Elite Manufacturing and Packaging, 50.8 percent of their formula is tapioca maltodextrin. A 2022 study found that tapioca maltodextrin not only digests well but may also reduce HbA1C levels in prediabetic individuals and normoglycemic participants (i.e., those with a normal concentration of glucose in the blood). (4) For clarity, HbA1C refers to glycated hemoglobin, which is created when the sugar in your body attaches to your blood cells. 

More than 31 percent of their formula comprises grass-fed whey protein concentrate, which also has benefits. One study established that 25 grams of whey protein maximizes protein synthesis and may support muscle hypertrophy with consistent resistance training. There’s more than double that amount of protein here, so seeing gains doesn’t sound too far-fetched. One buyer even said, “I have taken the Mass Gainer for about three weeks and have gained roughly 3 pounds.”

But, what if you’re not trying to bulk up? Could this still be a practical choice for you? The short answer is yes. Mass gainers like Transparent Labs Mass Gainer are a good source of macronutrients. The protein and carbs can make you feel full and help you avoid those unhealthy snacks that seem to call your name when you’re hungry. However, I’d recommend consuming a smaller serving if you’re not trying to gain weight. 

There are two flavors of Mass Gainer, and based on customer reviews, both seem to taste pretty good. One of our Breaking Muscle team members tested the Chocolate Glaze Donut flavor and said it really tastes like a donut. She also noted that it dissolved well, which is a plus. Just add two scoops (equal to one serving) to 16 ounces of milk and drink up.

However, do note that this pure product isn’t cheap. One 15-serving container costs $79.99, which isn’t cheap. At $5.33 per serving, this is easily one of the more expensive meal replacement shakes on this list. Still, it’s cheaper than many fast food options. It’s dietitian-recommended and good enough for athletes based on its Informed Choice certification. These qualities are precisely why we consider this to be the best meal replacement shake overall. 

Best Meal Replacement Shake for Weight Loss: PhenQ Complete Meal Shake

PhenQ Complete Meal Shake
3.5
  • Type of protein: Whey protein concentrate 
  • Cost per serving: $2.99
  • Calories per serving: 180 to 190
  • Protein per serving: 16 to 17 grams 
  • Flavors: Chocolate, Strawberry & Cream, Vanilla
Check Now

Pros

  • Includes 13 vitamins  
  • Vegetarian-friendly  
  • Three flavors 
  • 60-day money-back guarantee

Cons

  • Only available online 
  • Few product reviews

While meal prepping can help you be more successful with weight loss, it’s difficult for those with multiple obligations to consistently do so. It can easily take several hours to make a week’s worth of low-calorie meals, so what are you supposed to do if that’s not feasible for you? Well, this is where the PhenQ Complete Meal Shake comes into play. It’s only 190 calories but still provides 13 vitamins and 16 grams of whey protein concentrate. With a lower calorie count than some others on this list, it could be an attractive option for those wanting to lose weight. 

Micronutrients like Vitamins A, B12, C, D, and E, as well as pantothenic acid and thiamin, can help with the growth and development of our muscles and turn food into fuel. Even further, a lack of some of those vitamins, like B12, is associated with obesity. It’s critical to get enough of these nutrients if you want to maintain a healthy weight. (5)

PhenQ also includes Digezyme, a multi-enzyme complex, in their formulation. These digestive enzymes (amylase, protease, cellulase, lactase, and lipase) help break down lipids, carbohydrates, and protein so you can adequately absorb the included nutrients. (6) Carb10, a carbohydrate source derived from pea starch, further helps with digestion without spiking your blood sugar level

Other beneficial ingredients, like gluten-free oat flour and flaxseed powder, further make PhenQ an excellent choice for those trying to lose weight. Oats, in general, increase satiety-related hormones, potentially making you want to eat less. Flaxseed is associated with weight reduction in overweight and obese individuals. (7)(8

The PhenQ Complete Meal Shake has a lot going for it, but like all things, it will not check everyone’s boxes. For instance, while it’s suitable for vegetarians, the addition of milk makes it a no-go for vegans or those with lactose intolerance.

In addition, it’s difficult to find actual customer reviews on their product, which could be a turn-off for potential consumers. PhenQ offers a 60-day money-back guarantee if you’re unhappy with your results. However, a refund is only issued if you return an unused package. Therefore, if you purchase all three flavors, you may have to think twice about opening each one.

One package costs about $20.95 and only contains seven servings, making it about $2.99 per meal. You’d need at least four packages to get almost a month’s worth, so you must plan accordingly. To drink, you just need to mix one to two scoops of PhenQ Meal Shake with eight or 16 ounces of water or dairy-free, unsweetened milk. However, keep in mind that one scoop equals one serving, so if you double it up, is it still considered a good meal replacement option?   

Overall, the PhenQ Complete Meal Shake is a solid choice for those looking for a nutrient-rich option with natural ingredients. Far too many meal replacement options are empty-calorie foods, meaning they’re high in calories and likely consist of added sugars and saturated fats. As one study confirmed, these things may be associated with obesity, which is precisely what one wants to avoid with a meal replacement shake for weight loss. (9)

Best Tasting Meal Replacement Shake: Soylent Ready-to-Drink Meal

Soylent Meal Replacement Shake
3.5
  • Number of servings: 12 bottles 
  • Cost per serving: $4.00 to $4.17 
  • Nutrition info: 400 calories, 24 grams of fat, 20 grams of protein, 36 to 38 of carbohydrates, and one gram of sugar 
  • Flavors: Banana, Cafe Mocha, Creamy Chocolate, Mint Chocolate, Strawberry, and Vanilla
Check Price

Pros

  • Tasty 
  • Offered in multiple flavors 
  • Chock full of vitamins and minerals
  • Vegan-friendly 
  • No prep required

Cons

  • Not for those with soy allergy 
  • May cause constipation because it lacks insoluble fiber

For those who just don’t want to deal with powder mixes, consider Soylent’s Ready-To-Drink Meal. I recently learned about this shake from a family member who is using it to lose weight. One of the things they raved about was how good these shakes tasted. If you’ve tried a meal replacement shake, you’re already aware that it can be a hit or miss, so it’s nice when you find one worth buying again. However, is this tasty choice also a nutritious one? 

One serving of Soylent’s Ready-To-Drink Meal packs about 400 calories but, surprisingly, only has one gram of sugar and no artificial sweeteners. It also contains 28 vitamins and minerals, like iron, magnesium, vitamin D, calcium, and zinc. Nutrients like magnesium aid with regulating muscle function and making protein. Even calcium and vitamin D3 supplementation has been associated with lower body weight and better metabolic health, so it’s critical that we get enough of these. (10

Soylent also provides about 38 grams of carbs, primarily from allulose. Allulose is a slow-burning carb that may reduce the availability of glucose in the blood. (11) In other words, it doesn’t spike blood sugar levels, meaning it could be a good choice even for those with diabetes. Sporadic spikes and dips of glucose can cause fatigue, so this should keep your energy levels stable for longer periods. However, always check with your doctor first to confirm. 

The 20 grams of protein in Soylent drinks comes from soy isolate. It’s vegan-friendly and includes all nine essential amino acids. A 2013 study on soy isolate found that post-menopausal women who consumed that, along with doing resistance exercises, noticed improved bone and muscle strength. (12

Forty-seven percent of Soylent’s total calories come from fat, but there’s a reason for that. Fat metabolizes slower than carbs, which can help you stay full for longer. (13) Soylent uses high oleic sunflower oil (omega 9 fatty acid), and diets rich in this type of fat may help prevent heart disease. (14)

Many people taking Soylent mention that they notice a boost of energy, especially if they used to follow a crappy diet. Poor nutrition and inadequate calorie intake can lead to fatigue, so the boost of calories and energy-improving nutrients in this shake may be a game-changer for some. These grab-and-go drinks are $50.00 and come in a pack of 12. There are six flavors, so you shouldn’t get bored anytime soon. 

RELATED: Best Tasting Protein Powder

Best Meal Replacement Shake for Women: Ritual Daily Shake

Ritual Essential Protein Powder
4.4
  • Protein type: Pea protein
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Cost per serving: $2.66
  • Calories per serving: 115 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams 
  • Flavors: Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Check Price

Pros

  • Traceable ingredients 
  • 30-day moneyback guarantee 
  • Third-party tested 
  • Vegan-friendly 
  • GMO-free, gluten-free, sugar-free

Cons

  • Doesn’t always dissolve well 
  • Only one flavor option
  • Pricey

Ritual’s Essential Protein is easily one of the best protein shakes for vegans on the market. Each ingredient is traceable, meaning you’ll know exactly where it comes from. For health-conscious individuals, this is a big deal because not many companies offer this level of transparency.

In addition, it’s third-party tested and holds Informed Protein and Informed Sport certifications. For extra measure, Ritual tests each lot of protein for heavy metals, microbes, and banned substances. This level of testing is important for everyone, but it’s especially crucial for women who have hormones that may interact with some types of proteins. 

For example, soy protein and isoflavones may negatively affect reproductive and thyroid hormones, especially estrogen. (15) Although several studies show soy is okay to consume, its safety remains questionable.

Instead of soy, Ritual includes 20 grams of organic pea protein per serving in their formulation. This type of plant-based protein is a good substitute for soy and animal products. In fact, one study found that pea protein supplementation (along with following a 12-week resistance training program) increased bicep muscle thickness to the same degree as an equivalent amount of whey protein. (16)  

Pea protein also provides a complete amino acid profile. There are eight grams of essential amino acids and four grams of branched-chain amino acids in each serving of the Ritual Daily Shake.

Essential amino acids, like l-methionine, are not naturally created by mammals, so we have to get them through our diet. (17) As the building blocks of protein, our body simply couldn’t properly function without them. Branched-chain amino acids are necessary, too, and may help with muscle growth and soreness following exercise. (18) Deficiencies in either could cause hormonal imbalances, muscle issues, edema, and more. (17)

This daily shake only comes in a Handcrafted Vanilla flavor. The vanilla comes from vanilla bean extract harvested in Madagascar. Reb-M (a compound made from fermented sugar cane), and monk fruit are also added to give it a sweet taste, but it’s still completely sugar-free. While it might sound bizarre that something from sugar cane is considered sugar-free, the fermentation process removes the sugar content while retaining its sweetness.  

One bag of Ritual Daily Shake is around $40 and contains 15 servings, so expect to spend about $80 if you want one month’s worth. While expensive, it’s vegan-friendly, GMO-free, gluten-free, and has no artificial flavors. Just add one scoop of protein powder to a cold liquid, shake it, and drink up.

Do note that it doesn’t dissolve the best, so consider mixing it with a blender. In addition, compared to others on this list, this is a low-calorie option and thus may not make you feel as full. 

RELATED: Best Protein Powders

Best Meal Replacement Shake for Men: Kaged Clean Meal

Kaged Clean Meal Protein Shake
4.3
  • Number of servings: 13 to 20, depending on how many scoops you take
  • Cost per serving: $1.95 to $3.88
  • Calories per serving: 240 to 360
  • Protein per serving: 28 to 42 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate Peanut Butter, Snickerdoodle, Vanilla Cake
  • Third-party tested: Informed Sport
Check Price

Pros

  • ioWhey™ technology
  • Third-party tested 
  • Zinc helps with testosterone production

Cons

  • Contains sucralose 
  • Too sweet for some 
  • May cause GI issues

Guys looking for a whole-food meal replacement should look into Kaged Clean Meal. It’s made with great ingredients like whey protein isolate, organic quinoa, Swedish oats, coconut oil, and loads of nutrients from fruits and veggies. Plus, it’s non-GMO, gluten-free, third-party tested, and has the Informed Sport certification. For men, it’s one of the best meal replacement shakes on the market.

Research shows that men are more likely than women to have a vitamin D deficiency. Such a deficiency can cause muscle weakness, bone pain, and more. (19) Fortunately, the Kaged Clean Meal provides 25 percent of the daily value, which is a nice boost for someone not getting balanced meals. 

Zinc is another mineral that’s important for men’s health. One study found that 30 milligrams of zinc daily increases levels of free testosterone, a hormone that positively influences muscular development. (20) Like vitamin D, this too meets 25 percent of the daily value.

RELATED: Best Testosterone Boosters

Even the inclusion of coconut oil is beneficial to men, as it has been shown to possibly increase fat-free mass, enhance plasma HDL cholesterol, and improve insulin sensitivity. (21) High HDL cholesterol levels are strongly associated with a reduced risk of heart attacks, which are twice as likely in men than in women. (22

Those are just a few examples of how the ingredients in this meal replacement product help men, but there are 21 vitamins and minerals in total. Its micronutrient profile stands out, as it provides 25 percent of the daily value in almost every essential vitamin and mineral the body requires.

As if that wasn’t enough, Kaged Clean Meal uses ioWhey™ Technology, a patented process that’s said to optimize whey protein isolate consumption. Standard whey protein is said to have a complex structure that can make it difficult for the body to absorb. However, ioWhey™ Protein is said to have a less complex structure that allows for greater bioavailability. On their website, Kaged claims ioWhey™ Technology may improve amino acid absorption 123 percent better than regular whey protein. However, I haven’t come across any studies that back this claim up. 

Combined with the 6.5 grams of branch-chain amino acids per serving, that may have an anabolic effect on protein metabolism. According to one study, this means that following physical exercise, one might have an increased protein synthesis rate and a decreased protein degradation rate, even during rest. (23

On Kaged’s website, you’ll find over 400 reviews and a 4.8 rating, so it appears that many people like it. One guy even said, “The life of a firefighter, father, husband. Crossfiter makes it tough to get all my meals! Not a problem anymore! Love clean meal!” There were three one-star reviews, but two of them simply never received their order. Unfortunately, it doesn’t look like the company publicly responded to these negative reviews to rectify the situation. 

For around $49.99, you’d get about 20 servings. Kaged Clean Meal is available in three flavors: Chocolate Peanut Butter, Snickerdoodle, and Vanilla Cake. One serving equals two scoops that you can add to 10 to 12 ounces of cold water. Despite being reasonably nutritious, it’s not meant to replace all your meals since it has a slightly lower calorie count of 240 calories, compared with other meal replacement shakes that have 700 calories or more.  

Overall, it’s a pretty good meal replacement shake, but it does contain a small amount of sucralose and may be too sweet for some. A few customers on Amazon even remarked that this supplement caused GI issues. 

Best Meal Replacement Shake for Weight Gain: Crazy Nutrition Mass Gainer

Crazy Nutrition Mass Gainer
4.0
  • Number of servings: 20 
  • Price per serving: $4.50
  • Calories per serving: 488 
  • Protein per serving: 39 to 40 grams
  • Fat per serving: 10 grams
  • Carbohydrates per serving: 55 to 56 grams
Check Price

Pros

  • Tastes good 
  • Black pepper and Digezyme help with digestion 
  • 60-day money-back guarantee 
  • Low in sugar

Cons

  • Includes sucralose and lactose 
  • One serving requires four scoops 
  • Doesn’t appear third-party tested 
  • Expensive

Having a fast metabolism is all fun and dandy until you’re trying to gain weight. It can seem almost impossible, even if you eat a bunch of donuts and pizza to add calories. As tasty as these foods are, they lack the micronutrients you need to build muscle. Plus, they’ll leave you feeling super sluggish, and who wants to feel like that at the gym? Thankfully, a more efficient way to gain weight can be using Crazy Nutrition’s Mass Gainer. 

This mass gainer formula uses whole-food sourced ingredients like oat flour, whey protein, and medium-chain triglycerides (MCT) oil. Oat flour is high in complex carbohydrates, which take longer to digest and, as a result, can make you feel fuller. However, our testers noted that the oat powder seemed to settle at the bottom of their drink, so they had to keep shaking it up before every sip. We’d recommend using a blender for the best results. 

MCT oil is an easy-to-digest form of fat that can boost your energy. Some research even suggests that MCT oil may improve athletic performance. (24) In addition, a 2019 study found that bodybuilders using whey protein experienced weight gain and increased muscle mass. (25)

What I really like is that this meal replacement shake contains nutrients like magnesium, zinc, B6, and B12. However, I couldn’t confirm how much of each is in their formulation, which is a con. Nonetheless, B12 is associated with muscle development, and both B12 and B6 help with cellular energy production. (26)(27) The addition of magnesium is very useful, too, since this element can be depleted by physical exercise. (28) Supplementing it could be just what you need to get through an intense training session. 

As good as all these nutrients are, it would mean nothing if you didn’t properly digest and absorb what you consumed. Therefore, like PhenQ, this product also uses Digezyme to improve absorption. You’ll also find black pepper on the ingredient list, which might seem random, but it may improve digestive capacity and reduce food transit time. (29)

This is a good pick if you’re looking for a mass gainer with a hefty amount of proteins and carbs that’s also low in sugar. Crazy Nutrition Mass Gainer is gluten-free, comes in two flavors that individuals like, and seems to help people achieve the results they’re looking for. One buyer said, “Been taking this a couple of months in combination with working out. Up from the low 140s to around 150 in two and a half months. It’s been an easy way to get in the extra calories I had been missing.” 

Another thing that’s hefty about this product is its price tag. One 20-serving pouch costs $89.99, so this isn’t a good option if you’re on a budget.

You may also want to avoid this product if you’re trying to avoid artificial sweeteners like sucralose. Crazy Nutrition Mass Gainer also contains lactose and wouldn’t be ideal for those who are lactose intolerant. One of our testers who’s sensitive to lactose had an unsettled stomach after taking it. Our other tester, who doesn’t have any issues with lactose, didn’t report any negative effects. Ultimately, if you want to try it and see for yourself, there is a 60-day money-back guarantee. 

RELATED: Best Bodybuilding Supplements

Best Vegan Meal Replacement Shake: Orgain Vegan Organic Nutrition Shake

Orgain Vegan Organic Nutrition Shake
4.2
  • Type of protein: Organic pea protein, organic chia seeds
  • Cost per serving: $3.00
  • Calories per serving: 230 to 240
  • Protein per serving: 16 grams 
  • Flavors: Smooth Chocolate, Vanilla Bean
Check Price

Pros

  • Vegan-friendly 
  • USDA-Organic 
  • Premixed

Cons

  • Includes added sugars 
  • Can sometimes have a clumpy consistency 

If you follow a plant-based diet, getting the macronutrients and micronutrients you need can be challenging. Research shows that adults who follow a plant-based diet tend to lack certain essential nutrients, like vitamin B12, vitamin D, iron, zinc, iodine, and calcium. (30) So, what are you supposed to do? Ideally, it’s best to follow a balanced diet that’ll help you meet your dietary needs, but that’s way easier said than done. As a result, USDA-organic options like the Orgain Vegan Organic Nutrition Shake are convenient for busy folks who’d benefit from consuming an easy-to-take meal replacement shake. 

Earlier this year, I searched for a healthy meal replacement option to drink in the morning or on the go. Even though I don’t follow a plant-based diet, I wanted a gluten-free and soy-free vegan protein source with a good supply of macronutrients and micronutrients. Therefore, when I came across the Orgain Vegan Organic Nutrition Shake, I was so excited to try it that I ordered a case of each flavor. 

What I like is that one serving of this shake contains over 20 vitamins and minerals, 220 calories, and a decent helping of protein, fats, and carbs. They use many ingredients (particularly their own unique blends) to provide complete nutrition. For example, pea protein, chia seeds, kale, and even beets are on the ingredients list. 

Although there are mixed reviews regarding chia seeds and weight management, one study found that consuming them can reduce weight and waist circumference. (31) Kale, a popular superfood, may help protect healthy cells, reduce inflammation, prevent tumors, and more.

Even a study on beets noted that this food provides huge health benefits, like eliminating oxidative stress, preventing DNA damage, and lowering blood lipids. (32) The betalins in beetroot have antioxidant and antitumor capabilities. 

What I don’t particularly like about this vegan shake is that it has 10 grams of added sugars and only 16 grams of protein. In addition, in my experience, the Smooth Chocolate flavor wasn’t that smooth. Even after I shook it, some sips were clumpy, as if the mix hadn’t fully dissolved. While I enjoyed the taste, the texture occasionally bothered me, so I decided to stick with the Vanilla Bean flavor. Besides that, expect it to have a slightly thinner consistency than actual milkshakes.  

I can honestly say these have helped me curb my craving for less healthy breakfast foods. Also, if I drink one of these in the morning, I usually don’t need anything else until lunchtime. But honestly, these are a bit pricey. A 12-serving box of this lactose-free shake will cost you $35.99, so if you want 30 days’ worth, you might spend over $100 per month. Yet, that’s still cheaper than how much you might buy grabbing a fast food meal every day over a 30-day period. 

Best Meal Replacement Shake for Diabetes: 310 Nutrition Meal Replacement Shake

310 Nutrition Meal Replacement Shake
4.0
  • Number of servings: 28 
  • Cost per serving: $1.44 
  • Nutrition info: 110 calories, two grams of fat, 15 grams of protein, seven grams of carbohydrates, and zero grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Caramel Sundae, Chocolate, Chocolate Bliss, Cookies n’ Cream, Horchata, Mocha, Organic Chocolate, Pumpkin Spice, Salted Caramel, Strawberry, Tropical Coconut, Vanilla, Vanilla Crème
Check Price

Pros

  • Affordable 
  • Low glycemic index 
  • Includes superfoods 
  • Several flavors 

Cons

  • May not be third-party tested 
  • Some say it’s too sweet

While meal replacement shakes can help with weight loss, those with diabetes have to be particularly wary of their carbs, as some can spike blood sugar levels. Thankfully, there’s a gluten-free, soy-free, and GMO-free option on Amazon that may be suitable.

The 310 Nutrition Meal Replacement Shake comes in powder form and has many flavors. It uses a blend of plant proteins (brown rice, pumpkin, and pea protein) that provides 15 grams per serving. While that’s less than some of the others on this list, it’s still powerful. For example, brown rice not only has a good amount of dietary fiber and unsaturated fats but also has low glycemic index properties and shouldn’t affect your blood sugar levels. (33

Other ingredients in this meal replacement powder include turmeric, ginger, spirulina, MCT oil, and more. Studies show turmeric has antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, antibacterial, and anticancer properties. (34) Ginger, primarily known for helping with nausea, improves lipid profiles and glucose control. (35) Then there’s spirulina, a type of blue-green algae that a 2022 study shows may be able to increase exercise tolerance and oxygen uptake. (36)

With so many sweet flavors, like Salted Caramel and Vanilla Creme, you’d think this product had a ton of sugar. However, there are surprisingly zero grams in this drink mix. Most flavors use stevia and monk fruit as sweeteners, and based on many customer reviews, these shakes taste great. 

What individuals might not particularly like about this product is its lack of micronutrients. The iron in here makes up 28 percent of the daily value, but the calcium (four percent of the daily value) and potassium (two percent of the daily value) are underwhelming. Consider another option if you’re looking for something that provides complete nutrition. 

A 28-serving container of this organic plant powder is only $28.99, so it’s one of the more affordable choices on this list. Many comment that it’s also filling, which you might not automatically expect since it’s only 110 calories. The five grams of fiber likely helps with that.

Best Low-Carb Meal Replacement Shake: HLTH Code Complete Meal

HLTH Code Complete Meal Replacement
4.4
  • Number of servings: 15 
  • Cost per serving: $3.99
  • Nutrition info: 400 calories, 27 grams of fat, 27 grams of protein, 13 grams of carbohydrates, and two grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Chocolate Macadamia and Creamy Vanilla
Check Price

Pros

  • Nutrient-dense 
  • Keto-friendly 
  • Includes digestive enzyme blend 
  • Provides satiated feeling

Cons

  • Many dislike the taste
  • Includes potential allergens 

What’s high in protein, low-carb, and provides 50 percent of the daily value for 25 micronutrients? HLTH Code Complete Meal. Created by a metabolic scientist, this meal replacement shake is an all-in-one option with ingredients that pack some nutrient power. 

Now, you might be wondering, how 13 grams of carbs are considered low-carb, but let me explain. If you look closely at the supplement facts label, you’ll see that there are nine grams of fiber, which the body cannot completely digest. And if the body can’t digest it and make it into an energy compound, then it shouldn’t impact your blood sugar levels. There are really only four grams of net carbs (total carbs minus fiber and sugar alcohols) in this shake, which isn’t bad. 

This shake’s protein blend includes whey protein concentrate, grass-fed collagen, and egg whites. A 2023 study on mice found that collagen has an anti-obesity effect. (37) These mice were fed a high-fat diet, and collagen peptides reduced abdominal fat accumulation, weight gain, and high blood glucose levels.

In a 2017 study using rats, researchers discovered that those receiving egg-white protein had reduced body fat mass. (38) While neither of those studies suggested what impact it could have on humans, the results seem promising. A more recent study on egg protein, in general, noted that it may enhance muscle strength, lower cholesterol, and reduce visceral fat in humans. (39

The 27 grams of fat comes from various sources, like MCT oil, olive oil, grass-fed ghee, and more. These are all considered healthy fats with great health benefits. For example, a study shows that olive oil may help combat oxidative stress and inflammation. (40) An older study on ghee, a South Asian clarified butter, even demonstrated that study participants who consumed it had a lower prevalence of coronary heart disease. (41)

This shake includes a digestive enzyme blend that consists of cellulase, amylase, diastase, and more. As mentioned previously, these enzymes help break down the macronutrients so your body can benefit from them. 

Another beneficial ingredient is apple cider vinegar (ACV). A 2018 study compared obese rats who consumed ACV daily to those who didn’t and found that those who received it had a reduced risk of obesity-associated diseases. (42)

The micronutrient profile in this shake is impressive, making it beneficial to those who might be deficient in a few of them. A CDC report showed that some of the most common deficiencies in the US are vitamins B6, D, C, B12, and iron. This shake has 50 percent of the daily value for each of them and plenty more. 

There are no added sugars, which is a plus. Instead, HLTH Code Complete Meal uses monk fruit and stevia. However, milk, egg, and coconut are potential allergens people should be aware of. This wouldn’t be a good choice if you need a lactose-free shake. 

Ultimately, if you’re looking for something that’ll make you feel full after drinking it, this would check that box. But it’s not cheap, costing $59.95 for a 15-serving container. 

Best Organic Meal Replacement Shake: Ka’Chava Whole Body Meal

Ka’Chava All-In-One Nutrition Shake Blend
3.8
  • Number of servings: 15 servings 
  • Cost per serving: $4.66
  • Nutrition info: 240 calories, Seven grams of fat, 25 grams of protein, 24 grams of carbohydrates, and six grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Chai, Chocolate, Coconut Açaí, Matcha, and Vanilla
Check Price

Pros

  • Free of soy, GMOs, gluten, and artificial sweeteners
  • Includes many superfoods 
  • 30-day money-back guarantee 
  • Thousands of positive reviews

Cons

  • May not be third-party tested 
  • Some dislike the taste

Ka’Chava’s Whole Body Meal has superfoods and plant-based ingredients like organic shiitake mushrooms, chlorella, raspberries, tart cherries, and more than 80 others. A small 2015 study on shiitake mushrooms found that those who consumed it had improved immunity. (43) Chlorella, a freshwater green algae, has antioxidant, detoxification, and immune system-boosting effects. It may even help prevent complications from diabetes and improve glycemic control. (44)

A 2021 study showed that polyphenol-rich foods, like raspberries, reduce muscle soreness following a workout. (45) Raspberries may also lower post-meal serum glucose levels and inflammation. (46) Tart cherries are also rich in polyphenols and have been associated with lowering blood pressure, regulating blood glucose, boosting cognitive function, and more. (47)

There are numerous micronutrients in this shake, too. Some even provide over 60 percent of the daily value, like vitamins A, E, B1, folate, and more. You’ll also find probiotics, prebiotics, and digestive enzymes in their formula. 

Another thing that Ka’Chava has a lot of is reviews. With 60,000+ video and written reviews, potential buyers can get a true sense of what current customers think. Most reviews are positive, noting that it’s delicious and convenient. Other reviews state that they wished it tasted better — though to be fair, taste is subjective, and this doesn’t mean you won’t like it. 

Is the Ka’Chava meal shake a good choice? If you’re looking for an organic, plant-based snack option with multiple superfoods and flavors, then yes. They have a Love-It guarantee, too, so if you don’t like it, you can return up to one bag of each flavor for a refund. A 15-serving container is around $69.95. 

Benefits of Meal Replacement Shakes

Most people have heard of meal replacement shakes, but not everyone knows how beneficial they are. Consider some of their benefits below. 

They’re Convenient 

Every day, we have to figure out what to eat. That, in itself, is a time-consuming activity. On top of that, you must cook a meal or decide where to order one that meets your dietary preferences and needs. When you’re trying to eat healthily and are on a tight schedule, it’s not always easy to make good choices. However, drinking meal replacement shakes is one way to fuel your body without much effort. You can add a powder mix to your water bottle or pop open a carton of a premade drink for one of your meals.  

They’re Versatile

As you’ve seen on this list, several types of meal replacement shakes exist. Some have a little over a hundred calories, and others have over 700 calories. You can use them to lose or gain weight, so aim to select the ones that align with your fitness goals. 

They’re (Usually) Nutritious 

When it comes to food, convenience and health often don’t go together. However, the right meal replacement shake could benefit your overall health. It can be a good source of complete protein, fats, carbs, and multiple micronutrients, all of which help your body function properly. Those who follow a poor diet and then start incorporating meal replacement shakes with superfood ingredients often comment that they feel more energized afterward. 

When Is the Best Time to Have a Meal Replacement Shake?

The best time to drink a meal replacement shake depends on your lifestyle. I prefer to drink my Orgain Vegan Organic Nutrition Shake around breakfast time. Before I started taking this supplement, I would eat a heavy breakfast that would leave me feeling sluggish. The shake gives me just the nutrients I need to give me energy for the day.  

Meal replacement shakes might be a solid option for lunch, too. People are more likely to get fast food or a pre-cooked frozen meal with low-quality ingredients because they’re looking for something quick to satisfy their hunger. A shake can get you through those moments when you’re at work or on the go. 

Another time you should consider consuming a meal replacement shake is after your workout. The proteins and other essential nutrients may assist with muscle recovery and repair. 

What To Look For in a Meal Replacement Shake

Picking a meal replacement shake isn’t as simple as you may think. There are a lot of things you should consider before you split with your hard-earned cash. 

High-Quality Protein, Carb, and Fat Sources

Protein sources matter, and unfortunately, they’re not all created equally. The same goes for carbohydrates and fats. For example, highly processed protein sources include chemicals that increase the risks of several chronic conditions. To avoid this, look for protein sources like soy, egg, whey, and peas.

In addition, look for the complete protein label, which means it has all the necessary amino acids needed to help you maintain muscle mass (or build it, if that’s your goal).

Lastly, steer clear of protein types you may have trouble digesting. 

When it comes to carbs and fats, there are good ones, and there are bad ones. It’s best to look for carbs like the oat flour in the Crazy Nutrition Mass Gainer. It’s a slow-burning carb, meaning it takes more time to digest and thus doesn’t cause a sudden rise in blood sugar. For fats, aim for high-quality sources like the high oleic sunflower oil in the Soylent Ready-to-Drink Meal. 

Low Sugar Content

Some meal replacement shakes are loaded with added sugars. According to the American Health Association, we should have no more than 24 grams of added sugar daily. Therefore, if you want to follow a balanced diet, stick to options with little to no added sugars.  

Additional Ingredients

Although this isn’t an absolute must-have, consider looking for ingredients like Digezyme, which is found in PhenQ and Crazy Nutrition’s shakes. These digestive enzymes aid digestion so your body can use the nutrients found in your meal replacement shake for energy and more. 

Apple cider vinegar, found in the HLTH Code Complete Meal, has become a trendy herbal supplement ingredient over the years. People see it as a cure-all, even though it’s not, but it does have some health benefits, such as weight loss and preventing spikes in blood sugar. 

Superfoods, like legumes, nuts, leafy greens, berries, and more, have many health benefits. Therefore, check to see if the meal replacement shake you’re considering includes these nutritious additions. On this list, the 310 Nutrition Meal Replacement Shake and Orgain Vegan Organic Nutrition Shake include superfoods. 

Vitamins and Minerals

If you think your current diet might lack essential vitamins and minerals, a drink meal replacement shake may help. For instance, the HLTH Code Complete Meal provides 50 percent of the daily value for more than 20 micronutrients. However, if you’re taking other supplements, you’ll want to ensure you’re not getting too much of a micronutrient. Just as deficiencies can lead to health complications, taking an excessive amount of a vitamin or mineral can also be harmful. 

Flavors

Some meal replacement shakes only come in one flavor, like the Ritual Daily Shake, which is only available in a vanilla flavor. Others have five or more flavors, like the 310 Nutrition Meal Replacement Shake and Soylent Ready-to-Drink Meal. You’ll want to be careful that the flavored options don’t have excess added sugars, though, as that’s occasionally the case. If you want a sweet taste, look for options with natural sugars, like monk fruit. 

Lastly, you’ll find that there are always mixed reviews about flavors. So if you see a few remarks that one is nasty, don’t automatically discount it. We all have different taste palettes. Therefore, what one person dislikes could be something you’d enjoy. 

Final Thoughts

At this point, you not only know about 10 of the best meal replacement shakes in the marketplace but also which factors to consider so you select the right one for you. As someone who’s purchased expensive meal replacement shakes before that I rarely used, I don’t want you to make the same mistake as me. Those sat on the shelves because I realized afterward that they lacked the nutrients I needed and had subpar quality. With this list, you can make an informed decision that may help you achieve your fitness goals. 

Best Meal Replacement Shake: Side-by-Side Comparison

Best Meal Replacement Shake Overall
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Weight Loss
Best Tasting Meal Replacement Shake
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Women
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Men
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Weight Gain
Best Vegan Meal Replacement Shake
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Diabetes
Best Low-Carb Meal Replacement Shake
Best Organic Meal Replacement Shake
Description:
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Price per serving: $5.33
  • Calories per serving: 730 to 750
  • Protein per serving: 51 to 53 grams
  • Fat per serving: 13 to 14 grams
  • Carbohydrates per serving: 106 to 110 grams
Description:
  • Type of protein: Whey protein concentrate 
  • Cost per serving: $2.99
  • Calories per serving: 180 to 190
  • Protein per serving: 16 to 17 grams 
  • Flavors: Chocolate, Strawberry & Cream, Vanilla
Description:
  • Number of servings: 12 bottles 
  • Cost per serving: $4.00 to $4.17 
  • Nutrition info: 400 calories, 24 grams of fat, 20 grams of protein, 36 to 38 of carbohydrates, and one gram of sugar 
  • Flavors: Banana, Cafe Mocha, Creamy Chocolate, Mint Chocolate, Strawberry, and Vanilla
Description:
  • Protein type: Pea protein
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Cost per serving: $2.66
  • Calories per serving: 115 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams 
  • Flavors: Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Description:
  • Number of servings: 13 to 20, depending on how many scoops you take
  • Cost per serving: $1.95 to $3.88
  • Calories per serving: 240 to 360
  • Protein per serving: 28 to 42 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate Peanut Butter, Snickerdoodle, Vanilla Cake
  • Third-party tested: Informed Sport
Description:
  • Number of servings: 20 
  • Price per serving: $4.50
  • Calories per serving: 488 
  • Protein per serving: 39 to 40 grams
  • Fat per serving: 10 grams
  • Carbohydrates per serving: 55 to 56 grams
Description:
  • Type of protein: Organic pea protein, organic chia seeds
  • Cost per serving: $3.00
  • Calories per serving: 230 to 240
  • Protein per serving: 16 grams 
  • Flavors: Smooth Chocolate, Vanilla Bean
Description:
  • Number of servings: 28 
  • Cost per serving: $1.44 
  • Nutrition info: 110 calories, two grams of fat, 15 grams of protein, seven grams of carbohydrates, and zero grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Caramel Sundae, Chocolate, Chocolate Bliss, Cookies n’ Cream, Horchata, Mocha, Organic Chocolate, Pumpkin Spice, Salted Caramel, Strawberry, Tropical Coconut, Vanilla, Vanilla Crème
Description:
  • Number of servings: 15 
  • Cost per serving: $3.99
  • Nutrition info: 400 calories, 27 grams of fat, 27 grams of protein, 13 grams of carbohydrates, and two grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Chocolate Macadamia and Creamy Vanilla
Description:
  • Number of servings: 15 servings 
  • Cost per serving: $4.66
  • Nutrition info: 240 calories, Seven grams of fat, 25 grams of protein, 24 grams of carbohydrates, and six grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Chai, Chocolate, Coconut Açaí, Matcha, and Vanilla
Best Meal Replacement Shake Overall
Description:
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Price per serving: $5.33
  • Calories per serving: 730 to 750
  • Protein per serving: 51 to 53 grams
  • Fat per serving: 13 to 14 grams
  • Carbohydrates per serving: 106 to 110 grams
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Weight Loss
Description:
  • Type of protein: Whey protein concentrate 
  • Cost per serving: $2.99
  • Calories per serving: 180 to 190
  • Protein per serving: 16 to 17 grams 
  • Flavors: Chocolate, Strawberry & Cream, Vanilla
Best Tasting Meal Replacement Shake
Description:
  • Number of servings: 12 bottles 
  • Cost per serving: $4.00 to $4.17 
  • Nutrition info: 400 calories, 24 grams of fat, 20 grams of protein, 36 to 38 of carbohydrates, and one gram of sugar 
  • Flavors: Banana, Cafe Mocha, Creamy Chocolate, Mint Chocolate, Strawberry, and Vanilla
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Women
Description:
  • Protein type: Pea protein
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Cost per serving: $2.66
  • Calories per serving: 115 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams 
  • Flavors: Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Men
Description:
  • Number of servings: 13 to 20, depending on how many scoops you take
  • Cost per serving: $1.95 to $3.88
  • Calories per serving: 240 to 360
  • Protein per serving: 28 to 42 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate Peanut Butter, Snickerdoodle, Vanilla Cake
  • Third-party tested: Informed Sport
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Weight Gain
Description:
  • Number of servings: 20 
  • Price per serving: $4.50
  • Calories per serving: 488 
  • Protein per serving: 39 to 40 grams
  • Fat per serving: 10 grams
  • Carbohydrates per serving: 55 to 56 grams
Best Vegan Meal Replacement Shake
Description:
  • Type of protein: Organic pea protein, organic chia seeds
  • Cost per serving: $3.00
  • Calories per serving: 230 to 240
  • Protein per serving: 16 grams 
  • Flavors: Smooth Chocolate, Vanilla Bean
Best Meal Replacement Shake for Diabetes
Description:
  • Number of servings: 28 
  • Cost per serving: $1.44 
  • Nutrition info: 110 calories, two grams of fat, 15 grams of protein, seven grams of carbohydrates, and zero grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Caramel Sundae, Chocolate, Chocolate Bliss, Cookies n’ Cream, Horchata, Mocha, Organic Chocolate, Pumpkin Spice, Salted Caramel, Strawberry, Tropical Coconut, Vanilla, Vanilla Crème
Best Low-Carb Meal Replacement Shake
Description:
  • Number of servings: 15 
  • Cost per serving: $3.99
  • Nutrition info: 400 calories, 27 grams of fat, 27 grams of protein, 13 grams of carbohydrates, and two grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Chocolate Macadamia and Creamy Vanilla
Best Organic Meal Replacement Shake
Description:
  • Number of servings: 15 servings 
  • Cost per serving: $4.66
  • Nutrition info: 240 calories, Seven grams of fat, 25 grams of protein, 24 grams of carbohydrates, and six grams of sugar 
  • Flavors: Chai, Chocolate, Coconut Açaí, Matcha, and Vanilla

FAQs

What is the very best meal replacement shake?

The best meal replacement shake depends on your goals. If you’re trying to bulk up, consider a high-calorie, high-carb, and high-protein option, like Transparent Labs Mass Gainer and Crazy Nutrition Mass Gainer. Consider a lower-calorie meal replacement option like PhenQ’s Complete Meal Shake if you’re trying to lose weight. 

Which protein shakes are the best meal replacements for weight loss?

Some of the best protein shakes for weight loss are Kaged Clean Meal, 310 Nutrition’s Meal Replacement Shake, and PhenQ’s Complete Meal Shake. They all have less than 200 calories per bottle or serving.

Do doctors recommend meal replacement shakes?

Some doctors suggest meal replacement shakes to their patients to assist them with weight gain or weight loss. In some cases, they may even recommend shakes as a way for someone to get the nutrients they need. 

Research

  1. Kim YS, Hong KW, Han K, et al. Longitudinal Observation of Muscle Mass over 10 Years According to Serum Calcium Levels and Calcium Intake among Korean Adults Aged 50 and Older: The Korean Genome and Epidemiology Study. Nutrients. 2020;12(9):2856. Published 2020 Sep 18. doi:10.3390/nu12092856
  2. Hall M, Manetta E, Tupper K. Creatine Supplementation: An Update. Curr Sports Med Rep. 2021;20(7):338-344. doi:10.1249/JSR.0000000000000863
  3. Kreider RB, Kalman DS, Antonio J, et al. International Society of Sports Nutrition Position Stand: Safety and efficacy of creatine supplementation in exercise, sport, and medicine. Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition. 2017;14(1). doi:10.1186/s12970-017-0173-z 
  4. Astina J, Saphyakhajorn W, Borompichaichartkul C, Sapwarobol S. Tapioca Resistant Maltodextrin as a Carbohydrate Source of Oral Nutrition Supplement (ONS) on Metabolic Indicators: A Clinical Trial. Nutrients. 2022;14(5):916. Published 2022 Feb 22. doi:10.3390/nu14050916
  5. Baltaci D, Kutlucan A, Turker Y, et al. Association of vitamin B12 with obesity, overweight, insulin resistance and metabolic syndrome, and body fat composition; primary care-based study. Med Glas (Zenica). 2013;10(2):203-210.
  6. Ianiro G, Pecere S, Giorgio V, Gasbarrini A, Cammarota G. Digestive Enzyme Supplementation in Gastrointestinal Diseases. Curr Drug Metab. 2016;17(2):187-193. doi:10.2174/138920021702160114150137
  7. Rebello CJ, O’Neil CE, Greenway FL. Dietary fiber and satiety: the effects of oats on satiety. Nutr Rev. 2016;74(2):131-147. doi:10.1093/nutrit/nuv063
  8. Mohammadi-Sartang M, Mazloom Z, Raeisi-Dehkordi H, Barati-Boldaji R, Bellissimo N, Totosy de Zepetnek JO. The effect of flaxseed supplementation on body weight and body composition: a systematic review and meta-analysis of 45 randomized placebo-controlled trials. Obes Rev. 2017;18(9):1096-1107. doi:10.1111/obr.12550
  9. Reedy J, Krebs-Smith SM. Dietary sources of energy, solid fats, and added sugars among children and adolescents in the United States. J Am Diet Assoc. 2010;110(10):1477-1484. doi:10.1016/j.jada.2010.07.010
  10. Zhu W, Cai D, Wang Y, et al. Calcium plus vitamin D3 supplementation facilitated fat loss in overweight and obese college students with very-low calcium consumption: a randomized controlled trial [published correction appears in Nutr J. 2013;12:43]. Nutr J. 2013;12:8. Published 2013 Jan 8. doi:10.1186/1475-2891-12-8
  11. Yuma T, Tokuda M, Nishimoto N, Yokoi H, Izumori K. Allulose for the attenuation of postprandial blood glucose levels in healthy humans: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2023;18(4):e0281150. Published 2023 Apr 6. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0281150
  12. Shenoy S, Bedi R, Sandhu JS. Effect of soy isolate protein and resistance exercises on muscle performance and bone health of osteopenic/osteoporotic post-menopausal women. J Women Aging. 2013;25(2):183-198. doi:10.1080/08952841.2013.764252
  13. Samra RA. Fats and Satiety. In: Montmayeur JP, le Coutre J, editors. Fat Detection: Taste, Texture, and Post Ingestive Effects. Boca Raton (FL): CRC Press/Taylor & Francis; 2010. Chapter 15. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK53550/
  14. Allman-Farinelli MA, Gomes K, Favaloro EJ, Petocz P. A diet rich in high-oleic-acid sunflower oil favorably alters low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, triglycerides, and factor VII coagulant activity. J Am Diet Assoc. 2005;105(7):1071-1079. doi:10.1016/j.jada.2005.04.008
  15. Hertzler SR, Lieblein-Boff JC, Weiler M, Allgeier C. Plant Proteins: Assessing Their Nutritional Quality and Effects on Health and Physical Function. Nutrients. 2020;12(12):3704. Published 2020 Nov 30. doi:10.3390/nu12123704
  16. Babault N, Païzis C, Deley G, et al. Pea proteins oral supplementation promotes muscle thickness gains during resistance training: a double-blind, randomized, Placebo-controlled clinical trial vs. Whey protein. J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2015;12(1):3. Published 2015 Jan 21. doi:10.1186/s12970-014-0064-5
  17. National Research Council (US) Subcommittee on the Tenth Edition of the Recommended Dietary Allowances. Recommended Dietary Allowances: 10th Edition. Washington (DC): National Academies Press (US); 1989. 6, Protein and Amino Acids. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK234922/
  18. Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Nutrition, Trauma, and the Brain; Erdman J, Oria M, Pillsbury L, editors. Nutrition and Traumatic Brain Injury: Improving Acute and Subacute Health Outcomes in Military Personnel. Washington (DC): National Academies Press (US); 2011. 8, Branched-Chain Amino Acids. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK209312/
  19. Sanghera DK, Sapkota BR, Aston CE, Blackett PR. Vitamin D Status, Gender Differences, and Cardiometabolic Health Disparities. Ann Nutr Metab. 2017;70(2):79-87. doi:10.1159/000458765
  20. Fallah A, Mohammad-Hasani A, Colagar AH. Zinc is an Essential Element for Male Fertility: A Review of Zn Roles in Men’s Health, Germination, Sperm Quality, and Fertilization. J Reprod Infertil. 2018;19(2):69-81.
  21. Korrapati D, Jeyakumar SM, Putcha UK, et al. Coconut oil consumption improves fat-free mass, plasma HDL-cholesterol and insulin sensitivity in healthy men with normal BMI compared to peanut oil. Clin Nutr. 2019;38(6):2889-2899. doi:10.1016/j.clnu.2018.12.026
  22. Voight BF, Peloso GM, Orho-Melander M, et al. Plasma HDL cholesterol and risk of myocardial infarction: a mendelian randomisation study [published correction appears in Lancet. 2012 Aug 11;380(9841):564]. Lancet. 2012;380(9841):572-580. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(12)60312-2
  23. Blomstrand E, Eliasson J, Karlsson HK, Köhnke R. Branched-chain amino acids activate key enzymes in protein synthesis after physical exercise. J Nutr. 2006;136(1 Suppl):269S-73S. doi:10.1093/jn/136.1.269S
  24. Wang Y, Liu Z, Han Y, Xu J, Huang W, Li Z. Medium Chain Triglycerides enhances exercise endurance through the increased mitochondrial biogenesis and metabolism. PLoS One. 2018;13(2):e0191182. Published 2018 Feb 8. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0191182
  25. Ali, Diyar. (2019). Effects of creatine, amino acid and whey protein supplements on gaining weight in a bodybuilder. 3. P 84-95. 
  26. Li P, Zhao Y, Liu Y, et al. Cyanocobalamin promotes muscle development through the TGF-β signaling pathway. Food Funct. 2022;13(24):12721-12732. Published 2022 Dec 13. doi:10.1039/d2fo00315e
  27. Ge Y, Zadeh M, Mohamadzadeh M. Vitamin B12 Regulates the Transcriptional, Metabolic, and Epigenetic Programing in Human Ileal Epithelial Cells. Nutrients. 2022;14(14):2825. Published 2022 Jul 9. doi:10.3390/nu14142825
  28. Bohl CH, Volpe SL. Magnesium and exercise. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2002;42(6):533-563. doi:10.1080/20024091054247
  29. Srinivasan K. Black pepper and its pungent principle-piperine: a review of diverse physiological effects. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2007;47(8):735-748. doi:10.1080/10408390601062054
  30. Neufingerl N, Eilander A. Nutrient Intake and Status in Adults Consuming Plant-Based Diets Compared to Meat-Eaters: A Systematic Review. Nutrients. 2021;14(1):29. Published 2021 Dec 23. doi:10.3390/nu14010029
  31. Tavares Toscano L, Tavares Toscano L, Leite Tavares R, da Oliveira Silva CS, Silva AS. Chia induces clinically discrete weight loss and improves lipid profile only in altered previous values. Nutr Hosp. 2014;31(3):1176-1182. Published 2014 Dec 14. doi:10.3305/nh.2015.31.3.8242
  32. Chen L, Zhu Y, Hu Z, Wu S, Jin C. Beetroot as a functional food with huge health benefits: Antioxidant, antitumor, physical function, and chronic metabolomics activity. Food Sci Nutr. 2021;9(11):6406-6420. Published 2021 Sep 9. doi:10.1002/fsn3.2577
  33. Lee JS, Sreenivasulu N, Hamilton RS, Kohli A. Brown Rice, a Diet Rich in Health Promoting Properties. J Nutr Sci Vitaminol (Tokyo). 2019;65(Supplement):S26-S28. doi:10.3177/jnsv.65.S26
  34. Hay E, Lucariello A, Contieri M, et al. Therapeutic effects of turmeric in several diseases: An overview. Chem Biol Interact. 2019;310:108729. doi:10.1016/j.cbi.2019.108729
  35. Anh NH, Kim SJ, Long NP, et al. Ginger on Human Health: A Comprehensive Systematic Review of 109 Randomized Controlled Trials. Nutrients. 2020;12(1):157. Published 2020 Jan 6. doi:10.3390/nu12010157
  36. Calella P, Cerullo G, Di Dio M, et al. Antioxidant, anti-inflammatory and immunomodulatory effects of spirulina in exercise and sport: A systematic review. Front Nutr. 2022;9:1048258. Published 2022 Dec 14. doi:10.3389/fnut.2022.1048258
  37. Baek GH, Yoo KM, Kim SY, et al. Collagen Peptide Exerts an Anti-Obesity Effect by Influencing the Firmicutes/Bacteroidetes Ratio in the Gut. Nutrients. 2023;15(11):2610. Published 2023 Jun 2. doi:10.3390/nu15112610
  38. Matsuoka R, Shirouchi B, Umegatani M, et al. Dietary egg-white protein increases body protein mass and reduces body fat mass through an acceleration of hepatic β-oxidation in rats. Br J Nutr. 2017;118(6):423-430. doi:10.1017/S0007114517002306
  39. Matsuoka R, Sugano M. Health Functions of Egg Protein. Foods. 2022;11(15):2309. Published 2022 Aug 2. doi:10.3390/foods11152309
  40. Yubero-Serrano EM, Lopez-Moreno J, Gomez-Delgado F, Lopez-Miranda J. Extra virgin olive oil: More than a healthy fat. Eur J Clin Nutr. 2019;72(Suppl 1):8-17. doi:10.1038/s41430-018-0304-x
  41. Gupta R, Prakash H. Association of dietary ghee intake with coronary heart disease and risk factor prevalence in rural males. J Indian Med Assoc. 1997;95(3):67-83.
  42. Halima BH, Sonia G, Sarra K, Houda BJ, Fethi BS, Abdallah A. Apple Cider Vinegar Attenuates Oxidative Stress and Reduces the Risk of Obesity in High-Fat-Fed Male Wistar Rats. J Med Food. 2018;21(1):70-80. doi:10.1089/jmf.2017.0039
  43. Dai X, Stanilka JM, Rowe CA, et al. Consuming Lentinula edodes (Shiitake) Mushrooms Daily Improves Human Immunity: A Randomized Dietary Intervention in Healthy Young Adults. J Am Coll Nutr. 2015;34(6):478-487. doi:10.1080/07315724.2014.950391
  44. Bito T, Okumura E, Fujishima M, Watanabe F. Potential of Chlorella as a Dietary Supplement to Promote Human Health. Nutrients. 2020;12(9):2524. Published 2020 Aug 20. doi:10.3390/nu12092524
  45. Rickards L, Lynn A, Harrop D, Barker ME, Russell M, Ranchordas MK. Effect of Polyphenol-Rich Foods, Juices, and Concentrates on Recovery from Exercise Induced Muscle Damage: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Nutrients. 2021;13(9):2988. Published 2021 Aug 27. doi:10.3390/nu13092988
  46. Schell J, Betts NM, Lyons TJ, Basu A. Raspberries Improve Postprandial Glucose and Acute and Chronic Inflammation in Adults with Type 2 Diabetes. Ann Nutr Metab. 2019;74(2):165-174. doi:10.1159/000497226
  47. Alba C MA, Daya M, Franck C. Tart Cherries and health: Current knowledge and need for a better understanding of the fate of phytochemicals in the human gastrointestinal tract. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2019;59(4):626-638. doi:10.1080/10408398.2017.1384918

The post Best Meal Replacement Shakes for Weight Loss, Weight Gain, and More (2024) appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best Jump Ropes for Beginners, CrossFit, Boxing, and More (2024) https://breakingmuscle.com/best-jump-rope/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 19:24:37 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=199278 If you’re looking for a way to spice up your cardio routine without a bulky or expensive cardio machine, jumping rope is a great option. It’s cost-effective, easy to learn, and could improve your health. However, with so many options available today, how are you supposed to pick one? Choice overload is a real thing, and if you...

The post Best Jump Ropes for Beginners, CrossFit, Boxing, and More (2024) appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
If you’re looking for a way to spice up your cardio routine without a bulky or expensive cardio machine, jumping rope is a great option. It’s cost-effective, easy to learn, and could improve your health. However, with so many options available today, how are you supposed to pick one? Choice overload is a real thing, and if you have too many options, you might not pick any! Therefore, we’ve made it easy for CrossFitters, boxers, and everyone in between to find the best jump rope for them. 

Check out our top 11 picks, including everything from the best jump rope for double-unders and boxing to the best choices if you’re on a budget or want to go cordless. 

How We Chose the Best Jump Rope

Not to toot our own horn, but we’re no strangers to fitness equipment at Breaking Muscle. As certified personal trainers, strength and conditioning coaches, and all-around fitness junkies, we’ve used plenty of commercial and home gym equipment. Many of our staff members have also been doing CrossFit for at least a decade or more, and naturally, jump ropes have been in our fitness equipment line-up.

In fact, our in-house team has tested almost 30 jump ropes. We could tell you which ones are beginner and budget-friendly, as well as the ones that can help you PR your double-unders.

To create the best jump rope list, we made a list of all the jump ropes we’ve ever tried and ranked each one on its durability, performance, unique features, and more. Following that, we scoured the Internet to research different options. Before long, we realized some commonalities regarding which jump ropes were the most ideal for any situation and began categorizing them. The end result is what you’ll find below. 

Our Top Picks for the Best Jump Rope

Best Jump Rope Overall: Rx Smart Gear Original

Rx Smart Gear Original
4.4
  • Length: 7’10” to 9’4”
  • Cable material: Aircraft-grade cable with PVC coating 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Not listed
Check Price

Pros

  • Customizable with lots of handle and cable color options
  • Gives good feedback 
  • Well-made ergonomic handle

Cons

  • Cable hurts if it hits you 
  • May not hold up well in colder weather
  • Not adjustable

Wouldn’t it be neat if you could buy a jump rope that was made just for you? Sometimes, the options found in the store just don’t check all of the boxes. For instance, it might have the cable weight you desire but not come in a length that works for your height. Or maybe you love the cable and/or handle color, but the other factors don’t align with your fitness goals.

Rx Smart Gear (aka RXSG) alleviates these concerns by offering an attractive choice for both beginners and experts. It’s customizable to fit your needs aesthetically and functionally, so it easily lands on this list as the best jump rope overall. 

The Rx Smart Gear Jump Ropes are made with a PVC-coated, aircraft-grade cable. They come in 10 different lengths that can accommodate individuals between 4’9″ and 6’5″ tall. There are also many cable colors to choose from, like green, yellow, and different shades of blue.

The thickness of the cable varies, too. Amanda Dvorak, Reviews Editor at Breaking Muscle, purchased RXSG’s “beginner” rope when she first began her CrossFit journey. This cable, which RXSG calls “Buff,” is 3.4 ounces, while the other three options are 2.6, 1.8, and 1.3 ounces. She says, “The thicker rope moves more slowly, so it’s supposed to be able to help beginners get the timing of double-unders before they move on to speed ropes with thinner cables.” 

Like the cables, the RX Smart Gear handles come in multiple colors. If you like cute gym equipment, you can find it here. From leopard print and camo to solid colors like sea green, orange, and yellow — you’ve got options. 

While it’s unclear what the handles are made of, we can clearly state that they’re high-quality. They’re six inches long and one inch thick with indentations on them. The indentations allow you to conveniently place your thumbs so you can maintain a relaxed grip. They’re wrapped in grip tape to prevent your hands from slipping when they get sweaty.

However, Amanda notes, “Even though the handles are grippy and comfortable to hold, I notice that they burn out my shoulders and forearms quickly. They’re a lot thicker than any other jump rope I’ve used.” 

RXSG uses a patented swivel attachment to make controlling the speed of the ropes seamless for athletes. The ball-bearing system in the handles appears to play on its own power to rotate the rope around. So, whether you’re doing CrossFit, HIIT, or another cardio workout, it should give you what you’re looking for performance-wise. 

For $55 to $60, you get a custom-made, durable jump rope that lasts. Amanda occasionally uses hers on pavement, and it hasn’t frayed yet.

In addition, it seems to hold up well in cold weather for the most part. However, some have complained that the PVC cord starts to break down once it reaches 20 degrees and below. While it’s not an adjustable rope, it’s a good one. However, you’ll want to watch your legs and the back of your arms because this steel cable will sting you if you miss a rep. 

RELATED: Best Kettlebells for Home Gyms

Best Jump Rope for Beginners: REP Speed Cable Jump Rope

REP Fitness Speed Cable Jump Rope
4.0
  • Length: 9.8’
  • Cable material: Rubber-coated galvanized steel
  • Cable thickness: 0.1 inch
  • Handle material: Plastic
Check Price

Pros

  • Affordable  
  • Lightweight
  • Adjustable

Cons

  • May not be ideal for taller individuals

Chances are, If you’re new to jumping rope, you don’t want to spend a ton of money. You likely just want to get a feel for it and see if it’s right for you. But do you have to sacrifice quality if you buy a cheaper jump rope? Nope! The REP Speed Cable Jump Rope is $11.99 if you only get one, but you can save by buying a set of five or 10. The five-pack is $47.50, and the 10-pack is $90, so even if one broke, you could just grab another from your home gym stash. 

The REP Speed Cable is an adjustable jump rope that allows for workout versatility. It was built with the various needs of jumpers in mind, so whether you’re into cross-training or HIIT, it should work for you. This is incredibly helpful for beginners as you might not be sure how long the cable should be or what kind of workouts you want to do. 

The cable is made of rubber-coated galvanized steel and is 118.1 inches long. You can find the best length for you by standing in the center of the 9.8-foot-long rope and pulling the handles straight up. Once the handles touch your armpits, set it there. While the length should work for most, it could come up a bit short for taller individuals. Keep in mind that most ropes are 10 feet, and this is slightly under that.

The cable is also relatively thin, only 0.1″ inches thick. However, this is what you’d expect from a speed rope. The REP Speed Cable Jump Rope would be good for those who are proficient with double-unders but not ideal for beginners. The thinner, lighter cable can make it more difficult to perfect your rythym when you’re learning how to jump rope. 

The plastic handles are 4.5 inches long, shorther than the handles on the Rogue SR-2 Speed Rope, but they should still fit comfortably in your hands. They’re very lightweight and easy to grip. Overall, if you’re a beginner looking for a tangle-free cable you can use on the go or at home, these are a solid choice. The REP Fitness Speed Cable is only 0.2 pounds and isn’t going to weigh you down.  

Best Jump Rope for Boxing: TRX Speed Rope

TRX Speed Rope
4.3
  • Length: 10'
  • Cable material: Vinyl-sheathed metal cable with nylon coating 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Plastic and urethane
Check Price

Pros

  • Solid ball bearing system 
  • Ergonomically-designed handles 
  • Very lightweight

Cons

  • Cord coating may wear 
  • Higher price tag

Jumping rope is a very common boxing cardio workout that not only helps with weight loss but also mental stamina. We consider the TRX Speed Rope the best jump rope for boxing because it’s adjustable, lightweight, and has tapered handles. These make a good recipe for easily performing double-unders and other speed work drills. 

The vinyl-sheathed metal cable with a nylon coating is 10 feet long and can be adjusted to fit your height. While the diameter of the cord is unclear, but it appears incredibly thin. Although the cable should hold up well in indoor settings, one customer reviewer online noticed the nylon coat fraying after just two months of training on the pavement. Given that this jump rope is $34.95, most people wouldn’t expect that to occur at that price point. 

The tapered plastic and urethane handles allow for a comfortable grip, so you shouldn’t have to worry about them slipping once you get sweaty. The etched surface adds to the ergonomic design, allowing you to maintain a solid grip from warm-up to workout completion. As people get better, they tend to hold the handles more lightly, so you need grippy handles that won’t let the rope just fly out of your hands as you get faster. 

The four hi-precision ball bearings in the handles reduce resistance, so the rope spins quickly and fluidly. It also prevents the rope from getting tangled. A reliable rope allows you to practice proper footwork, improve coordination, and develop the quickness boxers need to be successful in the ring. 

The TRX Speed Rope has an ultra-light profile, doesn’t kink easily, and has handles that support good performance. The coated wire is also more forgiving than other jump rope choices that tend to sting when you miss a rep. In the grand scheme of things, it can be a durable and reliable choice as long as you steer clear of hard and rough surfaces. 

Best Weighted Jump Rope: Rogue Heavy Jump Rope

Rogue Heavy Rope
4.0
  • Length: 9' and 10’ options 
  • Cable material: Not listed
  • Cable thickness: Eight millimeters 
  • Handle material: TPE polymer handles
Check Price

Pros

  • Cool, aesthetically-pleasing design
  • Smooth handle rotation
  • Firm handles make it easier to hold onto the rope for long periods

Cons

  • Frays on rough surfaces  
  • Painful with skin contact 
  • Unadjustable 
  • Pricier

While some jump ropes are made to reduce resistance, others, like the Rogue Heavy Jump Rope, are created to be resistance tools. Featuring a thick, bare steel cable and weighing in at almost two pounds, it’s a good rope for cardio, improving speed, and building endurance. You can perform single-unders, skip roping, and Tabata-style workouts with this heavy-duty jump rope.

Heavy-rope double-unders have also appeared at the CrossFit Games, so if you’re a CrossFitter with aspirations to compete, you may want to add this rope to your arsenal.

Rogue’s eight-millimeter diameter cable is available in two lengths: nine feet and 10 feet. The nine-foot cord is 1.5 pounds, while the 10-foot one is 1.75. Two pounds doesn’t seem like a lot, but in the case of jump roping, it adds quite a bit of resistance.

In addition, as previously mentioned, this is a bare steel rope. Therefore, if it hits your shins, it will hurt. I recommend only considering this rope if you’re already good at jumping rope.

Many customers suggested that a durable coating could be helpful, as the Rogue Heavy Rope tends to fray and splinter, especially outdoors. Rogue even mentions on their website that this rope is not made for abrasive surfaces. If you want to use these outdoors, we recommend putting down some gym floor mats to help prolong the longevity of the rope. 

The one-inch diameter TPE polymer handles are aesthetically pleasing, which matters to those who care about their gym equipment’s appearance. They’re red and have the Rogue logo imprinted on them. 

Also, compared to other jump ropes, the handles here are firmer and even a bit longer. At 6.25 inches, these will undoubtedly stick out of your hands. However, I’ve found that it helps to have a more solid handle when you’re dealing with a thicker rope. The swivels in the handles make for a smooth workout, too. Using this jump rope would qualify as a full-body workout, but you’ll mainly feel it in your forearms, shoulders, and calves. 

Depending on the length you need, expect to pay around $55 to $60 for this jump rope. It’s priced the same as the RXSG rope, even though the cord isn’t as well-made. Most buyers seemed satisfied with the jump rope’s performance, but others were disappointed by the durability. In addition, others wished it was adjustable, but depending on your needs, this might not be a big deal. 

Best CrossFit Jump Rope: Rogue SR-2 Speed Rope

Rogue SR-2 Speed Rope
3.8
  • Length: 120”
  • Cable material: Not listed
  • Cable thickness: 3/32"
  • Handle material: Aircraft-grade aluminum
Check Price

Pros

  • Light, knurled handles 
  • High-precision bearing swivel 
  • Multiple handle color choices
  • Adjustable rope
  • Fast rope  

Cons

  • Not recommended for abrasive surfaces 
  • Small screws are challenging to adjust
  • Cable gets coiled easily

Usually, scissors and jump ropes don’t mix, but for the Rogue SR-2 Speed Rope 3.0, you’ll need a good pair before you get started. Seen as one of the best CrossFit jump ropes on the market, this Rogue rope has many admirable features that make for a good workout experience. This is likely because this rope has been out for a while, allowing Rogue to improve based on customer feedback. After being out for over five years and this being its third iteration, it has become a highly sought-after rope for CrossFitters and other athletes. 

The plastic-coated cable is 120 inches long, but you can use scissors to trim it to a length that meets your height requirement. One of our product testers had no trouble using a regular pair of scissors to cut the rope and didn’t notice any fraying in the cable afterward.

If you’re new to double-unders, you may want to leave a bit more length so you have more to work with. The cable is also 2.38 millimeters thick, so it’s pretty thin, but it’s what you’d expect for a speed rope. What people don’t like about these thinner ropes is that they tend to get coiled up more easily. Therefore, if you put this jump rope in your gym bag, don’t be surprised if you pull it out and it’s all warped up. 

Honestly, the handles are probably one of the most impressive features of this jump rope. They’re 6.75 inches long and 0.875 inches in diameter. However, if you prefer shorter handles, Rogue offers some that are 5.25 inches. This rope’s second iteration was that long, but they lengthened it for the 3.0. These are made with aircraft-grade aluminum and have about an inch and a half of knurling at the ends. The textured knurling is mild and dense to allow for a firm grip without hurting the palm of your hands. One staff member at Breaking Muscle said, “It feels nice in hand compared to plastic handles.” 

Rogue uses a bearing swivel so the rope can rotate effortlessly in all directions. They also placed high-speed oil on the bearing handle mechanism to allow it to move even more efficiently. The third iteration of this speed rope features a lightweight aluminum head that’s CNC machined and anodized. In other words, it promotes fast speeds and little resistance. Our product tester, a certified personal trainer and a CrossFit Level 1 coach, PR’d her double-unders using this rope, so we think there’s something extraordinary about it. 

For $46.50, you’re getting a super lightweight rope (only 0.35 pounds) that comes in different colors. There are eight handle colors that come with a clear-coated cable, but the black handles also come with a red cable. While one Breaking Muscle staff member said she’d give this jump rope 10 stars if she could, some people are less than impressed with the rope itself and are more in love with the handles. 

RELATED: Best Resistance Bands

Best Jump Rope for Double-Unders: REP Competition Speed Rope

REP Fitness Competition Speed Rope
4.2
  • Length: 118.1"
  • Cable material: Rubber-coated galvanized steel
  • Cable thickness: 0.1"
  • Handle material: Not listed
Check Price

Pros

  • Knurled handles 
  • Lightweight 
  • Inexpensive 
  • Handles are available in two colors 
  • 30-day money-back guarantee

Cons

  • Small screws make adjusting difficult 
  • Not ideal for outdoor use

Ready to become the double-unders king or queen? While there’s no guarantee that any rope can make that happen, the REP Competition Speed Rope might be a helpful tool in your arsenal. This 9’8 long rope is adjustable, light as a feather, and claimed to be made to last. Plus, it only costs around $25.99, a pretty attractive price tag compared to others on this list. 

The rubber-coated galvanized steel cable on this jump rope is 118.1 inches long. It can be adjusted to fit your height and fitness goals, but some people claim that making adjustments isn’t the easiest thing to do. For example, one customer suggested that the small screws are too challenging to adjust quickly, which could be frustrating if you need to adjust the length in the middle of a WOD.

Another customer explained that there’s just too much excess cord hanging over after you adjust. You may need a rubber band to hold it in place, or consider cutting it. If you do neither, the steel cord may randomly hit your hands while working out. 

The cable is only 0.1 inches thick, so it’s very thin and light. You can expect it to spin quickly, which could be a pro or a con, depending on your experience level. If you’re new to double-unders, you may find it more challenging to control the rope, but it shouldn’t be a problem if you’re a pro.  

The tapered handles are 5.9 inches long and 0.7 inches thick, so they’re slim and fit well in the hands. They’re also knurled to help you maintain your grip as you work up a sweat with each additional rep. You can choose black or silver handles, but the cord on both is blue. 

Like similar speed ropes, this one has ball-bearing mechanisms that make swiveling the rope seamless. Thanks to the bearing construction, your wrists shouldn’t tire out too fast. 

So, is it worth it? For the price, it’s not a bad rope. It’s got adjustable length, is only 0.4 pounds, and features knurled handles that allow for a nice grip. This sturdy, lightweight, and affordable speed rope could help you take your double-unders to the next level. 

Best Speed Jump Rope: RPM Training Session4 Speed Rope

RPM Training Session4 Speed Rope
3.9
  • Length: 12’ 
  • Cable material: Alloy steel 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Aluminum
Check Price

Pros

  • Five-year warranty 
  • Can replace cables 
  • Comfortable aluminum handles 
  • Proprietary bearing placement 
  • Patented Dual-Axis Rotation

Cons

  • Permanent adjustment 
  • Expensive

If you’re looking for one of the best speed jump ropes on the market and want to benefit from the free shipping on Amazon, look at the RPM Training Session Speed Rope. With 500+ reviews and an almost 5-star rating, there’s something about this rope that athletes love. In fact, it’s in such high demand that you might not even be able to find it in stock. So, what’s this $65 jump rope got going for it that makes individuals gladly pay a higher price AND wait seven to 14 days before it actually ships?

This speed rope is made in the USA at RPM’s headquarters in northern California. The coated cable is 12 feet long, but it’s unclear what the exact thickness is.

Nonetheless, since most people don’t need a 12-foot rope, you’ll need to cut it to ensure it meets your height and fitness needs. Many people find the cut-to-size approach inconvenient since it’s a permanent adjustment and doesn’t allow room for mistakes. In addition, individuals with larger hands have found maneuvering the screws on this rope challenging. Some have even broken parts of the handle in the process. Fortunately, RPM does have a video on their website that shows folks exactly how to do it.  

Considering the price of this rope, it’s reasonable to assume that the coated cord wouldn’t have any issues, but a few comments say otherwise. Some buyers say the protective coating is thin and frays after just two months. However, others say it lasts a long time, especially if used on softer surfaces. They have colorful replacement cables available for $9.99, but you likely don’t want to buy those after spending $65. 

The aluminum handles on this rope are definitely brag-worthy. They have a barbell-style grip thanks to the diamond knurling and come in five different colors, like steel blue and rose. RPM believes in their comfortable handles so much that they offer a five-year warranty. 

The dual-bearing anti-friction placement also makes a big difference, especially when spinning a really fast rope. Resistance is the last thing you want when speed roping, so their proprietary bearing allows proper power transfer and free spin.

In addition to that is their patented dual-axis rotation that helps the handles stay in place at the end of the cable. One complaint people often have about thinner cables is how tangled up they get, but this feature prevents kinks from forming in the rope and thus allows optimal performance. Because it’s practically frictionless, it helps reduce fatigue in your hands and wrists so you can workout longer. 

Ultimately, if you’re looking to master speed rope movements, this sleek rope is one to consider. As one buyer said, “Getting the new rope was the best decision and let me unlock a new level of speed!” Another noted that these are “The Ricky Bobby of jump ropes.” 

Best Cordless Jump Rope: Renpho Smart Jump Rope

RPM Training Session4 Speed Rope
3.9
  • Length: 12’ 
  • Cable material: Alloy steel 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Aluminum
Check Price

Pros

  • Great for indoor and outdoor use
  • Tangle-free 
  • Trackable data 
  • Convenient

Cons

  • Battery-operated
  • Short battery life

I can admit that a cordless jump rope sounds a bit out of this world. Seriously, how do you jump rope without a cord? Well, with Bluetooth, of course. The Renpho Smart Jump Rope 2 is a weighted cordless rope that allows you to record and review your data on their handy-dandy app. However, a steel wire rope with PVC sheathing comes in the package, too, just in case you want the real jump rope experience. So, if you want the best of both worlds, this might be your best bet. 

The Renpho Smart Jump Rope is a good solution for those who want to jump rope outside without ruining their cords. Coated and bare cords can only endure so much contact with abrasive surfaces and, at some point, become practically useless. But with a cordless jump rope, you don’t have to worry about this. Instead, you just grab the silicone handles, attach the cordless balls, and select which fitness mode you’d like to experience. You can also use the app to set weekly goals, compete with others, track fat burning, and more.  

One handle features an LCD screen that shows the battery level, skipping rope data, and Bluetooth connection status. The black handles are 7.1 inches long, 0.8 inches thick and are made with ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene) and silica gel. These are a bit longer than other handles on this list, but the thickness seems similar. The ABS material is better suited to tolerate the outdoor environment, and the silica gel makes it skid-free and easy to clean. 

Although you don’t have to worry about adjusting the cord length or potentially tripping over a cord, there are other issues. For instance, the handles require two AAA batteries, and it appears that the battery life doesn’t last long. As a result, you may find yourself frequently replacing batteries, which could be resolved if this allowed USB charging. 

Based on the numerous positive reviews, consumers love this cordless jump rope. Several comments suggest that it’s fun, well-structured, and motivating. Users also say that jumping still feels natural and comfortable, which is good to know because it might appear awkward to some. Lastly, while most people don’t buy this for the 3-meter PVC rope, it is available and can be adjusted without cutting it. For only $29.99, this smart rope seems to pack a ton of value.  

Best Beaded Jump Rope: Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope

Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope
3.5
  • Length: 10’ 
  • Cable material: Shatterproof plastic beads
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Plastic polymer
Check Price

Pros

  • One-year warranty 
  • Adjustable 
  • Lightweight 
  • Durable

Cons

  • May be difficult to pull the rope through handle holes
  • Five-inch handle doesn’t have grip tape

When I was a kid who jumped rope on the playground during recess, I used a beaded jump rope. It seemed indestructible and didn’t hurt when it smacked my legs. If you also have fond memories of using beaded jump ropes in your youth, why not go back to what you know? The Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope is a version of the throwback rope we’re all familiar with, but it’s much better. 

One thing that makes this jump rope better than the ones from childhood is that it’s faster, so you can use it for CrossFit. Cheaper beaded ropes tend to be heavier, slower, and tangle more, which makes doing crossovers with them practically ineffective.

Despite the Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope having one-inch shatterproof plastic beads throughout, the whole thing is still super lightweight. Upon arrival, the 10-foot-long cord only weighs three to 3.5 ounces. That’s just enough weight for you to feel the rhythm of the beads but not enough to feel like it’s creating resistance. However, some people don’t like that. One purchaser said, “I was hoping this rope would be heavier.” 

The Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope is also adjustable. If you’re 6’4, the 10-foot rope length might work perfectly, but others will need to resize it to fit their needs. You can do this by loosening the washer on one end of the handle, removing beads, and cutting any excess cord. It’s meant to be relatively easy, but one person felt getting the rope back through the small handle holes was challenging. 

Many people complained that the rope was just too long, but they may not have been aware that they could adjust it. Elite SRS does provide a rope sizing guide on its website, where you can see how much you should cut based on your height and workout routine. How much rope you keep will depend on whether your goal is consistency, efficiency, or control. 

The five-inch plastic polymer handles come in black or white colors, are low-density, and provide a comfortable grip. However, if you go with the eight-inch handles, those have grip tape, which comes in handy when sweating. There’s nothing worse than getting the hang of your routine and then having the rope slip out of your hands.  

Overall, most people seem to like this rope, especially beginners. Individuals find skipping and learning new routines easier because the beads provide more feedback than other ropes. The $22.97 price tag might seem a little steep for what it is, but it’s a sturdy rope, comes with a one-year warranty, and you get free shipping (thanks, Amazon).

RELATED: Best Weighted Vests

Best Smart Jump Rope: Crossrope AMP Smart Jump Rope Handles

Crossrope AMP Smart Jump Rope Handles
3.5
  • Length: Cable not included but is available separately in sizes XS to XL
  • Cable material: N/A
  • Cable thickness: N/A 
  • Handle material: Not listed
Check Price

Pros

  • 60-day money-back guarantee 
  • Helpful jump data 
  • Access to more than 2,000 personalized workouts 
  • Rechargeable battery

Cons

  • Buggy 
  • Requires membership and compatible rope

In a world where folks want smart cars and smart refrigerators, why not get smart jump rope handles, too? Similar to the previously mentioned smart rope, the Crossrope AMP Smart Jump Rope Handles are Bluetooth-enabled, too. These may be a convenient choice for those who want to do HIIT and endurance fitness training outdoors. It’s also appealing to individuals who like to use apps to track their stats and receive feedback. However, is it really worth $99? 

Out of all the jump ropes on this list, this is the first one without a rope. Instead, you get a pair of tech handles that let you see critical data, like your speed, power, and jumping feedback. The latter is one of a kind, as it shares your average jumps per minute (JPM), power output, max JPM, streaks, and more.

In addition, with the Crossover App, you can set personalized benchmarks and get access to over 2,000 personalized workouts. It is neat that you can see recommendations within the app regarding the targets you need to hit during each interval based on your current level of fitness and goals. 

While all of that sounds good and dandy, there’s one catch. You need a membership to utilize those data-tracking features and personalized workouts. Before buying this, you must determine how vital those metrics are to you. As one buyer mentioned, “There is no functionality of this as a counter unless you sign up for an ongoing monthly membership.” So, if you don’t plan on paying $11.99 per month or $99.99 per year to access those perks, buying the handles is probably not worth it. 

The handles are 1.06 inches thick and weigh 5.7 ounces each. Interestingly, one handle is heavier than the entire Elite SRS Beaded Jump Rope. They’re attached to precision steel bearings that are supposed to make jump roping smooth. Based on the mostly positive reviews and 4.9 average rating on their website, there may be some truth to that. However, these handles are only compatible with other Crossrope accessories, so you’d have to decide whether to go “ropeless” or attach one of their classic ropes. Whichever ones you choose, expect to pay between $29.95 and $59.95 per rope/ropeless attachment. 

Unlike the Renpho Smart Jump Rope, this one does have a rechargeable battery, so you don’t have to keep going out buying a new set. By using the micro USB cable, you can easily plug it in, let it fully charge, and get back to your workout. 

The AMP handles are truly smart, but you must be willing to shell out some cash to get all its benefits. This is definitely not a budget-friendly choice, as you’ll have to pay for handles, a rope, and an ongoing membership just for it to function. While it’s neat, it’s not a must-have unless you’re a personal trainer who wants to track your client’s jumps and progress. It’s also something to consider if you live in a small space and want to go the ropeless route. Besides that, you have to decide if it’s a smart choice for you. 

Best Budget Jump Rope: WODFitters Speed Jump Rope

WODFitters Speed Jump Rope
4.0
  • Length: 10'
  • Cable material: Nylon coated steel 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Not listed
Check Price

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Adjustable 
  • Lightweight 
  • Comes with a carrying bag

Cons

  • Not ideal for outdoor use
  • May develop kinks
  • Difficult to cut 

If you’re budget-conscious and want something to get the job done, say hello to the WODFitters Speed Jump Rope. For around $14.97 on Amazon, you’ll get a classic speed rope specially made for CrossFit WODS and fast jumping. But given the price point, can you expect a quality rope? 

The steel cable on this jump rope is 10 feet long and coated with nylon. Although this is a budget-friendly jump rope, it’s still adjustable. There are hand screws available to change the length to what works for you, and it’s not cumbersome to do. This is very convenient in situations where more than one person will be using the rope.

Due to its length, you might need to trim it if you don’t want excess rope getting in the way. Unfortunately, though, there aren’t any instructions on how to do this, which was a complaint from some customers. Even Amanda, Editor at Breaking Muscle, says, “I tried cutting mine once with a wire cutter and couldn’t do it.” 

Another person said their jump rope developed kinks and no longer fully uncoils, so it’s now shorter than they’d like. To avoid this, they suggested leaving some excess cord when cutting just in case this happens to you, too. While Amanda mentioned that “the excess wire may get annoying,” she didn’t experience it tangling up, even when she didn’t lie it on the floor nicely. 

Despite those issues, it’s a very fast rope, likely because it is so thin. However, you’ll want to avoid hitting your legs, as Amanda says, “It hurts more than any other jump rope I’ve tried!” With this rope only weighing 0.2 ounces and using ball bearing technology, it has a high velocity, so you should be able to double-unders and even triple-unders with no problem. 

The black handles are approximately six inches long, relatively thin, and have no knurling. WODFitters states they’re ergonomically designed, and Amanda found them comfortable to hold. She compared them to the thick handles on the RX Smart Gear jump rope and said, “The WODFitters jump rope doesn’t fatigue my forearms and shoulders as much.”

While this isn’t the best jump rope in the world, it’s earned its place as the best budget jump rope currently on the market. On Amazon, it has 4.1 out of 5 stars and mostly positive comments, so it’s worth a try if you don’t want to spend a ton of money. It even comes with a carrying bag. But, like even some of the more costly ropes, this is another one you don’t want to use on concrete, as it won’t last as long. 

What Are the Benefits of Jumping Rope?

Like more traditional cardio exercises, such running and biking, a jump rope workout has many benefits. Here are a few major benefits associated with this activity. 

May Enhance Athletic Performance

It’s not uncommon to see professional athletes, such as boxers, runners, or even MMA fighters, jumping rope to improve their athletic abilities. 

A 2020 study evaluated if and how this form of training impacted the performance of endurance runners. Researchers found that the group who implemented jumping rope in their warm-ups improved their three-kilometer time-trial performance, power, jump ability, and arch stiffness. (1)

An older study that included female adolescent volleyball players found that weighted rope training improved coordination and eccentric endurance of the lower extremities. This is important to volleyball players, who use their legs to support the weight of their body against gravity during a jump-up. (2)

In 2015, a study showed that a 10-minute round of vigorous rope training may help improve cardiorespiratory fitness. This is because it results in high heart rates and energy expenditures. For athletes, boosting cardiorespiratory endurance could help with doing physical activities for longer. (3)

These are just three examples, but there are countless other studies out there that illustrate how jumping rope may better athleticism. 

RELATED: 10 Benefits of Cardio: Build Your Physique, Health, Performance, and More

May Improve Health and Physical Strength 

Jumping rope activates so many muscle groups, so it’s no surprise how beneficial it may be to the body.

In 2018, a study sought to understand the effect that 12 weeks of jump rope exercise may have on adolescent girls with prehypertension. Researchers discovered that such intervention could improve cardiovascular disease risk factors for that age group. (4)

Another 2018 study wanted to assess whether jump training could boost muscular power among adults 50 and older. They learned that this intervention was not only safe but also effective for this age group. (5)

In addition to the above examples, jumping rope is a great activity if you’re trying to lose weight and want a simple way to burn calories. If you’re 155 pounds, jumping rope fast for 30 minutes can burn 421 calories. You wouldn’t even burn that many calories running six miles per hour in that time. 

May Enhance Cognitive Abilities

In addition to its physical benefits, jumping rope may help with cognitive regulation. A 2021 study revealed that long-rope jumping may enhance cognitive performance because it’s rhythmic. Study participants had improved attention and lower anxiety. (6)

Adaptable, Affordable, and Space Saving

Whether you’re a kid, teen, or younger/older adult, jumping rope is a relatively easy physical activity to learn. Plus, buying a jump rope is inexpensive, especially compared to treadmills, ellipticals, or a set of dumbbells. A jump rope also takes up a lot less space than those aforementioned items!

What To Look For in a Jump Rope

If you’re looking for a new jump rope for yourself or your favorite CrossFitter friend, here are some factors you’ll want to consider. 

Sizing and Adjustment

The size of your rope and your ability to make adjustments are very important. Most ropes are around nine to 10 feet and can be cut and/or altered to fit your height requirement. It’s best to see if the company selling the jump rope has a rope sizing guide that you can refer to. They may suggest keeping your rope longer or shorter, depending on the activity you’ll be doing.   

When it comes to rope adjustments, pay close attention to what the company selling the product really means. Sometimes, “adjustment” means you have to cut it to size, which isn’t something that everyone is comfortable with. The cut-to-size approach doesn’t leave much room for error, particularly if you snip too much. 

Others may mean you’ll have to use clasps, screws, or knots to alter the length. The ones with clasps or screws are appealing because you can adjust it whenever you want. Unfortunately, constantly moving the clasps up and down could result in the rope fraying. Nonetheless, I personally recommend that beginners use adjustable clasps, as cutting is too permanent for someone new to rope training. As a newbie, you might want to experiment with different lengths to see what works for you. 

Rotation Mechanism

You probably noticed that each handle on this list was attached to a bearing system, and there’s a good reason for that. Bearing systems allow ropes to rotate in all directions, which is essential for speed ropes. You want your rope to spin as smooth as butter and not cause any restrictions. 

Bushing rotation systems, on the other hand, limit what you can do. They don’t allow the same degree of rotation and aren’t as fast. However, this could be helpful to individuals new to rope training who’d prefer something that moves a little slower and provides more rope feedback. 

Cable Material

When it comes to cable material, you need to ask yourself if you want coated cables or bare steel cables. If you want coated cables, you must determine what kind of coating you’re looking for. PVC coating is one of the most common and cost-effective choices. It’s also easier to cut but doesn’t hold up well in cold weather or on abrasive surfaces. The Rx Smart Gear Jump Ropes had Renpho Smart Jump Ropes have this type of coating. Nylon coating is another option that’s tougher and more durable. This material is what’s found on the TRX Speed Rope.  

If you go with a bare steel cable, like the Rogue Heavy Jump Rope, it’ll likely be incredibly efficient. But unfortunately, it’s going to hurt when you eventually whip yourself with it. 

Cable Width and Weight

If you’re doing speed training, finding a thin, lightweight cable is ideal. Thicker cables, on the other hand, are heavier and thus cause more resistance. They’re a better choice if you’re hoping to improve your strength.  

Handle Material and Comfort

While much attention is focused on the cable, the handles are just as important. Aluminum handles, like those found on the Rogue SR-2 Speed Rope, are super lightweight, so they don’t tire out your wrists and forearms. Tapered plastic and urethane ones are easier to grip, so they don’t slip out of your hands when you get sweaty. 

Comfort is a huge factor, too. For example, indentations, like those on the Rx Smart Gear Original, allow you to snugly grip the handle in various ways to perform different jumping movements. Knurling is another feature you might like for added comfort and grip. The RPM Training Session Speed Rope is an excellent example of a high-quality, knurled handle that athletes love. 

Final Thoughts

At this point, you’ve gotten hip to some of the best jump ropes available, so which ones will you go with? While there are numerous factors to consider, we hope this roundup makes finding one that meets your fitness goals easier. We’ve taken the time to identify the best jump ropes for boxing, double-unders, CrossFit, beginners, and more so you can make an informed decision. By educating our community, we can prevent hardworking folks like yourself from spending unnecessary money on jump ropes that don’t serve your needs.  

Best Jump Rope: Side-by-Side Comparison

Best Jump Rope
Overall
Best Jump Rope for Beginners
Best Jump Rope for Boxing
Best Weighted Jump Rope
Best CrossFit
Jump Rope
Best Jump Rope for Double-Unders
Best Speed
Jump Rope
Best Cordless Jump Rope
Best Beaded
Jump Rope
Best Smart
Jump Rope
Best Budget
Jump Rope
Description:
  • Length: 7’10” to 9’4”
  • Cable material: Aircraft-grade cable with PVC coating 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Not listed
Description:
  • Length: 9.8’
  • Cable material: Rubber-coated galvanized steel
  • Cable thickness: 0.1 inch
  • Handle material: Plastic
Description:
  • Length: 10'
  • Cable material: Vinyl-sheathed metal cable with nylon coating 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Plastic and urethane
Description:
  • Length: 9' and 10’ options 
  • Cable material: Not listed
  • Cable thickness: Eight millimeters 
  • Handle material: TPE polymer handles
Description:
  • Length: 120”
  • Cable material: Not listed
  • Cable thickness: 3/32"
  • Handle material: Aircraft-grade aluminum
Description:
  • Length: 118.1"
  • Cable material: Rubber-coated galvanized steel
  • Cable thickness: 0.1"
  • Handle material: Not listed
Description:
  • Length: 12’ 
  • Cable material: Alloy steel 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Aluminum
Description:
  • Length: Three meters
  • Cable material: TPU and steel wire
  • Cable thickness: 0.8 inches
  • Handle material: ABS and silica gel
Description:
  • Length: 10’ 
  • Cable material: Shatterproof plastic beads
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Plastic polymer
Description:
  • Length: Cable not included but is available separately in sizes XS to XL
  • Cable material: N/A
  • Cable thickness: N/A 
  • Handle material: Not listed
Description:
  • Length: 10'
  • Cable material: Nylon coated steel 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Not listed
Best Jump Rope
Overall
Description:
  • Length: 7’10” to 9’4”
  • Cable material: Aircraft-grade cable with PVC coating 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Not listed
Best Jump Rope for Beginners
Description:
  • Length: 9.8’
  • Cable material: Rubber-coated galvanized steel
  • Cable thickness: 0.1 inch
  • Handle material: Plastic
Best Jump Rope for Boxing
Description:
  • Length: 10'
  • Cable material: Vinyl-sheathed metal cable with nylon coating 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Plastic and urethane
Best Weighted Jump Rope
Description:
  • Length: 9' and 10’ options 
  • Cable material: Not listed
  • Cable thickness: Eight millimeters 
  • Handle material: TPE polymer handles
Best CrossFit
Jump Rope
Description:
  • Length: 120”
  • Cable material: Not listed
  • Cable thickness: 3/32"
  • Handle material: Aircraft-grade aluminum
Best Jump Rope for Double-Unders
Description:
  • Length: 118.1"
  • Cable material: Rubber-coated galvanized steel
  • Cable thickness: 0.1"
  • Handle material: Not listed
Best Speed
Jump Rope
Description:
  • Length: 12’ 
  • Cable material: Alloy steel 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Aluminum
Best Cordless Jump Rope
Description:
  • Length: Three meters
  • Cable material: TPU and steel wire
  • Cable thickness: 0.8 inches
  • Handle material: ABS and silica gel
Best Beaded
Jump Rope
Description:
  • Length: 10’ 
  • Cable material: Shatterproof plastic beads
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Plastic polymer
Best Smart
Jump Rope
Description:
  • Length: Cable not included but is available separately in sizes XS to XL
  • Cable material: N/A
  • Cable thickness: N/A 
  • Handle material: Not listed
Best Budget
Jump Rope
Description:
  • Length: 10'
  • Cable material: Nylon coated steel 
  • Cable thickness: Not listed
  • Handle material: Not listed

FAQs

Which jumping rope is the best?

No single jump rope out there will check everyone’s boxes. Instead, look for the best jump rope with features to help you meet your fitness goals. 

Is 500 jump ropes a day enough?

If your goal is weight loss, 500 jump ropes likely won’t be enough to achieve that. On average, individuals can complete 500 jump ropes in three to four minutes, but it’s recommended that we workout at least 30 minutes per day. 

What type of jump rope is best for double-unders?

We think the REP Competition Speed Rope is one of the best jump ropes for double-unders. It’s lightweight with thin cables and has a ball-bearing mechanism that makes it spin quickly and efficiently.

How long should I jump rope for best results?

For building aerobic fitness, aim for 20 to 60 minutes of jump rope. 

Research

  1. García-Pinillos, F., Lago-Fuentes, C., Latorre-Román, P. A., Pantoja-Vallejo, A., & Ramirez-Campillo, R. (2020). Jump-Rope Training: Improved 3-km Time-Trial Performance in Endurance Runners via Enhanced Lower-Limb Reactivity and Foot-Arch Stiffness. International journal of sports physiology and performance, 1–7. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1123/ijspp.2019-0529
  2. Ozer, D., Duzgun, I., Baltaci, G., Karacan, S., & Colakoglu, F. (2011). The effects of rope or weighted rope jump training on strength, coordination and proprioception in adolescent female volleyball players. The Journal of sports medicine and physical fitness, 51(2), 211–219.
  3. Fountaine, C. J., & Schmidt, B. J. (2015). Metabolic cost of rope training. Journal of strength and conditioning research, 29(4), 889–893. https://doi.org/10.1519/JSC.0b013e3182a35da8
  4. Sung, KD., Pekas, E.J., Scott, S.D. et al. The effects of a 12-week jump rope exercise program on abdominal adiposity, vasoactive substances, inflammation, and vascular function in adolescent girls with prehypertension. Eur J Appl Physiol 119, 577–585 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00421-018-4051-4
  5. Moran, J., Ramirez-Campillo, R., & Granacher, U. (2018). Effects of Jumping Exercise on Muscular Power in Older Adults: A Meta-Analysis. Sports medicine (Auckland, N.Z.), 48(12), 2843–2857. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-018-1002-5
  6. Yamashita, M., & Yamamoto, T. (2021). Impact of Long-Rope Jumping on Monoamine and Attention in Young Adults. Brain sciences, 11(10), 1347. https://doi.org/10.3390/brainsci11101347

The post Best Jump Ropes for Beginners, CrossFit, Boxing, and More (2024) appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best CrossFit Shoes for Flat Feet, Wide Feet, and More (2024) https://breakingmuscle.com/best-crossfit-shoes/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 16:00:31 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=198598 Searching for CrossFit shoes isn’t as simple as walking into a store and grabbing the first thing you see. Or at least it shouldn’t be. It’s actually one of those things you’ll want to be intentional about because there are numerous factors you’ll want to keep in mind. For instance, you’ll want to identify which heel-to-toe drop would...

The post Best CrossFit Shoes for Flat Feet, Wide Feet, and More (2024) appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Searching for CrossFit shoes isn’t as simple as walking into a store and grabbing the first thing you see. Or at least it shouldn’t be. It’s actually one of those things you’ll want to be intentional about because there are numerous factors you’ll want to keep in mind. For instance, you’ll want to identify which heel-to-toe drop would accommodate your workout style and if the shoe’s upper can withstand rope climbs. 

Here, we’ll not only explain what to look for in a CrossFit shoe but also share what we’ve found to be the best CrossFit shoes on the market today. 

How We Chose the Best CrossFit Shoes

One thing is for certain: folks here at Breaking Muscle are no strangers to CrossFit. Some staff members have been doing CrossFit for almost a decade and, as you might imagine, have owned their fair share of CrossFit shoes. In fact, Breaking Muscle Reviews Editor Amanda Dvorak currently has five pairs of CrossFit sneakers that she rotates through.

For the purposes of this review, we tested dozens of shoes for metcons, heavy lifting, running, and indoor and outdoor workouts. Therefore, in an effort to pick some of the best CrossFit shoes, we relied on our own experience and conducted some additional research to see what others had to say.

As we reviewed each shoe on our original list, we realized that not one pair of CrossFit shoes would appeal to everyone. Therefore, we came up with categories in which to rank each shoe, including appearance, durability, comfort, and stability. We eliminated choices until we identified the best option for each one. Now, you can more easily find the most practical choice for you before spending $100+ on a shoe that doesn’t meet your needs.

Our Top Picks for the Best CrossFit Shoes

Best CrossFit Shoes Overall: Reebok Nano X3  

Reebok Nano X3
4.0
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Seven millimeters
  • Weight: 12 ounces (unisex size 9)
  • Material: Synthetic and textile upper
  • Width: Ideal for wide feet
Check Price

Pros

  • Numerous colorway designs 
  • Proprietary Lift and Chassis System
  • Improved rope guard
  • Allows for versatile workouts

Cons

  • Confusing unisex sizing
  • Expensive
  • May be too loose for some

Are you looking for a CrossFit shoe that is stylish enough to wear out with friends and solid enough to use for strength training? If so, that’s the Reebok Nano X3.

This latest iteration of the Nano, which dropped in early 2023, is the 13th version and has a lot going for it. Previous versions, like the Nano X1 and Nano X2, lacked some performance edge. For instance, the RopePro technology and Flexweave knit upper didn’t hold up well for rope climbs in either shoe. But now, with the addition of the Lift and Run Chassis System and the improved RopePro technology, CrossFitters can perform workouts more efficiently in the Nano X3. 

The Lift and Run Chassis System in the midsole provides a more stable platform than previous Nano models thanks to the dome-shaped heel piece that compresses when lifting heavy loads. The revamped RopePro+ rope guard technology in the midfoot makes the shoe even sturdier, so the front and sides of the shoes don’t get damaged as easily.

Based on our experience, we don’t think the upper is as durable as the SuperFabric on NOBULL trainers. Still, CrossFitters who do rope climbs, burpees, and other popular WOD movements can worry less about tearing up the Nano X3s. Even the Flexweave mesh upper is sturdy while being equally breathable and flexible, which led to us giving the Nano X3s 4.5 out of 5 stars for construction and durability. 

Reebok also reworked the all-surface rubber outsole in the Nano X3. The updated tread pattern allows for better traction, making you feel more stable while completing weightlifting workouts. We ranked the outsole a solid 4 out of 5.

The wide toe box is undoubtedly a pro, as it allows your toes to spread out and improves your stability for squatting-type movements. However, you have to ensure you get the correct size. With the Nano X3, Reebok implemented a unisex sizing scale. Our female product tester noted that the shoes run slightly large — though we should note that she was unable to get the size she’d normally order in a men’s shoe. The poor sizing was especially evident when she performed exercises like burpees, lunges, and wall walks.

As a result, it might be wise to get half a size down or, if possible, try them on somewhere first so you can find the best fit for you. 

Another thing to consider is the Nano X3’s seven-millimeter heel-to-toe drop (the same as the Nano X2). Most CrossFit shoes we’ve tried have a four-millimeter heel-to-toe drop. Research shows that a heel-to-toe drop of five millimeters or greater in running shoes increases knee extension and could also cause patellofemoral joint stress. (1) So, what does that mean for CrossFit shoes that have a slightly higher heel-to-toe drop? 

Well, shoes that cause you to have a more forward knee placement may change how you perform CrossFit exercises, which could be a good or bad thing. It’s good if you’re doing squats and have bad ankle mobility, as it allows you to reach proper depth more easily. However, it may not be good when doing exercises like box jumps because it can place excess stress on your knee. Therefore, figuring out the best heel-to-toe drop for you is critical. If you visit a podiatrist, they can measure your feet, which should give you some insight into the type of shoe that’s most ideal for you. 

Ultimately, the numerous colorways and the solid construction of the shoe make these the best CrossFit shoes overall. They are expensive, though, costing between $140 and $150. However, most popular CrossFit shoes fall in that price range. 

Best CrossFit Shoes For Men: Nike Metcon 8

Nike Metcon 8
4.2
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Four millimeters
  • Weight: 12.5 ounces (size 10)
  • Material: Lightweight mesh with textured overlays
  • Width: Neutral to wide
Check Price

Pros

  • Attractive price  
  • Responsive foam midsole 
  • Breathable upper
  • Lace lock mechanism

Cons

  • May run small
  • Noisy 
  • Clunky heel

Guys looking for a great CrossFit shoe should consider the Nike Metcon 8. With this being the eighth iteration of this shoe, it’s improved a lot. For instance, the chain-link mesh upper on the Metcon 7 isn’t as durable or flexible. In fact, the toe box upper ripped for some lifters. For the record, we didn’t experience this with the 7s — in fact, before the 8s came out, our team called the 7s one of the best Metcon versions they had ever tried.

Even so, Nike appears to have fixed the upper in the Metcon 8’s. The new upper is less stretchy, more breathable, and has improved stability. 

The construction of the tongue and lacing system is also different between the Metcon 7 and 8. The tongue on the Metcon 7 has a velcro lace-lock feature on the top and bottom to help keep the laces in place. The Metcon 7 also sports three middle eyelets with Nike Flywire on the lateral side of the midfoot. While the Nike Flywire feature is said to help boost support and minimize load, it’s not found on the Metcon 8. Instead, the Metcon 8 follows a more traditional lacing system with five eyelets and only has the lace-lock mechanism at the top of the tongue.

Nonetheless, the Metcon 8s provide solid midfoot stability. Our product tester wore them for deadlifts and noted that his foot really felt connected to the ground. He gave them 4 out of 5 stars for stability.

Another interesting change is that the Metcon 8s don’t have a rope guard. If you take a close look, you will notice that the shoes have a rubber-type wraparound that partially goes up the inside of the shoe. This is not a true rope guard, though it still allows for a good grip. The lack of a true rope guard might seem alarming to those who do rope climbs frequently. However, performance-wise, customer reviews suggest that the shoes still hold up well. 

The current Hyperlift heel could be annoying to some, though. Some say the heel construction feels stiff and clunky. In previous iterations, the Hyperlift heel was a removable insert that allowed you to adjust the height under your heels. This came in handy if you wanted the extra heel height for squats without changing into a pair of lifters. Today, the heel portion still goes by the same name, but it doesn’t have a separate insert. Breaking Muscle Editor Amanda Dvorak never used the insert in her Nike Metcon 2s or 6s; if you’re like her, you probably won’t miss the insert, anyway.

We agree with other customers that the heel can be uncomfortable. Based on our product tester’s feedback, the Metcon 8s aren’t ideal for running long distances or daily wear. They’re an especially poor choice for running if you’re a heel striker because the hard heel doesn’t offer much cushioning. However, it works for weightlifting, occasional sprints, and shorter 200- or 400-meter runs that frequently come up in CrossFit WODs. 

The four-millimeter heel-to-toe drop combined with the lightweight, soft Nike React Foam in the forefoot are great for folks doing heavy lifts, box jumps, and squats. Although these are a great pair of shoes to wear during a CrossFit workout, they’re occasionally out-of-stock. The attractive $130 price tag (and sometimes less) might be partially to blame for the limited supply. 

A member of the Breaking Muscle team noted that Nike is one of the only brands he trusts to make a shoe that fits his wide foot. He gave the shoe 4 out of 5 stars for adjustability and ergonomics for this reason. But some people have complained that the new toe box seems too narrow since the new construction is slightly more snug. Consider getting a half-size up if you have wider feet. 

Truthfully, the Metcon 8’s are an excellent shoe for both men and women, but only six colorways are available for women. There are 10+ colorways for men.

Best CrossFit Shoes for Women: TYR CXT-1 Trainer

TYR CXT-1 Trainer
4.4
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Nine mililmeters
  • Weight: 12.65 oz (for the size 10 men’s)
  • Material: Breathable upper engineered mesh construction
  • Width: Neutral
Check Price

Pros

  • Heel tab for smoother gliding
  • Patent-pending stability platform 
  • Grippy outsole 
  • High arch support

Cons

  • Not as durable for rope climbing 
  • Difficult to clean 
  • High heel-to-toe drop is not ideal for weightlifting

Usually, finding a CrossFit shoe with a low heel-to-toe drop is best, but could the TYR CXT-1 Trainer be the exception? This CrossFit shoe boasts a high 9mm drop, and people still love it. In fact, these shoes are giving other popular cross-training shoes a run for their money. But what about these kicks has folks switching out their Nano’s and Metcon’s for them? 

A side view of the TYR CXT-1 Trainer
A side view of the TYR CXT-1 Trainer

Amanda Dvorak, an Editor at Breaking Muscle, has been wearing these for three months now for metcons three to four days a week and loves them. She says, “They fit my somewhat narrow feet pretty well and offer a great balance of cushioning and stability.”

Regarding the latter, a patent is pending on the stability platform built into the shoe. This platform helps the foot sit deep in the shoe, allowing you to stay grounded while doing heavy lifting. On top of that, these shoes feature a wrap-around side gripper that goes around the heel, which adds even more stability.

The outsole provides a good level of grip, too. This is useful for keeping your feet in place during squats or deadlifts and not slipping when running outdoors. Amanda says she’s never worried about her feet slipping when training in the CXT-1s, whether she’s lifting on rubber gym flooring in her garage or doing short runs outside on wet pavement. As such, she rated the outsole 4.5 out of 5 stars.

Another feature that stands out on the TYR Trainers is the Surge NRG Foam midsoles. These are incredibly responsive, meaning that when your foot hits the ground, you can sort of feel it bounce back up. That “springy” feeling may help propel you forward and absorb some of the impact. In fact, Amanda says that the CXT-1s are the first pair of CrossFit shoes she doesn’t mind running in (for up to a mile — she hasn’t tested them for distances longer than that).

The firm yet flexible cushioning in the forefoot should allow you to perform agility exercises seamlessly without discomfort. Amanda even noted, “My feet often start to ache about halfway through long WODs when I wear other shoes, but I’ve gotten through a 30-minute WOD without discomfort when I wore the TYR trainers.”

However, some say they prefer a less chunky midsole than the TYR Trainers. Amanda doesn’t find them that chunky, but she still recognizes that they wouldn’t be the best choice if you want a more minimalist shoe. 

In addition, the lightweight mesh upper makes these shoes breathable. According to Amanda, this helps keep her feet dry and comfortable even when she exercises in hot weather. 

A woman doing squats while wearing the TYR CXT-1 Trainers
Amanda doing goblet squats while wearing the TYR CXT-1 Trainers

If you plan on doing handstand push-ups, you’ll appreciate the heel tab, as it can help your heels glide along the wall more easily. Also, the anatomical toe box is more spacious than those found on the Nike Metcon 8s, but still not the best choice for someone with wider feet. It fits snugly and might even feel cramped to some, so you may need to go a half-size up. 

An area where the CXT-1s might not shine is rope climbing. One buyer said doing so tore the outer sole of their right shoe. Another challenge you might encounter if exercising outside is scrubbing grass stains from the mesh on the toe box. For some reason, it’s just not easy to get the stains to come off. Amanda hasn’t worn these shoes when working out on grass, so she can’t speak to the staining issue. But if you don’t want to worry about frequently trying to scrub your shoes, consider getting a dark color that will hide any stains.

Besides those caveats, the TYR CXT-1s are solid. The arch and ankle support they provide are ideal for someone with a high arch, which may be more common in women. Interestingly, women wearing high-heeled shoes may see musculoskeletal changes over time, like an increased foot arch. (2) But the support is also adequate for athletes with flat feet. Amanda has flat feet and a history of ankle and foot injuries, and she’s satisfied with the level of support she gets from the CXT-1s. This is one reason why we consider these the best CrossFit shoes for women. 

For $140, you may be able to find a shoe that checks more boxes, but it all comes down to your preferences. 

Best CrossFit Shoes for Running: Reebok Nano X3

Reebok Nano X3
4.0
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Seven millimeters
  • Weight: 12 ounces (unisex size 9)
  • Material: Synthetic and textile upper
  • Width: Ideal for wide feet
Check Price

Pros

  • Lift and Run Chassis System
  • Ankle support from TPU-unit
  • Soft and responsive Floatride Energy Foam

Cons

  • Too heavy
  • Rigid upper 
  • Low heel-to-toe drop

A shoe so nice we had to run it back twice is the Reebok Nano X3. Honestly, it’s quite rare to find a CrossFit shoe that’s also suitable for cardio exercises, like running. This is because training shoes tend to be larger and heavier, which isn’t comfortable if you plan on going for long runs. CrossFit shoes usually aren’t as well-cushioned and, as a result, don’t properly distribute the shock of your feet hitting the ground. However, the Reebok Nano X3 is designed in a way that provides the best of both worlds…sort of.

Breaking Muscle Editor Amanda Dvorak hasn’t personally tested the Nano X3s, but she’s trained in previous models of the Nanos. The most recent Nano version she owns is the Nano X1, and she still alternates that shoe with the TYR CXT-1 trainer for WODs with a lot of running. She was pleased to see that Reebok has still included several features in the X3s that make them more suitable for running than most other CrossFit shoes.

For one, the unique Lift and Run Chassis System (which wasn’t even included in the X2 and is completely new for the X3) in the midsole offers a cushioned base that runners may appreciate as their feet repeatedly hit the pavement. Yet, it’s still flat enough for individuals to maintain their balance when lifting. This system is also attached to a thicker TPU unit within the heel that helps with ankle support and additional stability while running.

On top of that, you’ll find the Floatride Energy Foam in the forefoot fairly soft and responsive, which is an admirable feat when doing short runs. 

However, this isn’t a shoe that serious runners should be considering. The upper on the Nano X3s, in particular, is stiff, and the shoe is heavy. Running shoes usually weigh between 6.5 and 13 ounces. Weighing 12 ounces, the Nano X3 is on the heavier end. Plus, running shoes typically have a heel-to-toe drop that’s greater than seven millimeters, and the Nano X3 is right at that number.

This isn’t to say a lower heel-to-toe-drop is bad on a CrossFit running shoe. There are situations where it makes more sense, like if you strike the ground with the front of your foot first. In general, though, long-distance running just isn’t going to be very comfortable in this shoe, so it’s best to stick to sprints or short distances like 400 meters. 

Best CrossFit Shoes for Wide Feet: NOBULL Trainers

NOBULL Trainers
3.8
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Four millimeters
  • Weight: 11 ounces (Men's 9 / Women's 10.5)
  • Material: SuperFabric®
  • Width: Wide
Check Price

Pros

  • Minimalist shoe 
  • Wider toe box 
  • Great for strength training

Cons

  • Not for running or plyometric exercises
  • May need to break in 
  • Feels hot after prolonged use

If you have wider feet, you already know how difficult it is to find shoes that properly fit. Poorly fitting shoes can cause preventable foot pain and disorders, so finding ones that work for you is crucial. This is especially true when you’re looking for a CrossFit shoe. Fortunately, the NOBULL Trainers may be an option for those with wide feet. 

A pair of NOBULL trainers on a plyo box with the bottom of one shoe facing up
Showcasing the top and bottom of the NOBULL trainers

The NOBULL Trainer came to the market in 2015. While NOBULL has added new shoes to their lineup, they haven’t strayed too far from the original trainer. For instance, the upgraded NOBULL Trainer+ has a thicker midsole, which enhances comfort for high-impact movements like box jumps, but the original trainer offers more stability and is just as good. This level of consistency means that CrossFit athletes who want to buy new shoes from the same brand already know what to expect. You won’t experience this with Reebok Nano’s and Nike Metcon’s as they tend to change more over time.

What’s unique about NOBULL Trainers is the SuperFabric® technology they use for the upper. With SuperFabric®, they basically use regular mesh and apply guard plates to make it rigid and resistant to abrasions. As a result, doing activities like rope climbs shouldn’t cause damage to the shoe, but putting them on could prove challenging. Amanda Dvorak, Breaking Muscle’s Reviews Editor, says that when she wears her NOBULL trainers, she has to loosen the laces nearly all the way to get them on her feet.

The shoe’s midsole is made of phylon, a lightweight yet stable foam material. Therefore, you should be able to do strength training with no issues since they are pretty good at resisting compression when under heavy weight. Amanda says, “I do love the stability they offer for squatting and deadlifting.”

However, there is a caveat to having such a tough midsole construction, and that’s responsiveness. These shoes aren’t the best if you plan on doing HIIT workouts or running. They’re just uncomfortable to use for fast-paced movements, so Amanda only uses them on the days she does strength training. 

The four-millimeter heel-to-toe drop and high carbon rubber outsole also make these adequate gym shoes for heavy lifting. Plus, the wider toebox allows you to splay your toes, which can help you keep your balance when lifting heavy weights.

A young woman deadlifting in the NOBULL Trainers
Amanda doing deadlifts in the NOBULL trainers

However, these might not be the shoes you grab for long-distance running or walking around town. If you wear them too long, they start to get too hot. According to Amanda, the lack of cushioning also means they’re less than ideal for being on your feet for long periods. This is too bad because they offer a ton of colorways and would look nice for general wear. Most are priced between $129 and $139, which aligns with other popular CrossFit shoes like the Metcons and Nanos. 

Best Budget CrossFit Shoes: Converse Chuck Taylors

Converse Chuck Taylors
3.7
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Zero millimeters
  • Weight: 14.3 ounces (size 10)
  • Material: Cotton canvas and rubber
  • Width: Narrow
Check Price

Pros

  • Very affordable 
  • Stylish 
  • Minimalist shoe
  • Comfortable for daily wear

Cons

  • Not the best for high-impact movements 
  • Heavy 
  • Narrow midfoot

If you’re not ready to spend $100+ on a pair of CrossFit shoes, look at the Converse Chuck Taylors. These popular and stylish shoes are only around $65, about half the price of the Nanos, TYR trainers, and Metcons. Given their budget-friendly price tag, it’s not surprising that I see so many people wearing them in the free weights section of the gym. But how does this shoe really hold up when doing CrossFit, weightlifting, and running?

When people think of a minimalist shoe, Chuck Taylors are often the first to come to mind. The zero heel-to-toe drop (barefoot style) allows your foot to be closer to the ground, which permits a more natural movement. The flat rubber soles are sturdy, making it easier to maintain your balance as you push off the ground. They grip well on gym floors, wooden platforms, and even carpets.

If you’re a lifter who wants to feel a stable connection to the ground during deadlifts, squats, and other heavy lifts, these can help you achieve that. If you opt for a high-top style, they can also offer good ankle support, which is a bonus for CrossFitters with a history of ankle injuries.

Depending on the type of exercises you’ll be doing, they might not be the best CrossFit shoes. To start, the sole lacks cushion. While this is helpful for deadlifts, it’s not what you look for when doing high-impact movements like box jumps. With exercises like that, it helps to have some cushion that’ll absorb the shock. If needed, you can put an orthotic insert (which you’ll need to buy separately) in your Chuck Taylors for more cushioning.

At 14 ounces, Converse Chuck Taylors are also heavier than most CrossFit shoes. For comparison, the Nike Metcon 8s weigh 12.5 ounces, and the Nano X3s weigh 12 ounces. As you might imagine, the heavier weight can make workouts with a speed component uncomfortable. Although these clunky shoes are awesome for daily wear, they may not be a proper choice for those who want shoes that can handle exercise versatility. 

If you take a closer look at the toe box and midfoot areas of Converse, you’ll see another reason why you shouldn’t use these for certain CrossFit WODs. The shoe narrows through the midfoot, making it too snug, especially for those with wider feet. The toe box is tight, too, so your toes might have trouble spreading out to help you maintain your balance. Lastly, the canvas uppers might not be the most durable for repetitive training. I’ve heard people complain about them ripping during rope climbs. 

Overall, these aren’t a bad choice if most of your CrossFit routine involves lifting. But if you plan on mainly doing running and jumping movements, go for another option on our best CrossFit shoe list. 

Best CrossFit Shoes For Flat Feet: New Balance Minimus TR

New Balance Men's Minimus
3.5
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Zero millimeters 
  • Weight: 8.1 ounces
  • Material: Mesh upper
  • Width: Narrow
Check Price

Pros

  • Outsole has great grip and traction 
  • Rubber shank for added stability  
  • Rebound effect 
  • Can wear without socks

Cons

  • Not ideal for outdoor use
  • Takes time to break in 
  • Too tight for those with wide feet

If you’ve got flat feet or are just looking for a minimalist shoe, take a look at the New Balance Minimus TR. They’re a narrow-fitting shoe that admittedly won’t work for everyone but could be the proper choice for athletes with narrow feet. For instance, if you’ve tried a few neutral or wider-fitting shoes, like the Nano X3s, that just didn’t make your feet feel secure, these might help. After all, the last thing you want to deal with while doing CrossFit movements is heel slipping.

The well-cushioned rubber midsole on this shoe doesn’t collapse and is made to handle pressure. This sturdiness is further maintained by the rubber shank that travels across the midfoot, allowing trainees to remain stable. You might even notice a slight rebound that gives you an extra bounce, thanks to its TPU (Thermoplastic Polyurethane)-infused design. This rebound effect is beneficial when you’re doing double-unders. But, as with all things, this may not be a feature you’ll like, as some people find it unnatural. 

The outsole pattern on the New Balance Minimus TR mirrors those found on gym floors. In fact, it almost seems to stick to manufactured surfaces. If you’re looking for a shoe with a strong grip that can handle your lifting heavy weights, you’ll find it with these. Unfortunately, that means this isn’t a great outdoor shoe, as the tread might not give you the traction you’d want when training on rough surfaces.  

The mesh upper on this shoe is surprisingly responsive, breathable, and lightweight. These seem to handle plyometric workouts pretty well. Therefore, you shouldn’t experience much heel slippage when doing agility exercises since the upper helps to keep your foot in place.

Do keep in mind that the wrap-around upper might take about a week or so to break in when you first get them. For some, it may almost feel too tight on the foot. However, some people prefer the sock-like fit. 

If you plan on doing a lot of rope climbing, this shoe may not hold up as well in terms of performance and durability. But handstand push-ups shouldn’t be a problem due to the TPU heel clip aids. 

As with most things, it all comes down to your personal preference. For around $100 to $150, this is a decent cross-trainer for someone with flat and/or narrow feet. 

Best CrossFit Lifting Shoes: Adidas Adipower 3

Adidas Adipower
4.0
  • Heel-to-toe drop: 22 millimeters
  • Weight: 16.4 ounces
  • Material: Canvas upper
  • Width: Neutral
Check Price

Pros

  • Well-constructed and durable
  • Grippy outsole 
  • Stylish with many colorways  
  • Lace and strap design

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Narrow toe box
  • Often out-of-stock

If you plan on doing some serious barbell WODs and want a shoe that can handle the heavy lifting, you might be interested in the Adidas Adipower Weightlifting 3 shoes. But what makes these the best CrossFit shoes for lifting?

To start, they weigh 16.4 ounces, which is heavier than any of the other shoes on this list. This extra weight will help your feet plant to the floor and keep you stable while under heavy loads. You’ll also find that this shoe has a significant 22-millimeter heel-to-toe drop, which is ideal for weightlifting. A greater offset improves the range of motion in your hips and ankles. As a result, they may help you achieve a deeper squat, even if your ankles aren’t very flexible.

Like a few other shoes on this list, the Adidas Adipower 3 has previous iterations. The much-loved OG Adipower launched in 2012. The less successful second iteration wasn’t released until 2019. In 2022, the Adipower 3 came out and quickly became a favorite, much like the originals. The newest version is almost two millimeters taller than the Adipower 2s. The additional height can benefit athletes with long femurs or poor ankle mobility, as it can promote better squat mechanics and make it easier to get the hip crease below the knee.

The Adipower 3 also has a revamped ripstop upper that’s made up of 50 percent recycled material. The ripstop material is highly durable but breathable and doesn’t add much extra weight to the shoe. In fact, the Adipower 3 is 1.3 ounces lighter than the Adipower 2. Besides that, Adidas hasn’t changed much with the shoe. 

What makes the Adipower line-up so popular is how well-constructed it is. The durable canvas has a lace and strap design that’ll assist in keeping your feet locked in, while the ripstop fabric upper includes synthetic overlays for greater durability. Even with these features, the shoes remain breathable, so you can comfortably get through longer weightlifting sessions. 

The high-density midsole is another feature that consumers like. It’s firm, which will help you maintain stability as you power through various workouts. However, it does clash with the narrow toe box and makes for an extra snug fit. Those with wider feet may find this troubling. 

The low-sitting rubber outsole provides a good grip, probably due to its barbell knurling-like pattern. It’s definitely the type of traction you’d want when doing heavy lifting. However, while you could technically wear them for WODs with movements like burpees, box jumps, or double-unders, their ruggedness may weigh your feet down. The hard, flat sole will also not be very shock-absorbent. On the other hand, the Adipower 3s would be suitable for WODs with lower-impact movements like wall balls and thrusters.

The Adipower 3s come in various colors and sport the classic three stripes people have come to love and associate with Adidas. To get the sleek design and favorable features this weightlifting shoe offers, expect to shell out about $230. 

Benefits of CrossFit Shoes 

Whether you’re new to CrossFit training or have been doing it for a while, you’ve probably wondered if you actually need CrossFit shoes. While the word “need” might be a stretch, there are some benefits to getting shoes designed for the varied functional movements incorporated into this type of fitness regimen. The constantly changing mix of higher weights, rapid movements, gymnastics, and longer distances is meant to help you become stronger, faster, and more flexible. 

CrossFit shoes are designed to handle those things, so they tend to have a lower heel-to-toe drop, ample heel support, and better traction. These factors may help improve your performance (thanks to the increased stability) and decrease the likelihood of injury. The shoes are cushioned in areas where you’d need the most support but not so thick or plush that they leave you off-balanced for heavy lifts.

What Is the Difference Between CrossFit Shoes and Running Shoes?

CrossFit shoes differ from running shoes in a few ways. They tend to have a lower heel-to-toe drop and are made with more durable fabrics to withstand abrasions better. While cushioning is important in both running and CrossFit shoes, specifically in the forefoot and heel areas, it’s minimal in CrossFit shoes to prioritize stability. You’ll want a firm CrossFit shoe when you’re doing something like deadlifts and squats. The sole also tends to be more flexible so that you can complete dynamic and lateral movements.

As one study found, running shoes, in general, should be “lightweight, comfortable, and have as minimal pronation control technology as possible.” (3) Running shoes need to be breathable and lightweight so you can efficiently propel forward, whether you’re going a long or short distance.

To further assist in propelling you forward is a higher heel-to-toe drop, which is why you’ll find many running shoes with drops between eight and 12 millimeters. In comparison, CrossFit shoes tend to have a heel-to-toe drop of no more than nine millimeters (unless it’s more of a weightlifting shoe — those can have heel-to-toe drops of up to 25 millimeters).

In addition, cushioning in the forefoot and midfoot areas in running shoes helps absorb the impact of your foot hitting the ground. 

Pronation, which refers to your foot’s natural side-to-side movement as you walk or run, should be limited in running shoes. Usually, the foot rolls somewhat inward when you step to help absorb the shock of your foot hitting the ground. However, some shoes implement pronation control that could result in pain or injury of the knee while running, so it’s not recommended in running shoes unless you genuinely need it. (4)

What To Look For in a CrossFit Shoe

Low Heel-to-Toe Drop

When shopping for CrossFit shoes, you’ll likely want to pick a pair with a low heel-to-toe drop between two and six millimeters. With lower-drop shoes, the weight distributes similarly to if you weren’t wearing any shoes at all. This is why you’ll find some individuals seeking minimalist shoes, which permits more balance and stability. One study even suggests that a minimalist shoe may prevent injury and boost performance. (5)

Now, there are certain situations when you might want a higher heel-to-toe drop. For example, if your CrossFit workout includes lots of heavy squats or snatches, you may prefer a shoe like the 22-millimeter Adipower 3s. The greater heel-to-toe drop can make it easier for you to reach proper squat depth. CrossFit folks who run a lot might opt for the nine-millimeter Nano X3s. 

Durability

Heavy weights and fast, functional movements are a recipe for torn-up shoes. The upper, midsole, and sole will likely experience a lot of impact from workouts like rope climbs, burpees, and even handstand push-ups. Therefore, you’ll want CrossFit shoes made with materials that can withstand abrasion while still being breathable enough that your feet don’t overheat.

Wide Toe Box

If you pay close attention, you’ll notice that your toes naturally try to spread out when doing specific movements like squats. This “grounding of your toes” helps with balance, so you’ll want a wider toe box that accommodates this. In our experience, the Nike Metcons are suitable for athletes with wide feet or those who simply prefer a shoe with a wide toe box.

However, this is a matter of preference. If you have narrow feet, you might feel like your feet are swimming in shoes with a wider toe box. In this situation, Converse Chuck Taylor’s might be a good choice. 

Rigid Sole

CrossFit training tends to be versatile, so you’ll want a sole that supports and protects your feet. One 2020 study even found that a rigid sole can decrease plantar pressure in the forefoot and reduce the rate of plantar re-ulceration. (6) Therefore, it’s worth ensuring your shoes’ soles meet your needs. The NOBULL trainers have one of the most rigid soles we’ve seen in a CrossFit shoe.

Minimal Cushioning

While a lot of cushioning may sound good, it’s not what you should look for in a CrossFit shoe. Too much cushioning could interfere with your balance and stability, especially when deadlifting or squatting. Aim for firm cushioning that can help with shock absorption during plyometric movements but that doesn’t impede your ability to push through the floor for squats, deadlifts, and other heavy lifts. We find that the Nike Metcon 8s, Reebok Nano X3s, and TYR CXT-1 trainers have an ideal balance of cushioning and stability.

Versatility

CrossFit doesn’t just consist of one type of exercise. It involves many different push, pull, and squat actions. There are also a lot of running, gymnastics, and bodyweight movements. As a result, you’ll need a shoe that can handle the different workout styles you plan to do so that you don’t have to keep changing your shoes. Will you mainly be doing WODs with heavy barbell work or WODs with lots of running and jumping? Will you be spending lots of time trying to perfect your rope climbs? Depending on your answer, pick the shoe that resonates with that. 

Breathability

Some shoes don’t have the greatest airflow, and that can make you want to cut your workout short. Hot CrossFit shoes that make your feet sweat aren’t what you want when doing an intense workout. Therefore, look for shoes constructed with mesh, as those are more breathable. On the flip side, synthetic materials and knits have decreased breathability but they’re more durable. So consider a shoe that has a blend of mesh and other materials, as that may give you the best of both worlds. 

Price

Whether you’re on a tighter budget or have a little money to spare, there’s a CrossFit shoe on this list that may work for you. However, as with all things, a lower price may mean fewer desirable features. For instance, a lower-priced option like the $65 Converse Chuck Taylor is a fashionable choice for a beginner lifter, but it might not handle more aggressive CrossFit movements well. In contrast, the $150 Reebok Nano X3s can take on plyometric exercises but how they’re sized throws everyone off. 

Ultimately, regardless of price, each shoe has pros and cons. In other words, don’t assume that the most expensive shoe will automatically meet your needs. It could very well have features you don’t want or need.   

Final Thoughts

Now that you’ve learned about some of the best CrossFit shoes on the market, which pair will you go with? By reflecting on your own preferences, goals, and style, you should be able to find an option here that works for you. For example, if your CrossFit routine primarily involves weightlifting, the Adidas Adipower 3 is a good choice, but if it’s running, the Reebok Nano X3 is a possible contender. From kicks for wide and flat feet to the best CrossFit shoes for men and women, there’s something for everybody.

Best CrossFit Shoes: Side-by-Side Comparison

Best CrossFit Shoes Overall
Best CrossFit Shoes for Men
Best CrossFit Shoes for Women
Best CrossFit Shoes for Wide Feet
Best Budget CrossFit Shoes
Best CrossFit Shoes for Flat Feet
Best CrossFit Lifting Shoes
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Seven millimeters
  • Weight: 12 ounces (unisex size 9)
  • Material: Synthetic and textile upper
  • Width: Ideal for wide feet
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Four millimeters
  • Weight: 12.5 ounces (size 10)
  • Material: Lightweight mesh with textured overlays
  • Width: Neutral to wide
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Nine mililmeters
  • Weight: 12.65 oz (for the size 10 men’s)
  • Material: Breathable upper engineered mesh construction
  • Width: Neutral
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Four millimeters
  • Weight: 11 ounces (Men's 9 / Women's 10.5)
  • Material: SuperFabric®
  • Width: Wide
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Zero millimeters
  • Weight: 14.3 ounces (size 10)
  • Material: Cotton canvas and rubber
  • Width: Narrow
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Zero millimeters 
  • Weight: 8.1 ounces
  • Material: Mesh upper
  • Width: Narrow
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: 22 millimeters
  • Weight: 16.4 ounces
  • Material: Canvas upper
  • Width: Neutral
Best CrossFit Shoes Overall
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Seven millimeters
  • Weight: 12 ounces (unisex size 9)
  • Material: Synthetic and textile upper
  • Width: Ideal for wide feet
Best CrossFit Shoes for Men
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Four millimeters
  • Weight: 12.5 ounces (size 10)
  • Material: Lightweight mesh with textured overlays
  • Width: Neutral to wide
Best CrossFit Shoes for Women
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Nine mililmeters
  • Weight: 12.65 oz (for the size 10 men’s)
  • Material: Breathable upper engineered mesh construction
  • Width: Neutral
Best CrossFit Shoes for Wide Feet
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Four millimeters
  • Weight: 11 ounces (Men's 9 / Women's 10.5)
  • Material: SuperFabric®
  • Width: Wide
Best Budget CrossFit Shoes
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Zero millimeters
  • Weight: 14.3 ounces (size 10)
  • Material: Cotton canvas and rubber
  • Width: Narrow
Best CrossFit Shoes for Flat Feet
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: Zero millimeters 
  • Weight: 8.1 ounces
  • Material: Mesh upper
  • Width: Narrow
Best CrossFit Lifting Shoes
Description:
  • Heel-to-toe drop: 22 millimeters
  • Weight: 16.4 ounces
  • Material: Canvas upper
  • Width: Neutral

FAQs

What are the best shoes to use for CrossFit?

The best shoes for CrossFit honestly depend on your fitness goals, workout style, and the width of your feet. That said, we consider the Reebok Nano X3s the best CrossFit shoes because they’re stable enough for lifting weights, have adequate cushioning for jumping and short-distance running, and

What kind of shoes do CrossFit athletes wear?

CrossFit athletes tend to wear shoes with a low heel-to-toe drop, minimal cushioning, solid sole, and an extremely durable upper. Shoes like the Reebok Nano X3s, Nike Metcon 8s, and NOBULL Trainers all fit the bill.

What CrossFit shoes are good for knee pain?

One study discovered that shoes with a high heel-to-toe drop may increase knee stress. (1) The Nike Metcon 8s have a four-millimeter heel-to-toe drop, which is lower than other CrossFit shoes we’ve tested. Therefore, it may be safe to assume that they are less likely to cause knee pain.

Do CrossFit shoes make a difference?

CrossFit shoes are constructed differently from regular, everyday shoes and even other athletic shoes like running sneakers. A good CrossFit shoe may help improve your performance and decrease the probability of injury. It can also withstand the versatility of CrossFit WODs, which can include a combination of running, gymnastics, heavy barbell lifting, and bodyweight movements.

Are CrossFit shoes good for lifting?

Not all CrossFit shoes are suitable for lifting. In our experience, shoes like the Reebok Nano X3s have just a bit too much cushioning for pushing into the floor during heavy squats and deadlifts. Good CrossFit lifting shoes typically have a flat, rigid sole, like the Converse Chuck Taylors. If you plan on doing a lot of Olympic weightlifting in addition to your CrossFit WODs, you may also want to consider a strict weightlifting shoe, like the Adidas Adipower 3.

Research

  1. Zhang, M., Zhou, X., Zhang, L., Liu, H., & Yu, B. (2022). The effect of heel-to-toe drop of running shoes on patellofemoral joint stress during running. Gait & posture, 93, 230–234. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gaitpost.2022.02.008
  2. Özandaç Polat, S., & Yücel, A. H. (2018). Wearing high-heeled shoes increases the foot arch angle inducing measurable changes in the musculoskeletal system. Journal of back and musculoskeletal rehabilitation, 31(6), 1119–1129. https://doi.org/10.3233/BMR-170891
  3. Agresta, C., Giacomazzi, C., Harrast, M., & Zendler, J. (2022). Running Injury Paradigms and Their Influence on Footwear Design Features and Runner Assessment Methods: A Focused Review to Advance Evidence-Based Practice for Running Medicine Clinicians. Frontiers in sports and active living, 4, 815675. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2022.815675
  4. Agresta, C., Giacomazzi, C., Harrast, M., & Zendler, J. (2022). Running Injury Paradigms and Their Influence on Footwear Design Features and Runner Assessment Methods: A Focused Review to Advance Evidence-Based Practice for Running Medicine Clinicians. Frontiers in sports and active living, 4, 815675. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2022.815675
  5. Xu, J., Saliba, S. A., & Jaffri, A. H. (2023). The Effects of Minimalist Shoes on Plantar Intrinsic Foot Muscle Size and Strength: A Systematic Review. International journal of sports medicine, 44(5), 320–328. https://doi.org/10.1055/a-1908-8867
  6. López-Moral, M., Molines-Barroso, R. J., Álvaro-Afonso, F. J., Uccioli, L., Senneville, E., & Lázaro-Martínez, J. L. (2020). Importance of Footwear Outsole Rigidity in Improving Spatiotemporal Parameters in Patients with Diabetes and Previous Forefoot Ulcerations. Journal of clinical medicine, 9(4), 907. https://doi.org/10.3390/jcm9040907

The post Best CrossFit Shoes for Flat Feet, Wide Feet, and More (2024) appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best Magnesium Supplements of 2024 for Better Sleep, Leg Cramps, and More https://breakingmuscle.com/best-magnesium-supplement/ Mon, 25 Sep 2023 12:57:07 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=197403 Did you know that approximately 50 percent of Americans consume less than the Estimated Average Requirement for magnesium? (1) Occasionally called the invisible deficiency, this mineral is definitely one we don’t want to ignore. Magnesium is involved in hundreds of bodily functions, including keeping your heartbeat steady and supporting your immune system. So, if you want to make...

The post Best Magnesium Supplements of 2024 for Better Sleep, Leg Cramps, and More appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Did you know that approximately 50 percent of Americans consume less than the Estimated Average Requirement for magnesium? (1) Occasionally called the invisible deficiency, this mineral is definitely one we don’t want to ignore. Magnesium is involved in hundreds of bodily functions, including keeping your heartbeat steady and supporting your immune system. So, if you want to make sure you’re getting enough, consider magnesium supplements. 

Magnesium supplements are a convenient way to get this essential element, especially if you find following a magnesium-rich diet challenging. Unfortunately, though, even the best supplements for bodybuilding and other fitness and health goals aren’t regulated like drugs are. In fact, practically anyone could decide they want to sell magnesium supplements. Therefore, we decided to make it easier for you to bypass the not-so-great choices and present to you the best magnesium supplements on the market today. 

Medical disclaimer: This article is intended for educational and informational purposes only. It is not intended as a substitute for medical advice. For health advice, contact a licensed healthcare provider.

How We Chose the Best Magnesium Supplement

Identifying the best magnesium supplements was no simple task, as tons are on the market. We recognize how easy it is to pick popular ones like Nature Made Magnesium and assume it’ll automatically meet your needs. However, in our journey of speaking with others, conducting heavy research, and even trying nearly a dozen magnesium supplements ourselves, it became apparent that there’s no one-size-fits-all solution. 

At Breaking Muscle, we have several registered dietitian nutritionists on our staff, and they helped us narrow down our choices to ensure our list included something for everyone. We looked at factors like price, type of magnesium, whether it was a pill or powdery mix, which supplement would be best for whom, and more. We then used our proprietary scoring system to rank each supplement on a scale of 1 to 5 (one being the worst, five being the best) based on how easy the pills were to swallow, any side effects we experienced, and the number of pills per dose.

Our team of registered dietitians also helps us create the buying guide at the end of this article, so you can understand how to find the right magnesium supplement for you.

Our Top Picks for the Best Magnesium Supplements

Best Magnesium Supplement Overall: Transparent Labs Magnesium Bisglycinate

Transparent Labs Magnesium Bisglycinate
4.3
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost per serving: $1.76
  • Magnesium per serving: 300 milligrams
  • Daily value: 70 percent
  • Form: Capsules
Check Price

Pros

  • Third-party tested
  • Simple formulation
  • High source of magnesium

Cons

  • Has silicon dioxide 
  • Three capsules may be a lot to some

If you’re in the market for a clean, good-quality mineral magnesium product, Transparent Labs offers one of the best dietary supplements you’ll find. 

There’s a reason Transparent Labs tops many of our supplement lists, like our roundup of the best pea protein powders. Unlike other items that include a bunch of unnecessary ingredients, the brand’s magnesium product is straight to the point. It’s got practically all of the magnesium you’d need in a day and is free of artificial sweeteners, artificial coloring, gluten, GMOs, and artificial preservatives. One consumer even said, “I enjoy how this supplement helps with my DOMS after heavy lifts or big WODs.”

The Breaking Muscle product testing team tried Transparent Labs Magnesium Bisglycinate for several weeks and agrees with the positive reviews on the brand’s website. She gave it 4.25 stars out of 5, noting that she didn’t experience any unwanted side effects. 

When your diet alone isn’t providing you with enough magnesium to meet your nutritional needs, this supplement could prove helpful. One serving supplies 300 milligrams of magnesium bisglycinate, which would meet 70 percent of the daily value. According to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), 20 percent or more on the Nutrition Facts label is considered high, so you’re getting plenty here. 

Many people aren’t aware of this, but there are different types of magnesium. Magnesium bis-glycinate chelate (also known as magnesium glycinate) happens to be one of the better quality ones. It has high bioavailability, which means it absorbs better in the intestines and thus may be more effective than some of the others. (2) In fact, one study showed that another form of the mineral, magnesium oxide, had an absorption rate of less than four percent. (3) This is certainly less than ideal and could still result in a magnesium deficiency. 

One Transparent Lab Magnesium Bisglycinate container costs $16.99, which is reasonable considering it is a higher-quality magnesium. There are 90 capsules in total, which seems like a lot at first glance. However, it’s only a one-month supply since three capsules equal one serving. This could easily be a deal-breaker for those who don’t like taking pills, especially that many. 

Some consumers may be wary since it includes silicon dioxide, a natural chemical of oxygen and silicon. Although the FDA sees it as a safe food additive, other agencies fear that it absorbs poorly and needs further research. (4) Nonetheless, this product has the Informed Choice label, meaning it’s regularly tested for banned substances and may be safer to consume. 

Best Magnesium Supplement for Men: Lifeforce Magnesium

Lifeforce Magnesium
4.0
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $2.00
  • Magnesium per serving: 315 milligrams
  • Daily value: 75 percent
  • Form: Tablets
Check Price

Pros

  • Variety of magnesium sources
  • High dose of magnesium 
  • Vegan-friendy

Cons

  • Expensive 
  • May be difficult to swallow
  • Chalky taste

Men looking for a solid magnesium supplement might find that Lifeforce Magnesium is their best bet. With four different types of magnesium that make up 75 percent of the Daily Value, it’s hard to pass up. This magnesium dietary supplement might be exactly what you need to improve exercise performance and energy metabolism. (5) Plus, there are a few other health benefits that may come with it, and there’s research to back it up. 

Now, you might be wondering, what’s so significant about a supplement containing four sources of magnesium? One should be enough, right? Well, yes, but each has its own pros. 

For example, this product contains magnesium bisglycinate, a source of magnesium that’s less likely to create a laxative effect. Then there’s magnesium l-threonate, a source researchers say may improve cognitive abilities by enhancing learning and memory function. (6) In addition, a 2020 study on magnesium n-acetyltaurinate revealed that this source may prevent tissue damage. (7) Research also suggests that this magnesium source may help with heart health. (8)

Even dimagnesium malate may boost RBC (red blood cell) magnesium and alleviate magnesium deficiency symptoms with minimal gastrointestinal symptoms. (9

One serving, equal to three tablets, provides 315 milligrams of magnesium. Men between 19 and 50+ years old require 400 to 420 milligrams of this mineral. Women in the same age group need 100 grams less than that.

The reason men need a greater amount of magnesium is mainly due to testosterone. Testosterone levels fall as men age. This could negatively impact bone health and is linked to high blood pressure and type 2 diabetes. (10)(11)  Research shows that increased magnesium intake may increase testosterone production, which could reduce the risk of type 2 diabetes and other age-related complications. (12)(13

One 30-serving container of Lifeforce Magnesium costs $60, but signing up for a monthly membership brings it down to $40. Admittedly, you can get a multivitamin gummy that includes vitamin D and more for less than that, which may be helpful if you know you have a vitamin D deficiency.

However, keep in mind that you’re receiving a higher dose of this essential mineral and also getting 100 milligrams of Magnolia officinalis bark. A 2017 study shows that the latter may help minimize anxiety, depressive moods, and sleep disturbances. (14)

There are no product reviews on their website to see how purchasers feel about it, but our product testing staff members tried it for several weeks. They noted that the capsules are chalky and leave a white residue on their hands and also commented on how large the pills were — they couldn’t take all three at the same time. We only rated Lifeforce Magnesium 4 out of 5 stars for these reasons.

RELATED: Best Multivitamin for Men

Best Magnesium Glycinate Supplement: Performance Lab Sleep

Performance Lab Sleep
3.8
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $1.46
  • Magnesium per serving: 100 milligrams
  • Daily value: 24 percent
  • Form: Capsules
Check Price

Pros

  • Vegan-friendly 
  • Not addictive
  • Free of allergens, soy, and GMOs

Cons

  • Size of capsules
  • Some report grogginess in the morning

All magnesium is created the same, right? Not exactly. The Performance Lab Sleep supplement uses high-quality magnesium biglycinate and taurate, as well as Performance Lab’s proprietary NutriGenesis® magnesium.

The latter is unique, as it doesn’t require pesticides or herbicides to produce and is grown in a sterile laboratory. Performance Lab believes this approach is much better for the environment than mining for minerals, which destroy the landscape and emit greenhouse gases. They also think their nutrients absorb better since their lab-grown ingredients match the structure of natural nutrients in whole foods. 

This product is formulated with ingredients aimed at improving one’s sleep hygiene. In addition, it’s soy-free, non-GMO, and a good choice for those following a plant-based diet. 

Unlike some of the other options on the best magnesium supplements list, this one doesn’t contain as much magnesium. One serving issues 100 milligrams, which makes up 24 percent of the Daily Value. While that’s still considered “high,” based on the FDA, relying solely on this is not ideal if you’re trying to boost your magnesium intake significantly. You’d also want to ensure you’re consuming enough magnesium-rich foods, like leafy greens and black beans, so you don’t wind up deficient.

Nonetheless, this essential mineral has been shown to improve insomnia due to its relaxant effect. (15) If you suffer from this issue, Performance Lab Sleep combined with a proper diet may help you sleep better.

There’s also the inclusion of tart cherry (Prunus cerasus), l-tryptophan, and organic sea buckthorn. The data surrounding tart cherry implies that it increases exogenous melatonin, which may enhance sleep duration and quality. (16) L-tryptophan, an amino acid found in plant foods and animals, is converted into melatonin, serotonin, and vitamin B6 by the body. An older study found that one gram of this amino acid taken 45 minutes before bed could decrease the time it takes for those with mild insomnia to fall asleep. (17)

Then, sea buckthorn, a plant, contains a high content of bioactive compounds, like coumarins and triterpenes. (18) Those phytochemicals are said to promote sleep, memory, and learning. One consumer who left a review on Performance Lab’s website said, “I get a deep sleep pattern from this product…This combination really works. The quality is awesome.” 

It’s recommended that individuals take two capsules, equal to one serving, 30 minutes before bedtime and on an empty stomach. The capsules are prebiotic-infused to help with digestion and absorption.

There are 30 servings in the $44 container. At $1.46 per serving, this may seem like a lot. But if you buy three bottles for $132, you’d get the fourth one free, bringing the cost per serving down to around $0.91. This is $1.09 less per serving than Lifeforce Magnesium and $1.25 cheaper than NooCube Sleep Upgrade, which we review below.

Best Magnesium Supplement for Women: Thorne Magnesium Bisglycinate

Thorne Magnesium Bisglycinate
4.0
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.73
  • Magnesium per serving: 200 milligrams
  • Daily value: 48 percent
  • Form: Powdered formula
Check Price

Pros

  • NSF-Certified for Sport
  • Powder mix dissolves easily 
  • Great quality

Cons

  • Too sweet for some

One of the best magnesium supplements for women, especially pregnant women, is Thorne Magnesium Bisglycinate. This dietary supplement only includes two other ingredients outside of magnesium: citric acid and monk fruit concentrate. In addition, they collaborate with big names, like the Mayo Clinic, and have partnered with over 10 U.S. Olympic Teams. So, if you’re looking for a well-regarded supplement you can purchase via Amazon, this is a good choice. 

Citric acid is naturally found in all citrus fruits and is often used as a food preservative. The FDA states that it’s safe to consume as long as producers follow good manufacturing practices. In addition, citrus fruit has been associated with increased mineral bioavailability, specifically for magnesium, calcium, and phosphorus. (19

Monk fruit concentrate is commonly used as a food sweetener and is also considered safe by the FDA. One 2019 study even assessed how 1000 milligrams of monk fruit daily impacts maternal and prenatal development and found no issues. (20)

There are 200 milligrams of magnesium bisglcyinate in one serving, which makes up 48% daily value. It’s especially important to consume enough magnesium during pregnancy, as one study showed that magnesium supplementation may decrease pregnancy complications. (21)

This mineral plays a significant role in muscle function and how our nervous system works, and even helps regulate blood sugar. (22) Therefore, experiencing a magnesium deficiency during pregnancy could lead to restricted fetal growth, gestational diabetes, pre-eclampsia, and more. (23) As one female reviewer on Thorne’s website commented, “I have muscle spasms and tension and I can tell this makes a huge difference,” so it could be very beneficial for you as well.

But that’s not all. One study assessed how magnesium paired with vitamin B6 may be an effective and affordable way to treat PMS symptoms. (24) Even during menopause, magnesium may be helpful. During this stage, women produce less estrogen and could develop osteoporosis or experience bone loss. Low magnesium may worsen it. A 2010 study of 20 women found that 1,830 milligrams of magnesium citrate (equivalent to 290 milligrams of elemental magnesium, which is what magnesium bis-glycinate is made from) could decrease bone loss. (25

If you’re not a fan of pills, you’re in luck. To consume Thorne Magnesium Bisglycinate, add one scoop of the lightly sweetened powder to an eight-ounce glass of water. When a member of our testing team tried it, they noted that it literally tasted like nothing. They also felt more relaxed after taking it, though it wasn’t a significant change. For that we reason, we gave it 4 out of 5 stars.

The almost $44 container will provide 60 servings, which equals about $0.73 per serving and is a very reasonable price.

For comparison, other magnesium supplements like NooCube Sleep Upgrade also provide 60 servings per bottle but cost more than $2.00 per serving. However, Thorne Magnesium Bisglycinate is gluten-free, while NooCube is not. Thorne’s magnesium supplement is also dairy-free, soy-free, free of artificial flavors, and NSF Certified for Sport.

RELATED: Best Collagen Supplements for Men, Women, Weight Loss, and More

Best Magnesium Supplement for Sleep: NooCube Sleep Upgrade

NooCube Sleep Upgrade
3.9
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $2.16
  • Magnesium per serving: 300 milligrams
  • Daily value: N/A
  • Form: Capsule
Check Price

Pros

  • 60-day money-back guarantee 
  • Made in GMP-Certified Facility 
  • Does not contain melatonin

Cons

  • Pricey 
  • Nutrient label based on E.U. guidance levels

Are you looking to achieve better sleep quality? In addition to creating a sleep schedule and avoiding caffeine before bed, consider adding a supplement like the NooCube Sleep Upgrade. It is formulated to help you catch some much-needed zzz’s, made in the USA, and produced in a GMP (good manufacturing practices)-certified facility. Plus, if you don’t like their product, they’ll provide you a full refund when you return any unused bottles within 67 days of purchase. 

NooCube Sleep Upgrade has a botanical blend that doesn’t include melatonin, a hormone your brain produces in response to darkness. Many sleep aid products contain melatonin, but some individuals experience undesirable side effects, such as headaches, stomachaches, and itchy skin. In addition, it’s a natural compound you should avoid if you’re breastfeeding, pregnant, or have an autoimmune condition. Therefore, NooCube Sleep Upgrade may be attractive for those looking for other natural ingredients that promote sleep. 

NooCube’s formulation has lemon balm (600 milligrams), lavender (125 milligrams), vitamin D3 (10 micrograms), magnesium citrate (300 milligrams), and calcium (300 milligrams). A pilot study published by the National Institutes of Health found that lemon balm improved insomnia for individuals with mild-to-moderate anxiety. (26) In 2012, a single-blind randomized study assessed the effectiveness of lavender and found that it improved sleep quality. (27)

Research has also revealed that vitamin D3 plays a role in sleep regulation, as those deficient in this nutrient often have sleep disorders. (28) Calcium intake, too, is linked to fewer sleep difficulties and decreased nonrestorative sleep (NRS), which occurs when you get the recommended amount of sleep but still feel unrefreshed when you wake up. (29)(30

One 30-serving container costs $64.99, which is on the more expensive side. In addition, one serving equals four capsules, whereas many other magnesium supplements require you to take three pills at the most. If you don’t like taking pills, you probably won’t like NooCube Sleep Upgrade. But if that’s not a big deal to you, aim to take them 30 minutes before bed.

Lastly, the nutrition label is based on the nutrient reference value, a European guidance level. It’s different from the U.S. version known as the Daily Value and thus has different criteria. For example, the NRV suggests 375 milligrams of magnesium, while the Daily Value is 420 milligrams

Best Magnesium Supplement for Weight Loss: Momentous Magnesium Threonate

Momentous Magnesium Threonate
4.0
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $1.66
  • Magnesium per serving: 144 milligrams
  • Daily value: 34 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Check Price

Pros

  • Very few ingredients 
  • Third-party tested
  • Easy to swallow

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Some capsules may arrive opened

Magnesium plays a part in more than 300 biochemical reactions in the body. Could it be used as a high-quality weight loss supplement, too? Truthfully, more research is needed in this area, but if it can, you’ll want to opt for a premium form of it to ensure optimal safety and efficacy.

That’s where Momentous Magnesium Threonate comes in. It’s great for vegans and free of soy and gluten. It’s been third-party tested and NSF Certified for Sport, meaning it’s free of prohibited substances and masking agents and doesn’t have unsafe levels of contaminants. 

If you’re looking for a product with very few ingredients, you’ll find it here. Besides magnesium, it has cellulose (the capsules), vegetable stearate, and microcrystalline cellulose. Vegetable stearate is used in many supplements to prevent the capsules from sticking to the machines during production. Microcrystalline cellulose is a binding and filling agent that helps solidify capsules that can dissolve quickly later. All are considered safe. 

Magnesium threonate, also called Magtein, is a synthesized form of the mineral that’s created by combining magnesium with threonic acid. In 2010, researchers discovered that this form of magnesium could be delivered to brain cells. (31) It’s the only one that can cross the blood-brain barrier and has higher absorption and retention than other forms. (32

Data from a 2022 study found that Magtein can improve learning, memory, recall, and cognitive abilities. (33) That same study noted that magnesium threonate didn’t influence body weight, but another study observed BMI reductions in participants following magnesium supplementation. (34) However, the change in body weight was mainly observed in individuals with a magnesium deficiency, hypertension, an insulin resistance disorder, and/or those who are females. 

One bottle of Momentous Magnesium Threonate is $49.95 and has 30 servings. One serving provides 144 milligrams of magnesium, satisfying 34 percent of the Daily Value. This is less than what you’ll find in other products like Lifeforce’s magnesium, but it may still be a sufficient amount if you already consume a lot of magnesium-rich foods. It’s meant to be taken 30 to 60 minutes before bed since it has a calming effect. One purchaser even attested to this by commenting, “Calms my body and mind for great sleep!” 

Best Magnesium Citrate Supplement: Thorne Magnesium CitraMate

Thorne Magnesium CitraMate
4.3
  • Number of servings: 90 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.20
  • Magnesium per serving: 135 milligrams
  • Daily value: 32 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Check Price

Pros

  • Affordable 
  • Third-party tested
  • Higher quality ingredients 
  • Most report no digestive issues

Cons

  • Some customers experienced insomnia 
  • Non-returnable

Without a doubt, one of the best magnesium citrate supplements you’ll find is provided by Thorne. From selecting the best ingredients and using clean manufacturing to undergoing four rounds of testing, you’re getting a premium product that customers are raving about on Amazon.  

Thorne’s formula is a combination of magnesium citrate and magnesium malate. Magnesium citrate is commonly used to relieve constipation, as it relaxes the muscles and boosts the amount of water absorbed in your intestines. When these actions occur, it softens stool and thus makes it easier to have a bowel movement. 

There are benefits of magnesium citrate from a workout perspective, too. For example, some people experience exercise hypertension due to their endothelial cells being unable to relax. Experiencing this is a sign that one’s blood pressure would be increased while at rest, too. However, one study found that magnesium citrate could reduce blood pressure while at rest and during exercise. (35

Further, a 2021 study found that one dose of magnesium citrate weakens the transmission and perception of pain. (36) Given that many people report experiencing pain, stiffness, and swelling following a workout, it’s very possible that this could help. A customer even commented that this product “helped my weightlifting cramps and improved blood pressure.”

Magnesium malate is a combination of magnesium and malic acid. The latter is a compound that may help with exercise recovery and generating mitochondria ATP (energy production) during aerobic and hypoxic scenarios. (37

Thorne Magnesium CitraMate contains 135 millgrams of magnesium per serving, which makes up 32 percent of the daily value. Of that 135 milligrams, 80 is magnesium malate, and 55 is magnesium citrate. 

One container includes 90 servings and is only $18. Compared to other products where one serving equals multiple pills, it’s nice to see one where you can be one-and-done. Plus, it being free of gluten, dairy, and soy is the cherry on top. 

Best Magnesium Supplement for Muscles: Legion Sucrosomial Magnesium

Legion Sucrosomial Magnesium
4.2
  • Number of servings: 120 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.25
  • Magnesium per serving: 150 milligrams
  • Daily value: 36 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Check Price

Pros

  • Third-party tested
  • No return necessary money-back guarantee 
  • One capsule = one serving 
  • Formulation transparency 
  • Very affordable

Cons

  • Low dose of magnesium

Whether you want to bulk up or achieve lean muscle, it’s nice to have something that can help you along the way. Seriously, wouldn’t it be nice if there was a supplement out there that could help improve athletic performance and alleviate muscle cramps? Well, Legion offers a Sucrosomial Magnesium supplement that may do just that, and there are 197 pages of scientific research to back it up. There are customer reviews like this one that help back up their claims, too: “I feel like my sleep has improved and performance in the gym is improved.”

Sucrosomial magnesium is an oral preparation of magnesium oxide that’s covered by phospholipids plus a sucrester matrix. (38) Phospholipids are a type of lipid that protects cellular structures. They may also play a role in reducing oxidative stress and aging-related diseases. (39) A sucrester is a surface-active agent that acts as an absorption enhancer due to its ability to decrease intestinal barrier resistance. (40

Together, phospholipids and sucrose esters create this sucrosomial membrane that allows magnesium ions to cross the intestinal and gastric environment and reach the bloodstream. Interestingly, it can do all of this without interacting with intestinal mucosa, so it can more effectively absorb in the intestines and increase the bioavailability of magnesium. (41)  

One study found that using Sucrosomial magnesium could improve bone and muscle metabolism in the elderly population. (42)  A 2022 study evaluated how minerals in Sucrosomial forms may impact COVID-19 patients and found that individuals had improved muscle strength and physical performance. (43) Another 2022 study that looked at magnesium supplements in general identified that this mineral may significantly reduce muscle soreness following bench presses and enhance performance. (44) A customer even commented, “I get less sore after workouts compared to the past.” 

Legion’s Sucrosomial Magnesium is third-party tested and produced in NSF-certified and FDA-inspected facilities. In addition, their product is free of artificial and synthetic substances. Customers really like that Legion provides formulation transparency, so you know exactly what you’re consuming. Some companies use a proprietary blend and don’t explain what that may include. 

One container has 120 capsules, and is only $29.99. Even better, one serving is equal to one capsule, so you don’t have to take a bunch of pills. Each serving provides 150 mg of magnesium, which makes up 36% of the daily value. Lastly, if for some reason you don’t like the product, Legion offers a “no return necessary” money-back guarantee. In short, you can keep the bottle and still get a full refund. 

One of our product testers, who’s also a competitive weightlifter, tried Legion Sucrosomial Magnesium for several weeks and appreciated that she only had to take one pill a day, unlike others she’s tested that required three pills per day. She found the pills easy to swallow even though they are bigger than other vitamins she takes. However, she only gave it 4.2 out of 5 stars because she didn’t notice any significant changes (though she’s been taking magnesium every day for quite some time).

RELATED: Best Protein Powders for Muscle Gain

Best Magnesium Supplement for Leg Cramps: Kaged Hydra-Charge

Kaged Hydra-Charge
4.5
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.49
  • Magnesium per serving: 15 milligrams
  • Daily value: Four percent
  • Form: Drink mix
Check Price

Pros

  • Third-party tested 
  • Provides five essential electrolytes 
  • Available in eight flavors

Cons

  • Occasionally out of stock  
  • Too sweet to some 
  • Includes sucralose

If you enjoy having leg cramps, raise your hand. While you most likely kept your hand down for that prompt, I’m sure you’d raise your hand high if I were to ask if you want to experience fewer cramps. After all, leg cramps suck and can seriously cramp your style, but a supplement like Kaged Hydra-Charge just might help.

A container of Kaged Hydra Charge with a wood background
A container of Kaged Hydra-Charge at the Breaking Muscle testing facility

When most people try to prevent leg cramps, they think to stretch their calf muscles and drink more water. While those activities are helpful, they might not be enough, especially if the cramps are a result of a nutrient deficiency. 

Cramps are much more likely if you’re not getting enough electrolytes. A 2019 study found that water intake following dehydration makes one’s muscles more susceptible to muscle cramps as it dilutes the electrolytes. (45) Further review revealed that the participant’s susceptibility to muscle cramps decreased once potassium, chloride, magnesium, phosphorus, and sodium were consumed. 

Interestingly, the Kaged Hydra-Charge supplement contains practically all of those elements. One serving provides 107 milligrams of potassium, 115 milligrams of sodium, 15 milligrams of magnesium, and 37 milligrams of calcium and phosphorus. There’s coconut fruit water powder (500 milligrams) and SPECTRA Total ORAC blend (100 milligrams) as well. The former is also a source of electrolytes, and the latter is a blend of fruits, vegetables, and herbs. SPECTRA has been shown to protect the body against oxidative stress. (46) Even one gram of taurine is included, an amino acid frequently added to infant formula because of its role in digestion and metabolism. (47

Unlike the others on this list, this dietary supplement comes in a flavored drink mix with eight different flavors to choose from. Some examples include Fruit Punch, Glacier Grape, Hibiscus Pear, and Orange Mango.

Breaking Muscle Editor Amanda Dvorak hasn’t personally tested Hydra-Charge, but she frequently comments on how much she enjoys the Fruit Punch flavor in Kaged’s other supplements, including her favorite pre-workout. And we do have a Breaking Muscle staff member who’s tried Hydra-Charge in the Orange Mango flavor and called it “delightful.” He gave it 4.5 out of 5 stars for taste and dissolvability.

Several other customers appear to agree with our evaluations on taste, but a few individuals felt it was sweet, like Kool-Aid. This may partially be due to the sucralose. Although the FDA considers this artificial sweetener safe, it may be a deal-breaker for some. Besides those caveats, the mix is free of artificial flavors, dyes, and colors. 

A 60-serving container of this magnesium supplement costs $29.99 and is considered very affordable. At only $0.49 per scoop, you’re getting a good product that you can easily add to 10 to 14 ounces of water and take on the go. 

Why Is Magnesium Important?

Magnesium is an electrolyte involved in many body processes, and we need it to survive. Unfortunately, many people are deficient in it, which is why dieticians and other health professionals suggest dietary supplements. You need adequate levels of magnesium for your body to function properly. This nutrient is required for wellness, as having low levels could cause seizures, muscle spasms, and even personality changes. 

How Much Magnesium Should You Take Per Day?

The Recommended Dietary Allowance differs for men and women. Men ages 19-51+ should have 400 to 420 milligrams of magnesium daily. Women in that same age bracket need 310 to 320 milligrams daily unless they’re pregnant. Pregnant women need 350 to 360 milligrams daily. 

What To Look For in a Magnesium Supplement

Picking a magnesium supplement should be done very intentionally. You don’t want to just walk into the store or go on Amazon and pick the first thing you see. Before you even start searching, you should have a budget in mind, be realistic about how you prefer to take supplements (e.g., capsules, powders, gummies, and so on), and so much more. 

Form

Dietary supplements come in many forms, like tablets, capsules, powders, and gummies. A tablet is a compressed powder that’s formed into a pill, while capsules contain ingredients inside an outer shell. Capsules tend to absorb better and faster, while tablets may dissolve slowly and unevenly. However, if you don’t like taking pills, neither option would appeal to you. So, you may have to consider gummies or powders. 

Gummies are easier to eat but may have extra additives. Powders can be conveniently added to your drink of choice, like your favorite protein shake, and are easy to consume if the texture isn’t gritty, but the measurements might be inconsistent. 

Overall, there are pros and cons to each of the different forms of magnesium. So, when you’re looking for a magnesium supplement, pick a form you can stay consistent with. 

Type of Magnesium

Honestly, it’s easy to assume that there’s just one type of magnesium. I personally don’t recall my high school chemistry teacher telling me that there was more than one. Nonetheless, there are many types, and knowing what they are can help you pick the one that best suits your needs.

Magnesium Oxide 

Created with ions of oxygen and magnesium, this form has laxative, antacid, and smooth muscle relaxant activities. (48) It’s also claimed to be one of the most affordable. On its own, magnesium oxide doesn’t absorb the best. However, adding sucrosomial encapsulation, like what’s found on Legion’s Sucrosomial Magnesium, may help with absorption and prevent gastrointestinal side effects. (49) A study found that Sucrosomial Magnesium has a statistically significant advantage over magnesium bisglycinate in terms of absorption. (41)

Magnesium Biglycinate

As a combination of elemental magnesium and the amino acid glycine, this type has high bioavailability. It’s used in many of the magnesium supplements on this list, including Transparent Labs Magnesium Bisglycinate and Thorne Magnesium Bisglycinate. It’s often used to help with relaxation. 

Magnesium L-threonate 

This type of magnesium can cross the blood-brain so that the magnesium can be delivered directly to brain cells. It may help boost cognitive functions, as one study observed that rats with this type of magnesium had improved memory and learning. (33) Magnesium L-threonate can be found in the Momentous Magnesium Threonate and Lifeforce Magnesium products. 

Magnesium Malate

While more studies are needed on this mix of malic acid and magnesium, it’s believed to help make magnesium easier to absorb and improve post-workout recovery. (50) This type can be found in Thorne’s Magnesium CitraMate. 

Magnesium Citrate 

Often used to relieve constipation, magnesium citrate is a combination of magnesium and citrate ions. However, it might help prevent bonelessness, improve blood pressure, and reduce pain. This, too, is found in Thorne’s Magnesium CitraMate. 

Other Magnesium Types

You may also come across magnesium aspartate, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium N-acetyltaurinate, magnesium gluconate, or magnesium sulfate. Be sure to look at the ingredients list and do your research before buying any of them. In addition, check in with your healthcare provider to identify which ones would be the safest for you. Not all medications pair well with supplements. 

Dosage

From this list alone, you can see that supplements carry different dosages of magnesium. Therefore, picking an amount that’ll meet your needs is important. For example, if you’re very deficient in magnesium, you probably wouldn’t want to pick Kaged Hydra-Charge, as that only has 15 milligrams. However, it might be a good choice if you’re already consuming a magnesium-rich diet and want to benefit from the other electrolytes it includes. 

Also, pay very close attention to the serving size. It’s easy to assume that one scoop or pill equals the dosage on the label when two to three might be required. You also don’t want to overdo it by taking more than what’s recommended. 

Third-Party Testing

Dietary supplements, including the best whey protein powders and the best pre-workout supplements, do not have to receive FDA approval before they are marketed, so manufacturers must ensure the product is safe. Unfortunately, though, some companies don’t do their due diligence in sourcing the best ingredients and/or following good manufacturing practices. Some supplements may contain illegal substances or contaminants, which could be devastating, especially for athletes and pregnant women. 

Third-party testing can give consumers some peace of mind, knowing that the product has been evaluated for purity and safety. Transparent Labs, Momentous, and a few more on our best magnesium supplements list have been third-party tested. While this isn’t to say that those who haven’t been tested are unsafe, you can’t know for sure that they aren’t contaminated with potentially toxic ingredients. 

Price

As you look for magnesium supplements, focus more on the price per serving than the product’s total price. Let’s consider Lifeforce Magnesium, for example. It’s got 90 capsules and is $60, so you might assume you’re getting three months’ worth of product for about $20 per month. However, one serving equals three tablets, so you’re only getting a month’s worth. In reality, you’d be paying $2.00 per serving, which is on the more expensive end. 

Potential Side Effects of Magnesium

As with all supplements and medications, there are some side effects of magnesium you should be aware of. Common side effects include diarrhea, gas, bloating, and upset stomach. Some side effects are more serious and require a doctor’s attention, such as vomiting, lightheadedness, fast or slow heart rate, and tingling of the skin. While most people tolerate magnesium well, it’s better to be informed so you know what to look for. (51)

Best Magnesium Supplements: Side-by-Side Comparison

Best Magnesium Supplement Overall
Best Magnesium Supplement for Men
Best Magnesium Glycinate Supplement
Best Magnesium Supplement for Women
Best Magnesium Supplement for Sleep
Best Magnesium for Weight Loss
Best Magnesium Citrate Supplement
Best Magnesium Supplement for Muscles
Best Magnesium for Leg Cramps
Description:
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost per serving: $1.76
  • Magnesium per serving: 300 milligrams
  • Daily value: 70 percent
  • Form: Capsules
Description:
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $2.00
  • Magnesium per serving: 315 milligrams
  • Daily value: 75 percent
  • Form: Tablets
Description:
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $1.46
  • Magnesium per serving: 100 milligrams
  • Daily value: 24 percent
  • Form: Capsules
Description:
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.73
  • Magnesium per serving: 200 milligrams
  • Daily value: 48 percent
  • Form: Powdered formula
Description:
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $2.16
  • Magnesium per serving: 300 milligrams
  • Daily value: N/A
  • Form: Capsule
Description:
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $1.66
  • Magnesium per serving: 144 milligrams
  • Daily value: 34 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Description:
  • Number of servings: 90 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.20
  • Magnesium per serving: 135 milligrams
  • Daily value: 32 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Description:
  • Number of servings: 120 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.25
  • Magnesium per serving: 150 milligrams
  • Daily value: 36 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Description:
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.49
  • Magnesium per serving: 15 milligrams
  • Daily value: Four percent
  • Form: Drink mix
Best Magnesium Supplement Overall
Description:
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost per serving: $1.76
  • Magnesium per serving: 300 milligrams
  • Daily value: 70 percent
  • Form: Capsules
Best Magnesium Supplement for Men
Description:
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $2.00
  • Magnesium per serving: 315 milligrams
  • Daily value: 75 percent
  • Form: Tablets
Best Magnesium Glycinate Supplement
Description:
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $1.46
  • Magnesium per serving: 100 milligrams
  • Daily value: 24 percent
  • Form: Capsules
Best Magnesium Supplement for Women
Description:
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.73
  • Magnesium per serving: 200 milligrams
  • Daily value: 48 percent
  • Form: Powdered formula
Best Magnesium Supplement for Sleep
Description:
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $2.16
  • Magnesium per serving: 300 milligrams
  • Daily value: N/A
  • Form: Capsule
Best Magnesium for Weight Loss
Description:
  • Number of servings: 30 servings
  • Cost per serving: $1.66
  • Magnesium per serving: 144 milligrams
  • Daily value: 34 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Best Magnesium Citrate Supplement
Description:
  • Number of servings: 90 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.20
  • Magnesium per serving: 135 milligrams
  • Daily value: 32 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Best Magnesium Supplement for Muscles
Description:
  • Number of servings: 120 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.25
  • Magnesium per serving: 150 milligrams
  • Daily value: 36 percent
  • Form: Capsule
Best Magnesium for Leg Cramps
Description:
  • Number of servings: 60 servings
  • Cost per serving: $0.49
  • Magnesium per serving: 15 milligrams
  • Daily value: Four percent
  • Form: Drink mix

Final Thoughts

Magnesium is deemed an essential element for humans, so it’s vital that you get enough of it. However, you also don’t want to grab the first magnesium supplement you see. I’ve made this mistake before with supplements, and they ended up sitting unused in my medicine cabinet for months. Therefore, to help you get your money’s worth, do your research and use this article as a guide to find the best magnesium supplement that fits your needs. 

FAQs

Which is the best form of magnesium to take?

The best form of magnesium to take depends on your personal preference. For instance, if you don’t like taking pills or gummies, opt for a powder mix that you can add to a beverage. 

What is the absolute best magnesium supplement?

The best magnesium supplement for you will be different than the best for someone else. There are many different types of magnesium, so you have to choose wisely. We personally like Transparent Labs’ magnesium supplement, but your experience may vary. Some are best at relieving constipation, while others are great for muscle recovery. Assess your needs and then select the type of magnesium supplement that helps address them. 

What is the best magnesium supplement for sleep?

Magnesium has a calming effect, but it helps if the supplement contains other sleep-promoting ingredients like melatonin, lavender, or calcium. NooCube Sleep Upgrade and Performance Lab Sleep are some of the best magnesium supplements for sleep.  

What is the average dose for magnesium?

According to the National Academy of Medicine, you shouldn’t take more than 350 milligrams of supplemental magnesium daily. 

What is the best time of day to take magnesium supplements?

The best time of day to take magnesium supplements depends on what else is in the supplement. If it contains sleep-promoting ingredients like melatonin, it’s best to take that at night before bed. The time of day doesn’t matter as much if the formula is mainly just magnesium. 

Research

  1. DiNicolantonio JJ, O’Keefe JH, Wilson W. Subclinical magnesium deficiency: a principal driver of cardiovascular disease and a public health crisis [published correction appears in Open Heart. 2018 Apr 5;5(1):e000668corr1]. Open Heart. 2018;5(1):e000668. Published 2018 Jan 13. doi:10.1136/openhrt-2017-000668
  2. Uberti F, Morsanuto V, Ruga S, et al. Study of Magnesium Formulations on Intestinal Cells to Influence Myometrium Cell Relaxation. Nutrients. 2020;12(2):573. Published 2020 Feb 22. doi:10.3390/nu12020573
  3. Firoz M, Graber M. Bioavailability of US commercial magnesium preparations. Magnes Res. 2001;14(4):257-262.
  4. EFSA Panel on Food Additives and Nutrient Sources added to Food (ANS), Younes M, Aggett P, et al. Re-evaluation of silicon dioxide (E 551) as a food additive. EFSA J. 2018;16(1):e05088. Published 2018 Jan 17. doi:10.2903/j.efsa.2018.5088
  5. Zhang Y, Xun P, Wang R, Mao L, He K. Can Magnesium Enhance Exercise Performance?. Nutrients. 2017;9(9):946. Published 2017 Aug 28. doi:10.3390/nu9090946
  6. Sun Q, Weinger JG, Mao F, Liu G. Regulation of structural and functional synapse density by L-threonate through modulation of intraneuronal magnesium concentration. Neuropharmacology. 2016;108:426-439. doi:10.1016/j.neuropharm.2016.05.006
  7. Hosgorler F, Koc B, Kizildag S, et al. Magnesium Acetyl Taurate Prevents Tissue Damage and Deterioration of Prosocial Behavior Related with Vasopressin Levels in Traumatic Brain Injured Rats. Turk Neurosurg. 2020;30(5):723-733. doi:10.5137/1019-5149.JTN.29272-20.1
  8. Xu YJ, Arneja AS, Tappia PS, Dhalla NS. The potential health benefits of taurine in cardiovascular disease. Exp Clin Cardiol. 2008;13(2):57-65.
  9. Weiss D, Brunk DK, Goodman DA. Scottsdale Magnesium Study: Absorption, Cellular Uptake, and Clinical Effectiveness of a Timed-Release Magnesium Supplement in a Standard Adult Clinical Population. J Am Coll Nutr. 2018;37(4):316-327. doi:10.1080/07315724.2017.1398686
  10.  Stanworth RD, Jones TH. Testosterone for the aging male; current evidence and recommended practice. Clin Interv Aging. 2008;3(1):25-44. doi:10.2147/cia.s190
  11. Huisman HW, Schutte AE, Van Rooyen JM, et al. The influence of testosterone on blood pressure and risk factors for cardiovascular disease in a black South African population. Ethn Dis. 2006;16(3):693-698.
  12. Maggio M, De Vita F, Lauretani F, et al. The Interplay between Magnesium and Testosterone in Modulating Physical Function in Men. Int J Endocrinol. 2014;2014:525249. doi:10.1155/2014/525249
  13. Larsson SC, Wolk A. Magnesium intake and risk of type 2 diabetes: A meta‐analysis. Wiley Online Library. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1365-2796.2007.01840.x. Published July 3, 2007. Accessed September 18, 2023. 
  14. Poivre M, Duez P. Biological activity and toxicity of the Chinese herb Magnolia officinalis Rehder & E. Wilson (Houpo) and its constituents. J Zhejiang Univ Sci B. 2017;18(3):194-214. doi:10.1631/jzus.B1600299
  15. Schwalfenberg GK, Genuis SJ. The Importance of Magnesium in Clinical Healthcare. Scientifica (Cairo). 2017;2017:4179326. doi:10.1155/2017/4179326
  16. 1. Howatson G, Bell P, Tallent J, Middleton B. Effect of tart cherry juice (Prunus cerasus) on melatonin levels and enhanced sleep quality. ResearchGate. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/51753100_Effect_of_tart_cherry_juice_Prunus_cerasus_on_melatonin_levels_and_enhanced_sleep_quality. Published 2011. Accessed September 18, 2023. 
  17. Young SN. Is tryptophan a natural hypnotic?. J Psychiatry Neurosci. 2003;28(2):160.
  18. Jaśniewska A, Diowksz A. Wide Spectrum of Active Compounds in Sea Buckthorn (Hippophae rhamnoides) for Disease Prevention and Food Production. Antioxidants (Basel). 2021;10(8):1279. Published 2021 Aug 12. doi:10.3390/antiox10081279
  19. 3. NII Y, OSAWA T, KUNII D, et al. Effect of citrus fruit (sudachi) juice on absorption of calcium from whole small fish in healthy young men. Food Science and Technology Research. https://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/article/fstr/12/1/12_1_27/_article/-char/en. Published May 15, 2007. Accessed September 18, 2023. 
  20. EFSA Panel on Food Additives and Flavourings (FAF), Younes, M., Aquilina, G., Engel, K. H., Fowler, P., Frutos Fernandez, M. J., Fürst, P., Gürtler, R., Gundert-Remy, U., Husøy, T., Mennes, W., Moldeus, P., Oskarsson, A., Shah, R., Waalkens-Berendsen, I., Wölfle, D., Degen, G., Herman, L., Gott, D., Leblanc, J. C., … Castle, L. (2019). Safety of use of Monk fruit extract as a food additive in different food categories. EFSA journal. European Food Safety Authority, 17(12), e05921. https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2019.5921
  21. Zarean E, Tarjan A. Effect of Magnesium Supplement on Pregnancy Outcomes: A Randomized Control Trial. Adv Biomed Res. 2017;6:109. Published 2017 Aug 31. doi:10.4103/2277-9175.213879
  22. ELDerawi WA, Naser IA, Taleb MH, Abutair AS. The Effects of Oral Magnesium Supplementation on Glycemic Response among Type 2 Diabetes Patients. Nutrients. 2018;11(1):44. Published 2018 Dec 26. doi:10.3390/nu11010044
  23. Fanni D, Gerosa C, Nurchi VM, et al. The Role of Magnesium in Pregnancy and in Fetal Programming of Adult Diseases. Biol Trace Elem Res. 2021;199(10):3647-3657. doi:10.1007/s12011-020-02513-0
  24. Fathizadeh N, Ebrahimi E, Valiani M, Tavakoli N, Yar MH. Evaluating the effect of magnesium and magnesium plus vitamin B6 supplement on the severity of premenstrual syndrome. Iran J Nurs Midwifery Res. 2010;15(Suppl 1):401-405.
  25. Aydin H, Deyneli O, Yavuz D, et al. Short-term oral magnesium supplementation suppresses bone turnover in postmenopausal osteoporotic women. Biol Trace Elem Res. 2010;133(2):136-143. doi:10.1007/s12011-009-8416-8
  26. Cases J, Ibarra A, Feuillère N, Roller M, Sukkar SG. Pilot trial of Melissa officinalis L. leaf extract in the treatment of volunteers suffering from mild-to-moderate anxiety disorders and sleep disturbances. Med J Nutrition Metab. 2011;4(3):211-218. doi:10.1007/s12349-010-0045-4
  27. Hirokawa K, Nishimoto T, Taniguchi T. Effects of lavender aroma on sleep quality in healthy Japanese students. Percept Mot Skills. 2012;114(1):111-122. doi:10.2466/13.15.PMS.114.1.111-122
  28. Romano F, Muscogiuri G, Di Benedetto E, et al. Vitamin D and Sleep Regulation: Is there a Role for Vitamin D?. Curr Pharm Des. 2020;26(21):2492-2496. doi:10.2174/1381612826666200310145935
  29. ​​Grandner MA, Jackson N, Gerstner JR, Knutson KL. Sleep symptoms associated with intake of specific dietary nutrients. J Sleep Res. 2014;23(1):22-34. doi:10.1111/jsr.12084
  30. Wilkinson K, Shapiro C. Development and validation of the Nonrestorative Sleep Scale (NRSS). J Clin Sleep Med. 2013;9(9):929-937. doi:10.5664/jcsm.2996
  31. Slutsky I, Abumaria N, Wu LJ, et al. Enhancement of learning and memory by elevating brain magnesium. Neuron. 2010;65(2):165-177. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2009.12.026
  32. Sadir S, Tabassum S, Emad S, et al. Neurobehavioral and biochemical effects of magnesium chloride (MgCl2), magnesium sulphate (MgSO4) and magnesium-L-threonate (MgT) supplementation in rats: A dose dependent comparative study. Pak J Pharm Sci. 2019;32(1(Supplementary)):277-283.
  33. Zhang C, Hu Q, Li S, et al. A Magtein®, Magnesium L-Threonate, -Based Formula Improves Brain Cognitive Functions in Healthy Chinese Adults. Nutrients. 2022;14(24):5235. Published 2022 Dec 8. doi:10.3390/nu14245235
  34. Askari M, Mozaffari H, Jafari A, Ghanbari M, Darooghegi Mofrad M. The effects of magnesium supplementation on obesity measures in adults: a systematic review and dose-response meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2021;61(17):2921-2937. doi:10.1080/10408398.2020.1790498
  35. Kass LS, Poeira F. The effect of acute vs chronic magnesium supplementation on exercise and recovery on resistance exercise, blood pressure and total peripheral resistance on normotensive adults [published correction appears in J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2018 Jul 25;15(1):36]. J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2015;12:19. Published 2015 Apr 24. doi:10.1186/s12970-015-0081-z
  36. Koc B, Kizildag S, Hosgorler F, et al. Magnesium Citrate Increases Pain Threshold and Reduces TLR4 Concentration in the Brain. Biol Trace Elem Res. 2021;199(5):1954-1966. doi:10.1007/s12011-020-02384-5
  37. Qiang F. Effect of Malate-oligosaccharide Solution on Antioxidant Capacity of Endurance Athletes. Open Biomed Eng J. 2015;9:326-329. Published 2015 Oct 19. doi:10.2174/1874120701509010326
  38. Scaturro D, Vitagliani F, Terrana P, Tomasello S, Camarda L, Letizia Mauro G. Does the association of therapeutic exercise and supplementation with sucrosomial magnesium improve posture and balance and prevent the risk of new falls?. Aging Clin Exp Res. 2022;34(3):545-553. doi:10.1007/s40520-021-01977-x
  39. Dai Y, Tang H, Pang S. The Crucial Roles of Phospholipids in Aging and Lifespan Regulation. Front Physiol. 2021;12:775648. Published 2021 Nov 23. doi:10.3389/fphys.2021.775648
  40. Gómez-Ramírez S, Brilli E, Tarantino G, Muñoz M. Sucrosomial® Iron: A New Generation Iron for Improving Oral Supplementation. Pharmaceuticals (Basel). 2018;11(4):97. Published 2018 Oct 4. doi:10.3390/ph11040097
  41. Brilli E, Khadge S, Fabiano A, Zambito Y, Williams T, Tarantino G. Magnesium bioavailability after administration of sucrosomial® magnesium: results of an ex-vivo study and a comparative, double-blinded, cross-over study in healthy subjects. Eur Rev Med Pharmacol Sci. 2018;22(6):1843-1851. doi:10.26355/eurrev_201803_14605
  42. Scaturro D, Vitagliani F, Terrana P, Tomasello S, Camarda L, Letizia Mauro G. Does the association of therapeutic exercise and supplementation with sucrosomial magnesium improve posture and balance and prevent the risk of new falls?. Aging Clin Exp Res. 2022;34(3):545-553. doi:10.1007/s40520-021-01977-x
  43. Galluzzo V, Zazzara MB, Ciciarello F, et al. Fatigue in Covid-19 survivors: The potential impact of a nutritional supplement on muscle strength and function. Clin Nutr ESPEN. 2022;51:215-221. doi:10.1016/j.clnesp.2022.08.029
  44. Reno AM, Green M, Killen LG, O’Neal EK, Pritchett K, Hanson Z. Effects of Magnesium Supplementation on Muscle Soreness and Performance. J Strength Cond Res. 2022;36(8):2198-2203. doi:10.1519/JSC.0000000000003827
  45. Lau WY, Kato H, Nosaka K. Water intake after dehydration makes muscles more susceptible to cramp but electrolytes reverse that effect [published correction appears in BMJ Open Sport Exerc Med. 2019 Apr 11;5(1):e000478corr1]. BMJ Open Sport Exerc Med. 2019;5(1):e000478. Published 2019 Mar 5. doi:10.1136/bmjsem-2018-000478
  46. Nemzer BV, Fink N, Fink B. New insights on effects of a dietary supplement on oxidative and nitrosative stress in humans. Food Sci Nutr. 2014;2(6):828-839. doi:10.1002/fsn3.178
  47. Schaffer S, Kim HW. Effects and Mechanisms of Taurine as a Therapeutic Agent. Biomol Ther (Seoul). 2018;26(3):225-241. doi:10.4062/biomolther.2017.251
  48. National Center for Biotechnology Information. PubChem Compound Summary for CID 14792, Magnesium Oxide. https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/compound/Magnesium-Oxide. Accessed Sept. 18, 2023.
  49. Scaturro D, Vitagliani F, Terrana P, Tomasello S, Camarda L, Letizia Mauro G. Does the association of therapeutic exercise and supplementation with sucrosomial magnesium improve posture and balance and prevent the risk of new falls?. Aging Clin Exp Res. 2022;34(3):545-553. doi:10.1007/s40520-021-01977-x
  50. Swaminathan R. Magnesium metabolism and its disorders. Clin Biochem Rev. 2003;24(2):47-66.
  51. Guerrera MP, Volpe SL, Mao JJ. Therapeutic uses of magnesium. American Family Physician. https://www.aafp.org/pubs/afp/issues/2009/0715/p157.html#:~:text=for%20these%20conditions.-,Contraindications%2C%20Adverse%20Effects%2C%20and%20Interactions,nausea%2C%20vomiting%2C%20and%20diarrhea. Published July 15, 2009. Accessed September 18, 2023.

The post Best Magnesium Supplements of 2024 for Better Sleep, Leg Cramps, and More appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best Organic Protein Powders of 2024 for Muscle Gain, Weight Loss, and More https://breakingmuscle.com/best-organic-protein-powder/ Tue, 29 Aug 2023 13:14:03 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=195844 Although most people get enough protein through their diet, some turn to protein powder as a convenient way to add this building block of the body to their diet. However, not all protein powder is created and regulated the same, which is where the question of organic and non-organic protein powder comes into play.  Anyone can produce a...

The post Best Organic Protein Powders of 2024 for Muscle Gain, Weight Loss, and More appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Although most people get enough protein through their diet, some turn to protein powder as a convenient way to add this building block of the body to their diet. However, not all protein powder is created and regulated the same, which is where the question of organic and non-organic protein powder comes into play. 

Anyone can produce a non-organic protein powder and sell it to consumers. Such is not the case with organic options. Those labeled as USDA organic cannot contain certain ingredients and must be grown and processed in a way that meets federal guidelines. As a result, you’re much more likely to receive a better quality product that’s free of certain chemicals, pesticides, GMOs, and more. 

For many, this benefit is worth the more expensive price, but even in the organic protein powder market, there are several options to choose from. So, how are you supposed to pick the one that’s best for you? 

We’ve made it easy for you. Keep reading to discover nine of the best organic protein powder. From the best whey protein to the best egg white protein, we’ve got your back. 

Medical disclaimer: This article is intended for educational and informational purposes only. It is not intended as a substitute for medical advice. For health advice, contact a licensed healthcare provider.

How We Chose the Best Organic Protein Powders

In the fitness industry, people aren’t shy about saying what they do and don’t like, especially when it comes to protein supplements. Therefore, to find the best protein powders, we did a mix of asking those in our network and browsing the internet. We’ve also tested over 70 protein powders and relied on our first-hand experience to find the best organic products.

As we made our list, we wanted to remember people’s different preferences and goals. Some folks use protein powders as meal replacements to help lose weight, while others are bodybuilders trying to bulk up. We also considered dietary factors such as veganism, as we wanted anyone reading this to find a protein powder with ingredients that align with their diet. 

In addition to fitness goals and dietary preferences, we contemplated things like cost, flavors, texture, and third-party testing. Before we knew it, we were able to take a list that included dozens and narrow it down to nine of the best organic protein powders on the market. 

Our Top Picks for the Best Organic Protein Powders

Best Organic Protein Powder Transparent Labs Organic Vegan Rice & Pea Protein

Transparent Labs Organic Vegan Rice & Pea Protein
4.5
  • Protein type: Pea protein isolate, rice protein
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost: $1.67 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 130 to 150
  • Protein per serving: 24 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate, French Vanilla 
  • Third-party tested: Yes, by independent labs
Check Price

Pros

  • Informed Choice Certified
  • Has all nine essential amino acids
  • Low carb

Cons

  • Only two flavors
  • Very few vitamins and minerals
  • Made on equipment that processes nuts

As a popular brand in the supplements market, Transparent Labs is known for being straightforward about its formulation. It steers clear of artificial sweeteners and aims to create products with clean ingredients backed by science. So, it’s no surprise that its Organic Vegan Rice & Pea Protein landed on our list as the best organic protein powder. 

There is a lot to love about this product. It’s USDA Organic, contains minimal ingredients, has no allergens, soy, or genetically modified organisms (GMOs), and it tastes good. Compared to other options that cost less than $40 per tub, this protein powder is pricier at around $50 per container, but most would say this vegan option is worth it.

Many plant-based eaters have a hard time getting enough protein in their diet, but rice- and pea-based protein powders like this one can help. However, there’s been some debate that dairy-free options don’t compare to ingredients like whey protein isolate. Researchers tested this theory, though, and the results showed that organic rice protein can potentially decrease fat mass, increase lean body mass, and boost exercise performance in a way that’s comparable to whey protein. (1)

RELATED: Plant-Based Protein Versus Whey for Athletes

Similarly, pea protein isolate can help promote muscle growth and strength. (2) Pea protein also has a considerable amount of isoflavones, which are protective antioxidants with possible health benefits like improved cardiovascular health. (3)

Transparent Labs Organic Vegan Rice & Pea Protein only comes in two flavors — French Vanilla and Chocolate — which can be limiting to some. When a member of our reviews staff tried the French vanilla flavor, she noted that it tasted artificial, foamed a lot when mixed in a shaker bottle, and had a slightly gritty texture. However, other customers report that the protein powder tastes good and mixes well in cold water, so your experience may be different than ours.

One container provides a total of 30 servings. Each serving contains 24 grams of protein and between 130 and 150 calories, depending on the flavor. 

Best Organic Whey Protein Powder: Raw Organic Whey

Raw Organic Whey
  • Protein type: Whey
  • Number of servings: 90
  • Cost per serving: $1.26
  • Calories per serving: 97.5
  • Protein per serving: 21 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes, by Midwest Laboratories
Check Price

Pros

  • Only one ingredient
  • High-quality whey 
  • No sweeteners or fillers 

Cons

  • Difficult to mix
  • Poor taste 
  • Cheap packaging

If you’re looking for a whey protein powder that doesn’t contain a bunch of unnecessary ingredients, say hello to Raw Organic Whey. This grass-fed whey protein, which happens to be a popular choice on Amazon, only has one ingredient. Although this isn’t a good product for individuals following a vegan diet, it’s optimal for those who want to avoid protein powders derived from corn and soy-fed cows. 

One study revealed that grass-fed cows have five times more omega-3 than concentrate-fed cows. (4) Research shows that omega-3 may help with building muscle. (5) In addition, milk from grass-fed cows has less fat content, which is important when watching your body weight. (6)

Raw Organic’s whey protein comes from the milk of Jersey cows raised on sustainable small farms. From there, it’s processed in low temperatures without bleach or acid, which results in a high-protein outcome.

One serving (equal to five tablespoons) will provide 21 grams of protein that you can mix in a beverage of your choice. Although most consumers seem to enjoy this organic whey protein, some weren’t a fan of the taste even when they added stevia, and others found it too chunky to mix well. 

A five-pound bag costs around $114 and is enough to grant you three months’ worth of product. Some will find that price justifiable since it works out to be about $38 per month, which is within a normal price range for high-quality protein powders. 

The product is gluten-free, non-GMO, and free of preservatives, fillers, and hormones. However, some consumers say that it gives them headaches or causes bloating and constipation. In April 2023, though, a third-party lab tested it for heavy metals (i.e., arsenic, mercury, lead, and cadmium), antibiotics, and more, and didn’t detect anything negative. So, be aware that everyone’s body reacts differently to these products.

RELATED: Best Creatine Supplements

Best Organic Vegan Protein Powder: Vega Plant-Based Protein Powder

Vega Plant-Based Protein Powder
  • Protein type: Organic peas, sunflower seeds, and pumpkin seeds
  • Number of servings: 17 to 20
  • Cost per serving: Around $3.41
  • Calories per serving: 140 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams
  • Flavors: Berry, Chocolate, Chocolate Mint, Coconut Almond, French Vanilla, Mocha, Plain Unsweetened
  • Third-party tested: N/A
Check Price

Pros

  • Several flavors
  • Great source of micronutrients 
  • Includes probiotics 
  • Each purchase plants a tree

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Produced on equipment that processes milk and eggs 

The Vega Plant-Based Protein Powder is a top contender if you’re looking for one of the best organic plant-based protein powders on the market. This is a great choice for those who want to avoid supplements with lactose or simply prefer vegan protein sources. The protein powder is a blend of organic peas, sunflower seeds, and pumpkin seeds, all of which are excellent alternatives to whey protein. 

Pea protein by itself packs a mighty punch. It contains all nine essential amino acids (the amino acids the body can’t produce on its own), is a great source of branched-chain amino acids, and is one of the more easily digested plant-based proteins. (7)(8) One study even showed that individuals consuming pea protein saw a change in muscle thickness and strength. (9)

Sunflower seeds are high in many nutrients, such as vitamins E, B, folate, zinc, and iron. (10)

They also contain many amino acids, like phenylalanine, cysteine, and leucine. These amino acids are necessary for growing and repairing body tissue and properly breaking down food. (11)

Pumpkin seeds are also a tiny but mighty force and provide a decent supply of fiber, magnesium, phosphorus, and potassium. (12) Magnesium and potassium help with muscle contraction, and phosphorus plays a role in intracellular energy storage. (13)(14)(15)

Vega Plant-Based Protein Powder comes in seven flavors and has the USDA Organic certification. In addition to the multi-source protein blend, it includes fruit and veggie powders and probiotics. The powders of kale and spinach may help boost muscle function, and one study suggests that probiotics may reduce weight gain. (16)(17)

One large tub of this protein shake mix costs $68.29. This is on the more expensive side, as you only get 18 servings per container. However, it’s an all-in-one meal replacement product that’s high-protein (20 grams per serving), moderately low-carb (10 to 12 grams per serving), and has no added sugar. It also doesn’t taste bad, which isn’t always the case with organic plant-based protein powders. 

This protein mix blends well, too. You can use a shaker cup to combine a scoop with a non-dairy beverage or blend it into a smoothie. Do note that the mocha-flavored one has about 13 milligrams of caffeine per serving, so opt for other flavors if that’s an ingredient you’d like to avoid.

Best Tasting Organic Protein Powder: KOS Vegan Protein Powder

KOS Plant Based Protein Powder
  • Protein type: Chia seed, flax seed, pea, pumpkin, quinoa
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost: $1.43 to $1.47 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 150 to 160
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate, Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: No
Check Price

Pros

  • Good flavor 
  • Fairly priced 
  • Includes digestive enzymes 

Cons

  • Occasionally chalky and gritty 
  • May cause stomach cramping 
  • High sodium content

If you’re looking for a tasty, plant-based superfood meal replacement, consider KOS Vegan Protein Powder. Many customers claim “the taste is great,” and it’s a “perfect blend of sweet without being too sweet.” With ingredients like Himalayan salt, Peruvian cacao, organic coconut milk, monk fruit, and stevia, a good taste is expected. Plus, you can feel confident knowing that most of its ingredients are USDA and/or California Certified Organic Farmers (CCOF) certified.  

This protein powder consists of a five-protein blend comprising peas, flax seeds, quinoa, pumpkin seeds, and chia seeds. We’ve already established the benefits of pea protein and pumpkin seeds, but the other ingredients bring their own unique advantages, too. 

For example, flax seeds are not only rich in omega-3s, but they also possess antioxidant properties that could be effective at reducing body mass index. (18) Chia seeds, which are high in fiber, have been shown to help increase satiety and aid weight loss. (19) One study found that quinoa consumption was associated with decreased weight gain and improved lipid levels. (20)

What’s even more unique about KOS Vegan Protein Powder is its use of a digestive enzyme blend known as DigeSEB. It’s said to help with digestion so the body can properly absorb nutrients. 

Each serving offers 20 grams of protein, 12 vitamins and minerals (for example, vitamins E, B12, riboflavin, iron, zinc, and calcium), and just seven grams of carbohydrates. However, the calorie count is slightly higher than some other protein products, which are often less than 140 calories. Here, the vanilla flavor mix is 150 calories, and the chocolate flavor is 160 calories. 

For almost $50, you’ll get either 28 or 30 servings, depending on the flavor you select. Compared to similar products on the market, this seems to be more affordable. It’s free of erythritol, an artificial sweetener associated with thrombosis, and doesn’t include GMOs, soy, or hormones. (21)

RELATED: Best Pre-Workouts for Building Muscle, Running, Taste, and More

Best Organic Protein Powder for Weight Loss: Ritual Essential Protein Powder

Ritual Essential Protein Powder
4.4
  • Protein type: Pea protein
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Cost per serving: $2.66
  • Calories per serving: 115 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams 
  • Flavors: Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Check Price

Pros

  • Extensively tested
  • Excellent option for athletes 
  • Traceable ingredients 
  • Soy free, sugar-free, gluten-free

Cons

  • Only one flavor option
  • Expensive 
  • Difficult to mix

Ritual Essential Protein Powder is our pick for the best protein powder for weight loss because it contains several key ingredients that can improve your performance in the gym and allow you to stay consistent with your workout routine.

Like many other plant powders, this, too, is made of pea protein. It also contains l-methionine, an essential amino acid, and 150 milligrams of choline.

L-methionine has been shown to improve physical function and increase muscle strength, especially when paired with aerobic exercise. (22) Choline helps synthesize neurotransmitters (chemical messengers in the body), like those involved in muscle contractions. (23) Interestingly, healthy individuals with poor physical performance may suffer from a choline deficiency, so it’s an integral part of our skeletal health.

Ritual Essential Protein Powder isn’t technically certified organic, but with this protein powder, there’s no beating around the bush. Not only does it provide its complete ingredient list, but it also tells you the source, supplier, and final location of manufacturing for almost every item. This level of transparency is uncommon, but it’s certainly appreciated by those who want to know precisely what they’re putting into their bodies. 

One 30-gram scoop of this powder will give you a fair amount of protein — 20 grams, to be exact. In addition, you’ll benefit from eight grams of essential amino acids and four grams of high-quality branched-chain amino acids (BCAAs) per serving. 

To get its vanilla flavor, Ritual uses vanilla bean extract from Madagascar, fermented sugar cane, and monk fruit. You’re not getting any artificial flavors or sugar alcohols here. Despite that, some users still find that it tastes artificial and has a gritty texture. It doesn’t leave a bad aftertaste, though.

Our product testing team agrees. They found it sweet, which helped mask the taste of the peas, but they didn’t notice any weird aftertaste. And while they said it was grainy, the texture wasn’t as bad as other plant-based protein powders they’ve tried.

One $40 package only contains 15 servings, so it’s not cheap. However, if you’re an athlete who wants a vegan-friendly protein powder with the Informed-Sport certification, this is it. This product has traceable ingredients, meaning the company can identify exactly where they’ve come from. In addition, it’s been extensively third-party tested for label accuracy and ingredient quality and comes in BPA-free packaging. 

RELATED: Best Supplements for Weight Loss

Best Organic Protein Powder for Muscle Gain: Naked Nutrition Organic Brown Rice Protein Powder

Naked Nutrition Organic Brown Rice Protein Powder
  • Protein type: Organic brown rice
  • Number of servings: 76
  • Cost per serving: $0.98
  • Calories per serving: 120 calories
  • Protein per serving: 25 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Check Price

Pros

  • Only one ingredient 
  • Cost-effective
  • No chemicals during processing 

Cons

  • May settle at the bottom of a drink
  • Bland taste  
  • Sandy texture

The Naked Nutrition Organic Brown Rice Protein Powder is a solid solution that provides 25 grams of protein per serving. While it only contains one ingredient, it allows those following a plant-based diet to meet their daily protein needs adequately. Brown rice protein may also be just as effective for building muscle as whey protein.

An eight-week study compared individuals consuming animal-derived and rice proteins, and both groups showed improvements in exercise performance and body composition. (24) Researchers concluded that rice protein isolate may decrease fat mass and increase lean body mass, skeletal muscle hypertrophy, power, and strength comparable to whey protein isolate. (24)

Naked Nutrition Organic Brown Rice Protein Powder contains other nutrients, too, such as iron, calcium, fiber, and magnesium. A study found that iron supplementation could assist in preserving muscle function and mass. (25) Even calcium may be able to enhance metabolism, thus helping our body burn fat. (26)

You can get a five-pound container for $74.99, providing you with about 76 servings. Plus, it doesn’t include lactose, which often causes digestive distress. 

If you’re interested in a protein powder that can help you build muscle, this dairy-free, soy-free, and GMO-free option is a good choice. It’s third-party tested, affordable, and could be helpful if you’re trying to lose weight or gain muscle. It’s unflavored so you can add it to your favorite protein shake, a smoothie, or oats. However, the taste is pretty bland, and the texture is somewhat chalky, so you might have to doctor this protein powder up with fruit and/or nut butter. 

RELATED: Best Mass Gainer

Best Organic Protein Powder for Women: Orgain Organic Plant-Based Protein

Orgain Organic Plant-Based Protein Powder
3.5
  • Protein type: Pea protein, brown rice protein, chia seed protein
  • Number of servings: 10 to 20
  • Cost: $1.23 to $1.69 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 140 to 190
  • Protein per serving: 21 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate Coconut, Chocolate Caramel Sea Salt, Chocolate Peanut Butter, Cookies ‘n Cream, Creamy Chocolate Fudge, Iced Coffee, Natural Unsweetened, Peanut Butter, Strawberries & Cream, Vanilla Bean
  • Third-party tested: No
Check Price

Pros

  • Several flavors 
  • Caffeinated option  
  • Non-gritty texture 
  • Low sugar

Cons

  • Chalky aftertaste 
  • Too sweet for some 
  • Erythritol may upset the stomach

If you want a plant-based protein that offers more than just an unflavored option, Orgain’s Plant-Based Protein is one to consider. Orgain is a popular brand among women, though it’s important to note that there’s no specific ingredient in its formulation that makes it a better product for women.

It offers over eight flavor choices, ranging from Vanilla Bean to Chocolate Peanut Butter and Strawberries & Cream. The flavors have no added sugars or artificial sweeteners. However, they are sweetened with stevia and contain organic erythritol, which may be a dealbreaker for some. 

This plant-based blend includes pea protein, brown rice protein, and chia seeds. Together, they provide 21 grams of protein, which is in line with similar products on the market. In addition, studies show that 20 to 25 grams of a high-quality protein can assist with muscle growth, so this is adequate. (27)

It’s a potentially good choice if you’re trying to lose weight, too, as there are five grams of prebiotics and fiber. One study showed that prebiotics may alter the intestinal microbiota in a way that can reduce weight, and fiber is known for potentially decreasing hunger and increasing fullness. (28)(29)

Like some other plant-based protein products, this one, too, is free of soy, gluten, and GMOs. Its ingredients are Certified USDA Organic, but it does come at a steeper price. One two-pound container only gives you 20 servings and costs about $37.99. You could subscribe and save 25 percent, but getting a new container every 30 days is still not enough for each day of the month. 

Best Organic Egg White Protein Powder: Naked Nutrition Egg White Protein Powder

Naked Nutrition Egg White Protein Powder
  • Protein type: Egg white protein 
  • Number of servings: 44
  • Cost per serving: $1.55
  • Calories per serving: 110
  • Protein per serving: 25 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Check Price

Pros

  • Only two ingredients 
  • Zero sugar 
  • Complete amino acid profile 
  • Dairy-free

Cons

  • May cause stomach aches and diarrhea

If you don’t want whey protein, casein protein, or plant protein, you might be wondering if there are any other options. Naked Nutrition offers an egg white protein that’s dairy-free and gluten-free. It’s not USDA certified organic, but we included it on our list because it is non-GMO and doesn’t contain artificial ingredients. It’s a solid muscle-building or weight-loss solution if you’re following a paleo or keto diet or are sensitive to lactose.

Although egg white protein isn’t as well known, that doesn’t mean it’s a less reasonable choice. One study suggested that eggs are an ideal protein source because it’s highly digestible with many other nutritional components. In fact, the egg white protein powder offered here boasts a whopping 25 grams of protein per serving. (30)

Research also shows that egg whites carry a good amount of branched-chain amino acids, which could help with muscle strength and growth. (31) This protein powder provides 5.8 grams of it and is only 110 calories per serving, so you’re getting the building blocks you need for building muscle mass efficiently. 

Naked Nutrition uses fresh eggs (less than one day old) from small U.S. farms instead of factory-farmed eggs. Based on some studies, small farm eggs are said to have more vitamin E, omega-3 fatty acids, and antioxidants than factory-farmed eggs. (32) In addition, Naked Nutrition uses the eggs more quickly, which may help them retain more of their nutrients. 

One serving of their protein powder will provide you with 1,941 grams of the amino acid, lysine. It aids with muscle growth and transports fat to one’s cells to burn it for energy. (33) Given that the body cannot produce lysine on its own, it’s essential to get it elsewhere, like supplements. 

A three-pound container of this egg white protein will cost just under $68, but you get about 44 servings. It’s also been third-party tested for heavy metals and gluten. The only other ingredient you’ll find in this egg white protein powder is sunflower lecithin to help with solubility. Although there’s less than one percent in this product, some individuals experience gastrointestinal issues from it. (34)

A member of the Breaking Muscle reviews staff tested this protein powder and said it had a “buttery” consistency. It wasn’t gritty when mixed in a smoothie, and although you’d likely not drink it in plain water, it has decent solubility. When she blended it with strawberries and a banana, our reviewer noticed that it muted the taste of the other ingredients. So, if you buy this protein powder, keep in mind that it may alter the flavor of whatever you mix it with.

Best Organic Pea Protein Powder: NorCal Organic Premium Pea Protein

NorCal Organic Premium Pea Protein
  • Protein type: Organic Yellow Pea Protein Isolate
  • Number of servings: 35
  • Cost per serving: $0.86
  • Calories per serving: 100 calories 
  • Protein per serving: 22 grams 
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Check Price

Pros

  • One ingredient 
  • Solid amino acid profile 
  • USDA Organic 

Cons

  • Unflavored only 
  • Few nutrients 
  • Poor packaging

Looking for an unflavored pea protein powder that’s also affordable? Take a look at NorCal Organic Premium Pea Protein. It is sourced directly from Canadian organic farms and is free of sugars, soy, and gluten. It also has the USDA Organic certification, so you can feel confident that it was grown and processed based on specific quality standards, such as no use of synthetic ingredients.

Our review staff member enjoyed the mild taste of this protein powder and appreciated that it didn’t overpower the taste of fruit in a smoothie. She also liked that it had a smooth texture, which isn’t easy to find in plant-based protein powders.

One serving of this pea protein isolate provides 22 grams of protein, 4.8 grams of BCAAs, and a strong amino acid profile. Arginine, for instance, is an amino acid needed to help build protein and plays a significant role in muscle energy metabolism. (35) One 2017 study assessed the impact of male athletes taking two grams of arginine daily and found that they had improved sports performance. (36) This pea protein powder includes 2.18 grams of arginine per serving. 

NorCal Organic Premium Pea Protein doesn’t include as many nutrients as you might find in other protein powders. Here, you’re only getting phosphorus, magnesium, calcium, and potassium, but the quantities aren’t enough to put a dent in your recommended daily values. For example, potassium only meets one percent of the %DV and calcium only meets four percent. Therefore, you mustn’t rely on this protein powder alone to meet your nutritional needs. 

Many consumers complain about the packaging. The NorCal brand aims to be environmentally friendly, so it created a minimal plastic container. While the initiative is good, the container is not durable. Several buyers said their protein powder arrived unsealed and spilled all over their other items. However, NorCal will offer a replacement if this happens to you. 

Besides that hiccup, this is one of the most premium pea protein powders on the market, with each crop being third-party tested pre- and post-production. It’s tested for heavy metals, like arsenic, allergens like gluten, and even pesticides, such as glyphosphate.

What Are the Benefits of Organic Protein Powder?

If you’re trying to decide between getting an organic or inorganic protein powder, here are two benefits to going the organic route. 

The Regulation Process 

Organic protein powders are better regulated. Although dietary supplements are regulated by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), they don’t have to be approved before entering the market. As a result, anyone can decide to sell a protein powder without first ensuring it’s safe, effective, or properly labeled. 

However, if a protein powder has the USDA Organic label on its product, it means that the business has met strict guidelines that align with the USDA Organic standards. A product must have 95 percent or more organic ingredients to be approved. In addition, the production process has to be evaluated by a certified agent to ensure it doesn’t include prohibited substances and contaminants. 

Quality Ingredients May Mean Better Health Outcomes 

While organic products are more expensive, the other benefit is having improved peace of mind. Now more than ever before, people care about the ingredients they consume. They’re hoping to minimize the consumption of products with inorganic ingredients, as they fear it may impact their health. For instance, a 2018 study evaluated that adults who consumed organic products had a reduced risk of cancer than those who didn’t eat organic foods. (37) Although more research is needed before we can outright say “organic is better,” it is something to consider. 

What To Consider When Looking for an Organic Protein Powder

Before looking for an organic protein powder, we suggest speaking with your doctor and/or consulting a registered dietitian nutritionist (RDN). However, here are some other things you’ll want to think about as you’re browsing the vast protein powder marketplace. 

Price

From this list alone, you’ve seen that organic protein powder comes at various price points. Therefore, it’s a good idea to have a budget in mind before you begin shopping around.

Naturally, you probably feel compelled to focus on the product’s total price, but I recommend checking out the price per serving instead. The total price may appear to be a lot, but if you consider how much product you’re getting, it might be reasonable. 

For instance, Naked Nutrition Organic Brown Rice Protein Powder is $74.99, which may initially deter someone. But if you look closely, you’ll see that you get over 70 servings priced at less than a dollar each.

Now, compare that to a $40 package of Ritual Essential Protein Powder. It seems cheaper at first glance, but it’s only 15 servings, so you’d be paying over $2.50 per serving.

Do keep in mind, however, that more expensive protein powders are subject to third-party testing, so you’re also paying for a higher-quality product.

Third-Party Testing

When a protein powder has been third-party tested, it has been sent off to an independent lab to be evaluated for contaminants. These labs commonly look for the presence of heavy metals, antibiotics, pesticides, and more.

However, those labs aren’t checking to see if the product is effective or safe for everyone to use. For example, their results wouldn’t tell you that you shouldn’t use a specific protein powder if you take certain medications. Therefore, in many ways, there’s still a gray area. But it does give people an extra layer of certainty and shows that a brand cares about the quality and purity of its product. 

For athletes, third-party testing is important, as you don’t want to risk taking something that could result in a positive drug test. Even worse, you don’t want a product that could cause undesirable health effects or performance issues. If you’re an athlete, it’s best to look for protein powders that are NSF Certified Sport or Informed Sport Certified. 

Forms and Types of Protein

Did you read through this list and discover protein types you didn’t even know existed? If so, you’re not alone. Protein powder can be made from peas, brown rice, whey, casein, egg whites, chia seeds, flax seeds, and more. You should pick the ones that best align with your dietary preferences. 

In addition to knowing about the different protein sources, you should also know that there are different forms of protein powders.  

Protein Isolates

Protein powders like Transparent Labs Organic Vegan Rice & Pea Protein use pea protein isolate, but what does the “isolate” word mean? Whether it be a plant- or animal-based protein, a protein isolate undergoes an extra filtering process. This additional step removes more fat and carbs, giving you over 90% protein. (38)

Protein Concentrates

Raw Organic Whey is a whey protein concentrate. It is created by removing protein from a whole food using heat, acid, and/or enzymes. This process provides 60% to 80% protein, and the rest is made up of fats and carbs.  

Flavors

Doesn’t a Creamy Chocolate Fudge flavor, like the one from the Orgain Organic Plant-Based Protein Powder, sound delicious? Or would you prefer an unflavored option so you can easily add it to your shake, smoothie, or baked good of choice? 

Overall, both flavored and unflavored protein powders have pros and cons. Some have an unpleasant aftertaste or are too sweet for some palettes. Therefore, read the reviews and assess your personal needs to decide which ones are best for you. 

Macronutrients

Macronutrients, like carbohydrates, protein, and fat, are the nutrients we need in ample supply. They provide us with energy and help to build our muscles and tissues. So, when looking for protein powders, pay close attention to their ingredients list to see if that product will give you enough of what you need. 

You may already be getting an adequate amount of nutrients from your diet, but if not, this is where protein powders can serve as an easy-to-consume meal replacement. Protein concentrates may be a better option than isolates in this situation since those retain more fats and carbs. 

Other Ingredients

As you check out different protein powders, pay attention to whether they contain artificial sweeteners, dairy, gluten, or soy. Some of these ingredients are just more difficult to digest, but others have been considered possibly cancer-causing.  

In addition, long-term use of sugar alcohols, like erythritol, may increase the likelihood of a cardiovascular event. Many plant-based protein powders contain this ingredient, so you’ll want to pay close attention if you’d prefer to avoid it. 

Xanthum gum is another ingredient you’ll want to look for. It’s a common additive used to thicken or stabilize food, but it may slow the digestive process. (39) This is because it’s a soluble fiber that the body can’t digest. While it’s FDA-approved and considered safe to consume, some individuals try to limit consumption.  

Do look for ingredients like BCAA, as those promote protein synthesis and thus assist with muscle building. (40) Lastly, if you’re not getting enough Vitamin C, iron, magnesium, or calcium in your diet, see if the protein powder you’re eyeing will give you the boost you need. 

Final Thoughts

Before entering the store and selecting an organic protein powder, read through this list first. There are many factors to consider, and you want to ensure you pick an option that meets your needs. Otherwise, you’ll end up with something that sits unused in the pantry for months on end. As someone who’s done this before, I don’t want you to also experience having to throw $50 worth of product away. 

With this list of the nine best organic protein powders on the market, you’ll bypass the marketing fluff and focus on the details that matter. 

Best Organic Protein Powder: Side-by-Side Comparison

Best Organic Protein Powder Overall
Best Organic Whey Protein Powder
Best Organic Vegan Protein Powder
Best Tasting Organic Protein Powder
Best Organic Protein Powder for Weight Loss
Best Organic Protein Powder for Muscle Gain
Best Organic Protein Powder for Women
Best Organic Egg White Protein Powder
Best Organic Pea Protein Powder
Description:
  • Protein type: Pea protein isolate, rice protein
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost: $1.67 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 130 to 150
  • Protein per serving: 24 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate, French Vanilla 
  • Third-party tested: Yes, by independent labs
Description:
  • Protein type: Whey
  • Number of servings: 90
  • Cost per serving: $1.26
  • Calories per serving: 97.5
  • Protein per serving: 21 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes, by Midwest Laboratories
Description:
  • Protein type: Organic peas, sunflower seeds, and pumpkin seeds
  • Number of servings: 17 to 20
  • Cost per serving: Around $3.41
  • Calories per serving: 140 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams
  • Flavors: Berry, Chocolate, Chocolate Mint, Coconut Almond, French Vanilla, Mocha, Plain Unsweetened
  • Third-party tested: N/A
Description:
  • Protein type: Chia seed, flax seed, pea, pumpkin, quinoa
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost: $1.43 to $1.47 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 150 to 160
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate, Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: No
Description:
  • Protein type: Pea protein
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Cost per serving: $2.66
  • Calories per serving: 115 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams 
  • Flavors: Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Description:
  • Protein type: Organic brown rice
  • Number of servings: 76
  • Cost per serving: $0.98
  • Calories per serving: 120 calories
  • Protein per serving: 25 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Description:
  • Protein type: Pea protein, brown rice protein, chia seed protein
  • Number of servings: 10 to 20
  • Cost: $1.23 to $1.69 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 140 to 190
  • Protein per serving: 21 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate Coconut, Chocolate Caramel Sea Salt, Chocolate Peanut Butter, Cookies ‘n Cream, Creamy Chocolate Fudge, Iced Coffee, Natural Unsweetened, Peanut Butter, Strawberries & Cream, Vanilla Bean
  • Third-party tested: No
Description:
  • Protein type: Egg white protein 
  • Number of servings: 44
  • Cost per serving: $1.55
  • Calories per serving: 110
  • Protein per serving: 25 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Description:
  • Protein type: Organic Yellow Pea Protein Isolate
  • Number of servings: 35
  • Cost per serving: $0.86
  • Calories per serving: 100 calories 
  • Protein per serving: 22 grams 
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Best Organic Protein Powder Overall
Description:
  • Protein type: Pea protein isolate, rice protein
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost: $1.67 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 130 to 150
  • Protein per serving: 24 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate, French Vanilla 
  • Third-party tested: Yes, by independent labs
Best Organic Whey Protein Powder
Description:
  • Protein type: Whey
  • Number of servings: 90
  • Cost per serving: $1.26
  • Calories per serving: 97.5
  • Protein per serving: 21 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes, by Midwest Laboratories
Best Organic Vegan Protein Powder
Description:
  • Protein type: Organic peas, sunflower seeds, and pumpkin seeds
  • Number of servings: 17 to 20
  • Cost per serving: Around $3.41
  • Calories per serving: 140 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams
  • Flavors: Berry, Chocolate, Chocolate Mint, Coconut Almond, French Vanilla, Mocha, Plain Unsweetened
  • Third-party tested: N/A
Best Tasting Organic Protein Powder
Description:
  • Protein type: Chia seed, flax seed, pea, pumpkin, quinoa
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost: $1.43 to $1.47 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 150 to 160
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate, Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: No
Best Organic Protein Powder for Weight Loss
Description:
  • Protein type: Pea protein
  • Number of servings: 15
  • Cost per serving: $2.66
  • Calories per serving: 115 
  • Protein per serving: 20 grams 
  • Flavors: Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Best Organic Protein Powder for Muscle Gain
Description:
  • Protein type: Organic brown rice
  • Number of servings: 76
  • Cost per serving: $0.98
  • Calories per serving: 120 calories
  • Protein per serving: 25 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Best Organic Protein Powder for Women
Description:
  • Protein type: Pea protein, brown rice protein, chia seed protein
  • Number of servings: 10 to 20
  • Cost: $1.23 to $1.69 per serving
  • Calories per serving: 140 to 190
  • Protein per serving: 21 grams
  • Flavors: Chocolate Coconut, Chocolate Caramel Sea Salt, Chocolate Peanut Butter, Cookies ‘n Cream, Creamy Chocolate Fudge, Iced Coffee, Natural Unsweetened, Peanut Butter, Strawberries & Cream, Vanilla Bean
  • Third-party tested: No
Best Organic Egg White Protein Powder
Description:
  • Protein type: Egg white protein 
  • Number of servings: 44
  • Cost per serving: $1.55
  • Calories per serving: 110
  • Protein per serving: 25 grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes
Best Organic Pea Protein Powder
Description:
  • Protein type: Organic Yellow Pea Protein Isolate
  • Number of servings: 35
  • Cost per serving: $0.86
  • Calories per serving: 100 calories 
  • Protein per serving: 22 grams 
  • Flavors: Unflavored
  • Third-party tested: Yes

FAQs

Is organic protein powder better for you?

Protein powders with the USDA-Certified Organic mark must undergo a certification process to ensure their product is grown and produced following certain standards. Some of those standards include the land being free of any prohibited substances at least three years before the harvest of an organic crop, livestock being fed products that are 100-percent organic, and handlers not commingling organic and non-organic products. 

While this may potentially improve the product from a quality perspective, it doesn’t necessarily mean it’s better for you.

Which is the best organic protein powder?

What’s considered the best organic protein powder will differ for everyone as we all have different goals and preferences. If an organic protein powder meets your budget, aligns with your diet, and has the nutrients you desire, that’s the best one for you. That said, we recommend Transparent Labs Organic Vegan Rice & Pea Protein because of its science-backed ingredients and transparent nutrition label.

What is the best protein powder in the world?

It’s impossible to say what’s the best protein powder in the world, as everyone is looking for something specific to their needs. Every single protein powder product available has pros and cons. Therefore, you just have to determine what you’re looking for and aim to find that. 

Which plant-based protein is best?

The best plant-based protein for you may differ from what someone else considers the best plant-based protein. You have to determine which source of plant protein you prefer, as it could come from peas, chia seeds, flax seeds, oats, or other sources. 

Research

  1. Joy, J. M., Lowery, R. P., Wilson, J. M., Purpura, M., De Souza, E. O., Wilson, S. M., Kalman, D. S., Dudeck, J. E., & Jäger, R. (2013). The effects of 8 weeks of whey or rice protein supplementation on body composition and exercise performance. Nutrition journal, 12, 86. https://doi.org/10.1186/1475-2891-12-86
  2. Babault, N., Païzis, C., Deley, G., Guérin-Deremaux, L., Saniez, M. H., Lefranc-Millot, C., & Allaert, F. A. (2015). Pea proteins oral supplementation promotes muscle thickness gains during resistance training: a double-blind, randomized, Placebo-controlled clinical trial vs. Whey protein. Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition, 12(1), 3. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12970-014-0064-5
  3. Ndiaye, F., Vuong, T., Duarte, J., Aluko, R. E., & Matar, C. (2012). Anti-oxidant, anti-inflammatory and immunomodulating properties of an enzymatic protein hydrolysate from yellow field pea seeds. European journal of nutrition, 51(1), 29–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00394-011-0186-3
  4. McAfee, A. J., McSorley, E. M., Cuskelly, G. J., Fearon, A. M., Moss, B. W., Beattie, J. A., Wallace, J. M., Bonham, M. P., & Strain, J. J. (2011). Red meat from animals offered a grass diet increases plasma and platelet n-3 PUFA in healthy consumers. The British journal of nutrition, 105(1), 80–89. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0007114510003090
  5. Huang, Y. H., Chiu, W. C., Hsu, Y. P., Lo, Y. L., & Wang, Y. H. (2020). Effects of Omega-3 Fatty Acids on Muscle Mass, Muscle Strength and Muscle Performance among the Elderly: A Meta-Analysis. Nutrients, 12(12), 3739. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu12123739
  6. Daley, C. A., Abbott, A., Doyle, P. S., Nader, G. A., & Larson, S. (2010). A review of fatty acid profiles and antioxidant content in grass-fed and grain-fed beef. Nutrition journal, 9, 10. https://doi.org/10.1186/1475-2891-9-10
  7. Shen, Y., Hong, S., & Li, Y. (2022). Pea protein composition, functionality, modification, and food applications: A review. Advances in food and nutrition research, 101, 71–127. https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.afnr.2022.02.002
  8. Lu, Z. X., He, J. F., Zhang, Y. C., & Bing, D. J. (2020). Composition, physicochemical properties of pea protein and its application in functional foods. Critical reviews in food science and nutrition, 60(15), 2593–2605. https://doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2019.1651248
  9. Babault, N., Païzis, C., Deley, G., Guérin-Deremaux, L., Saniez, M. H., Lefranc-Millot, C., & Allaert, F. A. (2015). Pea proteins oral supplementation promotes muscle thickness gains during resistance training: a double-blind, randomized, Placebo-controlled clinical trial vs. Whey protein. Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition, 12(1), 3. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12970-014-0064-5
  10. Petraru, A., Ursachi, F., & Amariei, S. (2021). Nutritional Characteristics Assessment of Sunflower Seeds, Oil and Cake. Perspective of Using Sunflower Oilcakes as a Functional Ingredient. Plants (Basel, Switzerland), 10(11), 2487. https://doi.org/10.3390/plants10112487
  11. Amino acids: MedlinePlus Medical Encyclopedia. (n.d.). https://medlineplus.gov/ency/article/002222.htm
  12. Batool, M., Ranjha, M. M. A. N., Roobab, U., Manzoor, M. F., Farooq, U., Nadeem, H. R., Nadeem, M., Kanwal, R., AbdElgawad, H., Al Jaouni, S. K., Selim, S., & Ibrahim, S. A. (2022). Nutritional Value, Phytochemical Potential, and Therapeutic Benefits of Pumpkin (Cucurbita sp.). Plants (Basel, Switzerland), 11(11), 1394. https://doi.org/10.3390/plants11111394
  13. Office of Dietary Supplements – magnesium. (n.d.). https://ods.od.nih.gov/factsheets/Magnesium-HealthProfessional/
  14. What potassium does for your body. (n.d.). https://www.webmd.com/a-to-z-guides/story/potassium-and-your-body
  15. Office of Dietary Supplements – Phosphorus. (n.d.). https://ods.od.nih.gov/factsheets/Phosphorus-HealthProfessional/
  16. Sim, M., Blekkenhorst, L. C., Bondonno, N. P., Radavelli-Bagatini, S., Peeling, P., Bondonno, C. P., Magliano, D. J., Shaw, J. E., Woodman, R., Murray, K., Lewis, J. R., Daly, R. M., & Hodgson, J. M. (2021). Dietary Nitrate Intake Is Positively Associated with Muscle Function in Men and Women Independent of Physical Activity Levels. Journal of Nutrition, 151(5), 1222–1230. https://doi.org/10.1093/jn/nxaa415
  17. Osterberg, K. L., Boutagy, N. E., McMillan, R. P., Stevens, J. R., Frisard, M. I., Kavanaugh, J. W., Davy, B. M., Davy, K. P., & Hulver, M. W. (2015). Probiotic supplementation attenuates increases in body mass and fat mass during high-fat diet in healthy young adults. Obesity (Silver Spring, Md.), 23(12), 2364–2370. https://doi.org/10.1002/oby.21230
  18. Toulabi, T., Yarahmadi, M., Goudarzi, F., Ebrahimzadeh, F., Momenizadeh, A., & Yarahmadi, S. (2022). Effects of flaxseed on blood pressure, body mass index, and total cholesterol in hypertensive patients: A randomized clinical trial. Explore (New York, N.Y.), 18(4), 438–445. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.explore.2021.05.003
  19. Chia seeds. (2022, March 2). The Nutrition Source. https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/nutritionsource/food-features/chia-seeds/
  20. Simnadis, T. G., Tapsell, L. C., & Beck, E. J. (2015). Physiological Effects Associated with Quinoa Consumption and Implications for Research Involving Humans: a Review. Plant foods for human nutrition (Dordrecht, Netherlands), 70(3), 238–249. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11130-015-0506-5
  21. Witkowski, M., Nemet, I., Alamri, H., Wilcox, J., Gupta, N., Nimer, N., Haghikia, A., Li, X. S., Wu, Y., Saha, P. P., Demuth, I., König, M., Steinhagen-Thiessen, E., Cajka, T., Fiehn, O., Landmesser, U., Tang, W. H. W., & Hazen, S. L. (2023). The artificial sweetener erythritol and cardiovascular event risk. Nature medicine, 29(3), 710–718. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41591-023-02223-9
  22. Markofski, M. M., Jennings, K., Timmerman, K. L., Dickinson, J. M., Fry, C. S., Borack, M. S., Reidy, P. T., Deer, R. R., Randolph, A., Rasmussen, B. B., & Volpi, E. (2019). Effect of Aerobic Exercise Training and Essential Amino Acid Supplementation for 24 Weeks on Physical Function, Body Composition, and Muscle Metabolism in Healthy, Independent Older Adults: A Randomized Clinical Trial. The journals of gerontology. Series A, Biological sciences and medical sciences, 74(10), 1598–1604. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/gly109
  23. Moretti, A., Paoletta, M., Liguori, S., Bertone, M., Toro, G., & Iolascon, G. (2020). Choline: An Essential Nutrient for Skeletal Muscle. Nutrients, 12(7), 2144. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu12072144
  24. Joy, J. M., Lowery, R. P., Wilson, J. M., Purpura, M., De Souza, E. O., Wilson, S. M., Kalman, D. S., Dudeck, J. E., & Jäger, R. (2013). The effects of 8 weeks of whey or rice protein supplementation on body composition and exercise performance. Nutrition journal, 12, 86. https://doi.org/10.1186/1475-2891-12-86
  25. Wyart, E., Hsu, M. Y., Sartori, R., Mina, E., Rausch, V., Pierobon, E. S., Mezzanotte, M., Pezzini, C., Bindels, L. B., Lauria, A., Penna, F., Hirsch, E., Martini, M., Mazzone, M., Roetto, A., Crich, S. G., Prenen, H., Sandri, M., Menga, A., & Porporato, P. E. (2022). Iron supplementation is sufficient to rescue skeletal muscle mass and function in cancer cachexia. EMBO Reports, 23(4). https://doi.org/10.15252/embr.202153746
  26. Calcium: Drink yourself skinny. (2004, April 21). WebMD. https://www.webmd.com/obesity/features/calcium-weight-loss
  27. Tipton, K. D., & Phillips, S. M. (2013). Dietary protein for muscle hypertrophy. Nestle Nutrition Institute workshop series, 76, 73–84. https://doi.org/10.1159/000350259
  28. Nicolucci, A. C., Hume, M. P., Martínez, I., Mayengbam, S., Walter, J., & Reimer, R. A. (2017). Prebiotics Reduce Body Fat and Alter Intestinal Microbiota in Children Who Are Overweight or With Obesity. Gastroenterology, 153(3), 711–722. https://doi.org/10.1053/j.gastro.2017.05.055
  29. Salleh, S. N., Fairus, A. A. H., Zahary, M. N., Bhaskar Raj, N., & Mhd Jalil, A. M. (2019). Unravelling the Effects of Soluble Dietary Fibre Supplementation on Energy Intake and Perceived Satiety in Healthy Adults: Evidence from Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomised-Controlled Trials. Foods (Basel, Switzerland), 8(1), 15. https://doi.org/10.3390/foods8010015
  30. Puglisi, M. J., & Fernandez, M. L. (2022). The Health Benefits of Egg Protein. Nutrients, 14(14), 2904. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14142904
  31. Matsuoka, R., & Sugano, M. (2022). Health Functions of Egg Protein. Foods (Basel, Switzerland), 11(15), 2309. https://doi.org/10.3390/foods11152309
  32. Brower, S., Dorsey, J., Malvetti, K., & Fagan, J. M., PhD. (n.d.). Taste and Nutritional Differences of Non-Factory Farmed vs. Factory Farmed Eggs and Poultry.
  33. Dahash BA, Sankararaman S. Carnitine Deficiency. [Updated 2023 Aug 7]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK559041/
  34. Lecithin – Health Encyclopedia – University of Rochester Medical Center. (n.d.). https://www.urmc.rochester.edu/encyclopedia/content.aspx?contenttypeid=19&contentid=lecithin
  35. Durante W. (2001). Regulation of L-arginine transport and metabolism in vascular smooth muscle cells. Cell biochemistry and biophysics, 35(1), 19–34. https://doi.org/10.1385/CBB:35:1:19
  36. Pahlavani, N., Entezari, M. H., Nasiri, M., Miri, A., Rezaie, M., Bagheri-Bidakhavidi, M., & Sadeghi, O. (2017). The effect of l-arginine supplementation on body composition and performance in male athletes: a double-blinded randomized clinical trial. European journal of clinical nutrition, 71(4), 544–548. https://doi.org/10.1038/ejcn.2016.266
  37. Baudry J, Assmann KE, Touvier M, et al. Association of Frequency of Organic Food Consumption With Cancer Risk: Findings From the NutriNet-Santé Prospective Cohort Study. JAMA Intern Med. 2018;178(12):1597–1606. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2018.4357
  38. Morgan, P. T., & Breen, L. (2021). The role of protein hydrolysates for exercise-induced skeletal muscle recovery and adaptation: a current perspective. Nutrition & metabolism, 18(1), 44. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12986-021-00574-z
  39. Chawla, R., & Patil, G. R. (2010). Soluble dietary fiber. Comprehensive Reviews in Food Science and Food Safety, 9(2), 178–196. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1541-4337.2009.00099.x
  40. Wolfe R. R. (2017). Branched-chain amino acids and muscle protein synthesis in humans: myth or reality?. Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition, 14, 30. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12970-017-0184-9

The post Best Organic Protein Powders of 2024 for Muscle Gain, Weight Loss, and More appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best Dumbbell Sets for Strength Training, HIIT, and More https://breakingmuscle.com/best-dumbbell-set/ Fri, 28 Jul 2023 14:47:45 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=193018 If you’re thinking about buying home gym equipment, dumbbells are likely high on your list. However, with so many options out there, how can you go about finding the best dumbbell set on the market for you?  To help you with your search, we’ve come up with a list that considers all the factors you need to make...

The post Best Dumbbell Sets for Strength Training, HIIT, and More appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
If you’re thinking about buying home gym equipment, dumbbells are likely high on your list. However, with so many options out there, how can you go about finding the best dumbbell set on the market for you

To help you with your search, we’ve come up with a list that considers all the factors you need to make an informed purchase. Whether you’re looking for luxe or budget-friendly dumbbells or trying to decide between fixed or adjustable ones, we’ve got you covered.

Our Top Picks for the Best Dumbbell Sets

Best Dumbbell Set Overall: Living.Fit Dumbbell Set

Living.Fit Dumbbell Set
  • Available in multiple sets with weights ranging from five to 100 pounds
  • Ergonomic handle for a more comfortable grip
  • Comes with a lifetime warranty for home gym use
Check Price

Pros

  • Lifetime warranty 
  • Available as individual pairs and full-sets
  • Several weight options 
  • Good price 
  • Ergonomic design 

Cons

  • Dumbbells may separate during transport 
  • Only goes up to 100 pounds

If you’re in the market for traditional dumbbells that are inexpensive and easy to use, consider the Living.Fit dumbbell set. You can build muscle and reach your fitness goals with a set designed with comfort and quality in mind. Plus, you have a ton of versatility, as they are purchasable as individual pairs or full sets with weights ranging between five and 100 pounds. They come in 5-pound increments and have a three percent weight tolerance. The weight tolerance means the dumbbell could be three percent heavier or lighter than its labeled weight. 

The Living.Fit dumbbells are well-designed. The knurled steel handles are slightly wider in the middle to better fit the shape of your hands. This feature might seem easy to overlook, but I can assure you that this matters. As someone with arthritis, it’s important for me to have dumbbells that sit effortlessly in my hands and don’t put unnecessary pressure on my joints, as many cast iron dumbbells do. 

You know you’re at the gym when you hear the clinking sound of dumbbells and barbells. But you probably don’t want to hear that in your home gym. More importantly, you don’t want to deal with a scratched-up floor from iron hitting the ground. Fortunately, Living.Fit’s hexagonal-shape rubber-coated caps help cut the noise and the likelihood of damage. 

One five- to 100-pound set will cost about $3,400. If you don’t need all that, look at the individual pairs of dumbbells. A pair will cost between $30 and $420. You could certainly find dumbbells on Amazon for cheaper, but they won’t be as high-quality. Plus, Living.Fit offers a lifetime warranty, and that’s hard to pass up. 

Best Rubber Hex Dumbbell: REP Fitness Rubber Hex Dumbbells

REP Fitness Hex Dumbbells
  • Weight range: 2.5 to 125 pounds
  • Weight increments: 2.5 to five pounds
  • Materials: Chrome-plated handles; rubber ends
  • Warranty: Lifetime for home use; One year for commercial use
Check Price

Pros

  • 30-day moneyback guarantee 
  • Low rubber odor 
  • Hexagon head to prevent rolling
  • Good value for the price 

Cons

  • Straight handle 
  • Take up space 

Whether you want a full weight set or an individual pair of rubber hex dumbbells, REP Fitness has you covered. These free weights have range, with weight choices between 2.5 and 125 pounds. With so many different weights, there are options that’ll work for new trainees and advanced ones alike. 

These come in 2.5 to 5-pound increments, making it easy to progress gradually on exercises that can be challenging to improve, like bicep curls. The fully knurled 5.2-inch chrome handles are grippy, so you can confidently do lunges and shoulder presses.

In terms of handle thickness, the 2.5- to 15-pound weights are 28 millimeters, and the 17.5 to 125-pound dumbbells are 34 millimeters. These measurements are common on fixed dumbbells. However, some people might not like the straight handles. They don’t evenly distribute the weight of the dumbbell in your hand, making it less comfortable. 

The rubber hexagon heads are convenient and prevent them from rolling around when you put them down. They also don’t have that strong rubber smell often associated with products with a great deal of rubber, like resistance bands

Although these are nice dumbbells, they’re surprisingly cost-effective. One reason these might come at a more affordable price is their rubber heads. I’ve found that those are often cheaper for manufacturers to make than dumbbells with round, urethane ones. For instance, a five- to 50-pound set of these will cost around $1,099.99, which isn’t bad, especially given their quality. However, REP Fitness has a five- to 50-pound set of urethane dumbbells with round weight heads, and those are $1,599.99. See the cost difference? 

If you decide to get these dumbbells, keep in mind that they might be slippery at first. REP Fitness adds a protective oil coating to its brand new weights, but it wears off with time. If you don’t want to risk the dumbbells slipping out of your hands during a total body workout, use a dry rag to wipe the oil off. 

Overall, these are some solid dumbbells. More than 600 positive reviews and a lifetime warranty speak to their value. 

Best Adjustable Dumbbell: Snode AD80 Adjustable Dumbbells

Snode AD80 Adjustable Dumbbells
  • Weight range: 10 to 80 pounds
  • Weight increments: 10 pounds
  • Adjustment type: Dial
  • Dimensions: 19.29” L x 7.48” W x 7.87” H with base; 18.11” L x 6.68” W x 6.68” H without base
  • Materials: Cast iron, plastic, aluminum
  • Warranty: Two years
Check Price

Pros

  • Quickly adjustable 
  • Very durable 
  • Fully knurled handles 
  • 30-day return policy 

Cons

  • Very pricey 
  • Lengthy shipping process 
  • Only available in ten-pound increments 

Envision this: you’re on a weight bench finishing up a seated overhead press variation with heavier weights and trying to push through. Once you complete your last maxed-out rep, you drop your dumbbells on the ground in relief. While most brands recommend that you don’t do this (it’s not good for the floor or your equipment), some dumbbells can handle it. In fact, the Snode AD80 Adjustable Dumbbells can be dropped from 32 inches high. 

Adjustable dumbbells can be hit or miss. There are great high-end ones and many cheap, mediocre ones. Some are fragile, with plastic weight plates, stickers that come off, and breakable cradles. However, Snode designed the AD80s with quality in mind. They have cast iron plates and fully-knurled chrome handles. The handles are thick, too, touting a 1.4-inch diameter so that most people can grip it with no issues. This is important, as some dumbbell handles are less than an inch thick and don’t fit well in the hand. 

Making adjustments is easy, too, thanks to the twist dial on one side of the handle. Rotating the dial will adjust the weight on both sides, and the knob will reflect the number of pounds it is. 

One negative is that the dumbbell gets long when you add more weight plates. For instance, the 80-pound dumbbell is 18.11 inches, much longer than the 14 to 16 inches usually expected of dumbbells. The 10-pound increments may also bother some people. That’s a significant leap for most trainees, but you can purchase 2.5- and five-pound magnetic plate adders to increase the weight more gradually. 

Overall, these are well-made adjustable weights that feel like a fixed dumbbell. Unlike the loadable options, they have a flat head so that they can sit comfortably on your lap. However, given this set’s value, expecting a low price is unrealistic. These will cost you about $800. 

RELATED: Best Adjustable Dumbbells for Home Gyms

Best Loadable Dumbbells: PRx Loadable Dumbbell Handle

PRx Loadable Dumbbell Handle
  • Weight range: Varies depending on the weight plates you have available
  • Weight increments: N/A
  • Materials: Chrome 
  • Warranty: One-year warranty on handle and structure 
Check Price

Pros

  • Available as individuals or pairs 
  • Cost-effective if you already have weight plates
  • Easy to progress as you get stronger

Cons

  • Very few reviews 
  • Doesn’t come with collars or weight plates 
  • Sleeves may be too short for heavy lifts

Wouldn’t it be neat if you could add weights to a dumbbell just like you do for barbells? Something like that would save an incredible amount of space because you wouldn’t have to buy a rack or a bunch of differently-sized dumbbells. This is precisely why products like the PRx Loadable Dumbbell Handle exist. 

The chrome PRx loadable dumbbell is an excellent option for someone with weight plates in their home gym. Maybe you’re tired of using a barbell for your bodybuilding and strength training exercises and are ready to switch it up. Instead of barbell deadlifts and squats, you could load up your dumbbells, giving you even more of a challenge. 

The handle alone weighs 10 pounds, so you’ll like this if you’re able to lift heavy weights. It’s 14.5 inches long with a 28.5-millimeter diameter (1.1 inches), making it easily storable. The sleeves are 3.75 inches long, which should be enough space for most people to add their weight of choice. However, if you’re an advanced lifter, you might need longer sleeves to get your desired weight. You can add any Olympic plate with 2-inch holes onto the handle, so you’ve got options.

The medium-knurled handles should give you good-enough resistance so that these don’t slip in your hands once they get sweaty.

All that said, these dumbbells aren’t for everybody. Choosing a regular dumbbell set might make more sense if you don’t already have weight plates. One PRx loadable dumbbell handle will cost around $74.99, and a pair is $139.99. If you then have to go out and buy plates that are priced at almost $2 per pound, it could get really expensive, really quickly. It’s also unclear how much weight this dumbbell can handle, and with very few reviews, it’s difficult to say if they’re worth it

Best Budget Dumbbells: Amazon Basics Rubber Encased Hex Dumbbell

Amazon Basics Rubber Encased Hex Dumbbell
  • Weight range: 10 to 50 pounds 
  • Weight increments: Five pounds 
  • Materials: Cast iron handle; rubber-encased heads 
  • Warranty: One year
Check Price

Pros

  • Purchasable as individuals
  • Free returns and deliveries 
  • Affordable 

Cons

  • Some weights are often sold out
  • The lowest weight is 10 pounds

If you want to add an economical dumbbell to your home fitness equipment stash, consider the Amazon Basics Rubber Encased Hex Dumbbells. They are a flexible choice for those who aren’t yet interested or ready to buy dumbbells in sets and pairs. Or, if you’re like me, maybe you may already have one dumbbell that you inherited from a past roommate and need a matching weight. If that’s the case, individual dumbbells are a good option. 

The Amazon Basics weights range from 10 to 50 pounds, which is great for a beginner but may not be heavy enough for advanced lifters. But the light weights could also come in handy if you need a lighter weight to complete a single dumbbell high-intensity interval training (HIIT) workout. I’ve also found that focused, one-sided exercises help me get more reps in, and you might experience the same. These individual dumbbells are perfect for mastering various upper and lower body exercises. 

The contoured cast iron handles fit nicely in your hands, and their grooves should help you maintain a solid grip. However, you might notice some stinging until you develop callouses, but that’s not surprising if you’re new to using weights with knurling.

The rubber hexagon heads are ideal for rolling prevention and floor protection. No one wants to chase after a rolling dumbbell following an intense set. You’ll find that these stay in place. 

Cost-wise, you can expect to pay between $10 and $112 per dumbbell, which isn’t bad. They’d likely be a steal if you catch them on Prime Day or around other holidays. The problem you might run into, though, is them being unavailable, as some weights sell out quickly.

Overall, are they worth it? If you don’t want to buy a pair or a set of dumbbells upfront, yes. They’re affordable, well-made, and a top seller among Amazon exercise and fitness equipment. In addition, you get a one-year warranty, and Prime members can enjoy free shipping and returns.  

Best Iron Dumbbells: Ironmaster Quick Lock Adjustable Dumbbells

Ironmaster Quick-Lock Adjustable Dumbbells
  • Weight range: Five to 75 pounds (can purchase add-on kits to go up to 165 pounds)
  • Weight increments: 2.5 pounds
  • Adjustment type: Spin-lock mechanism
  • Dimensions: 14.5” L x 6.7” W x 6.7” H 
  • Materials: Chrome-plated steel, cast iron
  • Warranty: Lifetime
Check Price

Pros

  • Space-saving (only up to 14.5-inches long)
  • Labeled in pounds and kilograms 
  • No plastic parts 
  • Flat-ends 

Cons

  • Expensive 
  • Cast iron plates may crack

A lot of people don’t want adjustable dumbbells because they can feel loose and flimsy. It’s easy to overlook something like this while doing bicep curls, but this is much more evident when you want to swap kettlebell swings for dumbbell swings, for example. Thankfully, adjustable dumbbells that feel like traditional ones exist, like the 75-pound Ironmaster Quick Lock Adjustable Dumbbells. 

You won’t find any other dumbbells like these on the market due to their patented design. In less than 15 seconds, you can switch one dumbbell from 5 to 75 pounds. When doing supersets during weight training routines or during circuit-style workouts, you’d want dumbbells you can adjust easily so you can quickly start on your next movement.

The ergonomic knurled handles allow you to maintain a comfortable grip, but they aren’t cushy. They’re made of high-quality steel and aren’t rubber-coated. In addition, they have a 1.25-inch diameter, which is less than Snode’s 1.4-inch thick handles, but that’s not necessarily a bad thing. Some people don’t want a super thick handle, so this is a good alternative. 

This set of adjustable dumbbells has cast-iron weight plates, whereas others often use plastic parts. While these are durable, they may crack if dropped repeatedly. The pin that secures the plates could also come loose, making the dumbbells virtually useless. Besides those caveats, the plates have an unexpected feature: the weights are labeled in pounds and kilograms. You won’t have to do math if you prefer to track your weights in one unit of measurement over the other.

These are some of the best adjustable dumbbells you’ll find on the market, but don’t expect a discounted price. They start at around $700, and if you want more weight, you’ll pay another several hundred dollars for the 120-pound or 165-pound extensions. 

Best Value Dumbbells: PowerBlock Elite USA Adjustable Dumbbells

PowerBlock Eilte USA
  • Weight range: Five to 50 pounds (can purchase expansion kits to go up to 90 pounds)
  • Weight increments: 2.5 to five pounds
  • Adjustment type: Selector pins, removable adder weights
  • Dimensions: 12” L x 6” W x 6” H 
  • Materials: Welded steel, plastic
  • Warranty: Five-year limited
Check Price

Pros

  • Compact
  • Made in the US 
  • Premium quality materials 
  • Can get expansion packs if you want to add more weight 

Cons

  • Bulky shape 
  • Rubber handle 

When you live in a small space, like a condo or apartment, you need a solution that lets you do a variety of weightlifting exercises without sacrificing a bunch of space. The PowerBlock Elite USA Adjustable Dumbbells are an optimal choice for those who want something compact while offering plenty of room to get stronger.

The PowerBlock brand has been making adjustable dumbbells for more than 30 years. Because the company is a veteran in this space, it’s learned how to refine its product to meet most people’s needs. If you want dumbbells with 2.5- and five-pound increments that allow you to go up to 50 pounds, these have those capabilities. Plus, you can purchase add-on kits to rev up the weight to 70 to 90 pounds per hand. 

The PowerBlock Elite USA Dumbbells have a patented design, but they aren’t your typical adjustable dumbbells. They’ve got a bulky, square shape, which will limit some of the exercises you can do (e.g., power cleans). Someone that prefers knurling will see the cushioned handles as a dealbreaker. In addition, the rails along the outside of the handles are something to get used to, as they give the dumbbells a cage-like structure. However, the rails are color-coded for easy weight identification.

The PowerBlock Elite USA set is sold in pairs. They’re $419 for the 5-50 pound set, which is a fair price. You also have the choice to pay $189 for a 70-pound expansion kit and another $189 for a 90-pound expansion kit. 

Ultimately, beginners and established trainees can count on these to get the job done. They’re an expandable set that grows with you as you improve. 

Best Urethane Dumbbells: Rogue Urethane Dumbbells

Rogue Urethane Dumbbells
  • Weight range: Five to 150 pounds
  • Weight increments: Five pounds
  • Materials: Chrome handle and solid steel heads with urethane plating
  • Warranty: Limited lifetime warranty on structural welds
Check Price

Pros

  • Weights are clearly marked 
  • Long-lasting 
  • Attractive 
  • Shock absorbent heads 

Cons

  • Inconsistent knurling 
  • Some rusting may occur
  • Pricey 

There’s nothing like having a set of aesthetically appealing dumbbells in your home gym. Yes, the point of having dumbbells is to help you pump up your muscles, but they can still look good when you do it. The Rogue Urethane Dumbbells might be just the thing that gives you the best of both worlds, as they’re attractive and functional. 

With a weight range between five and 150 pounds that are available in five-pound increments, Rogue gives you plenty to work with. You can buy them in pairs or as a set, but purchasing individual dumbbells is not an option. 

This design is a practical alternative if you’re not a fan of rubberized bells. The plates are urethane, a man-made material that’s harder and smoother than traditional rubber. It may be better at withstanding drops, cuts, and even the sun. If you want to take your workout outside, these dumbbells should be able to handle it. 

The weight markings are gray and easy to read, so you don’t have to guess what weight you’re grabbing. The heads are aesthetically pleasing, but some users have stated that some are matte and others are shiny. 

The six-inch chrome handle is welded to the urethane heads so that it’s a single unit. This subtle feature might seem like no biggie. But if you pay attention to some dumbbells, it looks like the heads were awkwardly stuck on them. It’s nice to see that the Rogue urethane dumbbells are sleekly made. However, many purchasers have complained of rust developing at the weld, which you should not expect at their price point. It appears that Rogue expects this, as it advised one consumer to use a nylon bristle brush and some 3-in-1 oil on those concerning spots. 

The handles are 31 to 34 millimeters in diameter, depending on your chosen weight. They also have medium-grade knurling, so you can have a good grip without wrecking your palms. However, many have stated that the knurling is inconsistent. Some of the knurling is just right, whereas others are slippery or strong enough to tear skin off. This hints at quality control issues occurring somewhere along the building process. 

Despite the hiccups, the majority of people love these dumbbells. But they’re expensive, with a five-pound pair costing $45 and a 150-pound weight costing around $1,000. The limited lifetime warranty may protect the structural weld, though, so you can get a replacement if the dumbbells break.

Best Luxury Dumbbells: Eleiko Evo Rotating Dumbbells

Eleiko Evo Dumbbells
  • Weight range: 12.5 to 150 pounds
  • Weight increments: 2.5 to Five pounds
  • Materials: Stainless steel handle; polyurethane head 
  • Warranty: Five years
Check Price

Pros

  • Rotating handles help with injuries 
  • Multi-sided head design
  • Top of line 
  • Aesthetically-pleasing 
  • Clear, marked weight increments 

Cons

  • Expensive and have high shipping costs
  • Small handle diameter for heavy weights
  • Lowest weight is 12.5 pounds

If you’ve ever wondered which dumbbells are the creme de la creme, the Eleiko Evo Rotating Dumbbells are the ones. They are made with first-class materials like a proprietary Swedish steel handle and polyurethane head surface. Together, these materials make for a durable product that can endure five drops from five meters (about 16 feet) with no functional damage. Eleiko proudly states that the Evo Rotating Dumbbells have undergone significant testing to prove they’re the world’s best dumbbells.  

The rotating handle is a feature you won’t see on many dumbbells. It’s meant to make explosive exercises like snatches easier to do and places less stress on the joints, making it a good choice for someone with a shoulder injury. Eleiko also offers a fixed version if you don’t think you’d like how the handle rotates. 

The medium-knurled handles are only 5.12 inches long with a 1.5-inch diameter, so they’re on the smaller side. However, this patented design may still work for all trainees. Eleiko acknowledges that larger handles are sometimes problematic for athletes, so it wanted to create an accessible and easy-to-use product. 

Unlike other dumbbell sets that start at five pounds, the lowest weight offered here is 12.5 pounds. However, they reach 150 pounds, so that’s still a reasonable range. 

These can be purchased either individually or as a set, but whatever you choose, don’t expect a low price. Buying one 12.5-pound dumbbell will cost almost $200, and a 150-pound one is $859. Most people could buy a whole dumbbell set for the price of one of these heavy dumbbells, so many will seek other options. They’re typically used in commercial settings, though, and their price tag reflects that. But for those who prefer the best of the best, these are it. 

How We Chose the Best Dumbbell Sets

If there’s one piece of fitness equipment almost everyone uses, it’s dumbbells. In many ways, coming up with this best dumbbell sets list was easy. Given our environment, we often hear what people love about a particular dumbbell. We hear even more about what they hate. In these conversations, we become aware of which dumbbells are best based on one’s budget, fitness goals, and where they are in their journey. 

We took it a step further by heading to the web and seeing what others had to say. After adding and removing a few dumbbells, we had a best-of list that included an option for everyone.  

Why You Should Get Dumbbells for Your Home Gym

Dumbbells are a home gym staple for hundreds of reasons. For one, they’re easy to use. In fact, I don’t think I’ve ever received an instruction manual on how to use dumbbells. They’re also super versatile. You can do bilateral exercises like bench presses (which train both sides of the body at the same time) and unilateral exercises like single-arm tricep extensions (which train one side of the body at a time). 

In addition, unlike other free weights, dumbbells are much more portable. Like, imagine trying to lug a barbell to the park with you. In such a situation, it would be much easier to toss some lighter-weight dumbbells in your bag and bring them along. 

Some even feel that using dumbbells is safer, especially when starting your fitness journey. The weights tend to be easier to maneuver, so the risk of injury is low if you use them correctly. 

A few studies suggest that using free weights, like dumbbells, is a more effective form of strength training. A 2022 study revealed that the participants training with free weights gained more strength than those training with machines. (1)

What To Consider When Buying Dumbbell Sets

I can remember the first time I purchased dumbbells. I walked into this large retailer intending to find the most affordable item the store had to offer. I hadn’t thought about what exercises I wanted to do with the dumbbells, the materials they were made of, or their handle diameter. To be honest, I didn’t even know what in the world knurling was! So I walked out of the store that day with a pair of dumbbells that, even as a newbie, didn’t meet my needs. 

I want you to do much better than me, so here are the factors you must consider when shopping for dumbbells. 

Fixed vs. Adjustable Dumbbells

Fixed dumbbells like the Living.Fit and REP Fitness are great if you’ve got a higher budget and a spacious home gym space. These are often more durable and available in higher weights. And even though it’s technically not recommended, you can drop them if you need to. With fixed dumbbells, you don’t have to waste time with adjustment mechanisms to get to your preferred weight, which matters when you’re doing supersets. Plus, If you live with others and have a full dumbbell set, each party can grab what they need instead of sharing one pair of dumbbells. 

If you don’t have a lot of space or simply don’t want a bunch of dumbbells lying around, adjustable ones, like the Ironmaster Quick Lock Adjustable Dumbbells, are the way to go. They’re compact, cost-effective, and convenient. However, you have to be okay with sacrificing some durability with these, even if you purchase good ones. They occasionally rattle, often don’t have the same feel as fixed dumbbells, and have more components that can break.

Weight Range and Increments

Weight range and increments both matter, but they’re often overlooked factors. I know this because I once overlooked those things. Regarding the range of weights, you have to be honest with yourself about where you are on your fitness journey right now, what goals you’re trying to reach, and what exercises you want to do. Depending on those factors, you can determine if you need a full five- to 50-pound set (or greater) or if you should buy pairs of 10, 12.5, or 15-pound weights. 

Increasing weight should be done gradually, but what’s considered gradual is subjective. Some people are okay with dumbbells with five-pound increments, whereas others prefer 2.5- or 10-pound increments. The increments you choose may also depend on whether you’re exercising your upper or lower body or doing a bilateral (working both sides at the same time) or one-sided workout. 

Overall, if you move up too fast and/or haven’t mastered your form, you risk injury. Therefore, be intentional when selecting your dumbbell weight increments. 

Materials

The materials used to construct the dumbbell are very important. Do you want cast iron handles like the Snode dumbbells or rubber-covered handles like those offered by PowerBlock? Sometimes the latter is more comfortable to use and less slippery. 

Then you have to think about the heads and/or plates on your dumbbells. Are they rubber, urethane, cast iron, or polyvinyl chloride (PVC)? Rubber and urethane heads are softer and bouncier, making them ideal for dropping and avoiding scratched-up floors. However, you may prefer urethane over rubber if you want something that lasts longer. 

Cast iron heads are also durable, but they might crack if dropped too frequently. Dumbbells with PVC heads are the cheapest. They’re a budget-friendly choice, but they get damaged faster. You might also notice that they become very slippery when you’re sweaty, which could be dangerous. We didn’t include PVC dumbbells on the list above for these reasons.

Durability

If you want dumbbells that will last for years, durable selections must be at the top of your list. And naturally, what comes along with high quality and longevity is an increased price. The materials used and the length of the warranty can tell you if something is heavy-duty enough. 

Ease of Use

Without a doubt, fixed dumbbells are the easiest to use, so go for these if you want a straightforward option. This isn’t to say that adjustable and loadable dumbbells are complicated, but they do take some getting used to. For example, some adjustable dumbbells have a twist dial you may have to figure out how to use. On top of that, some have add-ons you can purchase if you want to increase their weight. With fixed dumbbells, you just buy a heavier weight if you need to and get to work. 

Knurling

The tiny crisscrossed patterns on your dumbbells’ handles might seem like minor features, but they have a significant impact. Depending on the type of pattern on your handles, you’ll get something soft and less grippy or something that digs into your hands for a firmer grip. Many are right in the middle, like the PRx Loadable Dumbbells. 

Consider a handle with more aggressive knurling if you plan on using heavier weights while doing fewer reps. Contemplate medium knurling if you’ll be doing high-rep workouts since the aggressive kind may cause blisters. 

Handle Diameter

Should you go with a larger or smaller handle diameter? It depends on the size of your hands and how heavy the weight is. For instance, if you have small hands, a 1.4-inch-diameter handle like the one offered by Snode might be more challenging to hold. You want something you can wrap your fingers around, especially if you’re new to using dumbbells. They’ll be more comfortable to use if you can fully grasp them. 

Also, consider that dumbbells with higher weights tend to have larger diameters. These require you to use more muscle fibers in your hands, biceps, and forearms. Activating more muscle fibers should stimulate muscle growth and your ability to progress to even heavier weight in the future. 

Training Goals

If you’re getting dumbbells to maintain functional independence, you could get away with a few pairs of lighter weights (e.g., 2.5 to 15 pounds). However, if you know your goal is to progressively get stronger, you’ll need a set with heavier weight options. Those who want to lose weight could purchase light to moderate weights and do more reps to achieve their goals. 

Also, keep in mind that the weights you use for your lower body will likely be heavier than those you use for your upper body. It helps to have a variety of weights in this situation, so you’re not getting dumbbells that are too heavy for your arms but perfect for your legs.  

Budget

Before you start shopping for dumbbells, set a budget, then consider your options. Understand that having a smaller budget doesn’t automatically mean you can’t have quality dumbbells. However, it might mean starting with pairs and not a whole set, which is okay. 

If having a greater range of weights up front is important to you, go with adjustable dumbbells. The difference between a five- to 50-pound set of fixed dumbbells and adjustable ones with the same weight range is hundreds of dollars.     

Warranties

Whether or not a dumbbell set comes with a warranty tells you a lot. Brands that don’t offer warranties on their dumbbells probably recognize that their products weren’t built with the best materials. In addition, how long the warranty coverage lasts hints at the quality. REP Fitness and Living.Fit both offer a lifetime warranty for home use on their fixed dumbbells because they intend for the dumbbells to last. 

Now, compare that to the Amazon Basics dumbbells that only provide a one-year warranty. They come at a reasonable price and will get the job done, but don’t expect them to hold up in the same way, especially with heavy use. 

I’ve noticed that adjustable dumbbells are less likely to offer a lifetime warranty. This is probably because some of the components are more likely to fail after a while. However, the Ironmaster brand does, which speaks to its dumbbells’ quality. In fact, on its website, Ironmaster urges people to drop the dumbbells. 

Additional Features

In addition to the abovementioned factors, determine if you’ll need a storage rack. Adjustable and loadable dumbbells are space-savers, so you can set them in a closet when you’re done. However, fixed dumbbells, which often come in pairs, can take up a lot of room. If your space allows, factor in the price of a storage rack, as not all dumbbell sets come with a rack. You could probably find a storage rack on Amazon for $100, but well-known fitness equipment brands like Rogue and REP Fitness will likely charge $200 or more. 

The other thing to pay close attention to is if the dumbbell you’re looking at has premium features, like the Eleiko Evo Rotating Dumbbells that have rotating handles. While they may be more practical for high-intensity, dynamic exercises, like dumbbell snatches, most people don’t find them a must-have. So if you don’t need them, avoid paying the extra price. 

What Exercises Are Dumbbells Good For?

One reason people love having dumbbells in their home gyms is because there are so many exercises you can do with them. Consider the following: 

Final Thoughts

At this point, you not only know about some of the best dumbbell sets on the market, but you also know how to pick the right one for you. There are hundreds of options out there. However, you can now intentionally select those that’ll help you reach your goals. Whether that be adjustable dumbbells, fixed dumbbells, loadable dumbbells, or those with rotating handles — you’re equipped with the knowledge you need to succeed. 

So, which ones are you going to go with? 

FAQs

Which brand of dumbbells is best?

It’s difficult to say which brand of dumbbells is the best because “the best” differs for everyone. Sure, brands like REP Fitness and Rogue are pretty well-known in the fitness space. But it’s important not to rely on the brand alone when deciding which dumbbell is best for you. For instance, Amazon Basics offers a pretty good dumbbell set for those on a budget. 

What are the benefits of getting a set of dumbbells?

Some of the benefits of getting a set of dumbbells for home gyms include versatility, portability, and ease of use. Some research even suggests that using dumbbells is more effective at improving one’s strength than machines. (1)

What is the best dumbbell set for beginners?

The best dumbbell set for beginners is one that’s cost-effective yet durable and progressive. You don’t want to grab the most expensive set in the store because you may realize later that you don’t like it. For instance, imagine buying a complete set of rubber-handled dumbbells but then learning that they’re uncomfortable for you. It also helps to get something with a good weight range, like 2.5 to 50 pounds, so you have room to increase your weights over time.   

What is the best dumbbell weight for home workouts?

The best dumbbell weight for home workouts depends on your own individual strength and the types of exercises you plan on doing. For upper body movements, starting with five to 10-pound dumbbells should be enough for beginners, while more advanced athletes may need to use 20- to 30 pound-weights to feel challenged. For lower body exercises, 20 to 25 pounds may be heavy enough for beginners. Advanced exercisers may need 30- to 40-pound dumbbells.

Research

  1. Heidel, K. A., Novak, Z. J., & Dankel, S. J. (2022). Machines and free weight exercises: a systematic review and meta-analysis comparing changes in muscle size, strength, and power. The Journal of sports medicine and physical fitness, 62(8), 1061–1070. https://doi.org/10.23736/S0022-4707.21.12929-9

The post Best Dumbbell Sets for Strength Training, HIIT, and More appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best Supplements for Weight Loss https://breakingmuscle.com/best-supplements-for-weight-loss/ Fri, 21 Jul 2023 18:02:59 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=192349 Today, you’ll find hundreds of powders, pills, drinks, energy bars, and more on store shelves claiming to be just the item you need to achieve your weight loss goals. This gives many people the idea that using those products alone will miraculously result in dramatic weight loss. Is that really true? Not exactly. A healthy diet and regular exercise are the most important...

The post Best Supplements for Weight Loss appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Today, you’ll find hundreds of powders, pills, drinks, energy bars, and more on store shelves claiming to be just the item you need to achieve your weight loss goals. This gives many people the idea that using those products alone will miraculously result in dramatic weight loss. Is that really true? Not exactly.

A healthy diet and regular exercise are the most important factors in weight loss, though adding a weight loss supplement may help you reach your goals sooner. But with so many options, how are you supposed to pick the best weight loss supplements for you?

Below, well share what we’ve identified as 10 of the best supplements for weight loss. From caffeine-free options to night-time fat burners — you’ll be able to walk away with an idea of which item may be an effective weight loss product for you.

Medical disclaimer: This article is intended for educational and informational purposes only. It is not intended as a substitute for medical advice. For health advice, contact a licensed healthcare provider.

Our Top Picks for the Best Supplements for Weight Loss

Best Overall Supplement for Weight Loss: PhenQ

PhenQ
  • Number of pills per bottle: 60
  • Key highlights: Targets weight loss in five ways
  • Noteworthy ingredients: Includes patented α-Lacys Reset®


Check Price

Pros

  • 60-day money-back guarantee
  • Natural ingredients 
  • Over the counter
  • Many positive customer reviews

Cons

  • Includes caffeine
  • Only purchasable from the PhenQ website
  • Large pill

Weight loss supplements are usually good at one thing. Some act as an appetite suppressant and put your cravings at bay, while others can boost metabolism. PhenQ is unique in that it may help you achieve your weight loss goals in five ways: fat-burning, diminishing fat accumulation, reducing food cravings, providing cognitive support, and acting as a metabolism booster.

Naturally, you’re probably wondering how in the world one dietary supplement can do all of that. And is it actually a safe way to achieve your ideal body weight?

Well, these vegan and vegetarian-friendly pills have many science-backed ingredients, like α-Lacys Reset®. This ingredient, which is a patented combination of alpha lipoic acid, cysteine base, and magnesium, has been tested in a placebo-controlled study. Researchers found that α-Lacys Reset® could cause a thermogenic effect, a fancy phrase for heat producing. (1) The body produces heat when burning calories, potentially leading to weight loss.

In addition to α-Lacys Reset®, the pill includes other natural ingredients like Capsimax powder (a potential fat burner), chromium picolinate (can help curb carbohydrate cravings), caffeine (may shed excess fat), nopal cactus (may provide feelings of fullness), and l-carnitine fumarate (may turn fat into energy). All of these ingredients have been researched in some capacity to evaluate their role in possibly helping with weight loss.

One bottle of PhenQ is almost $70 and includes 60 weight-loss pills. Two are meant to be taken daily, so you’re getting a 30-day supply. If you purchase two bottles, though, you’d get a third one free, which is a good deal. While the PhenQ website says users shouldn’t experience side effects, some customers experienced vomiting, and others complained that the large pills are difficult to swallow.

Overall, does it work? Many customers say it does, and PhenQ’s website has before and after pictures so people can see for themselves. If you’re unsatisfied after trying two bottles, the company will refund your order.

Best Whey Protein Powder for Weight Loss: Jacked Factory Authentic ISO

Jacked Factory Authentic ISO
4.0
  • Protein type: Whey isolate
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Cost per serving: $1.20 to $1.33
  • Calories per serving: 110 to 130
  • Protein per serving: 25 grams, depending on the flavor
  • Flavors: Cookies & Cream, Unflavored (if you buy from Amazon)
  • Third-party tested: No
Check Price

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • High-protein, low-carb 
  • Tastes good
  • Premium ingredients

Cons

  • Includes artificial ingredients
  • Only available in the 30-serving option
  • Contains milk

If you’ve shopped around for a top-notch protein powder, you’re likely aware that it’s not cheap. Thirty servings could easily cost you $50+, and you might get stuck with poor ingredients if you’re paying less. Fortunately, that’s not the case with Jacked Factory Authentic Whey.

For just under $40, you get a tasty protein powder option containing high-quality ingredients. One container includes 30 servings, and that’s about $1.33 per scoop. Each serving has 25 grams of protein, 0.5 grams of fat, one gram of sugar, and 110 calories. Can you guess how many grams of carbs it has? Just one. So if you follow a high-protein, low-carb diet to help with your weight loss goals, you’ll appreciate this.

One issue many people experience when using protein powders is poor digestion, but because this is made with whey protein isolate, bloating is less likely. Whey protein isolate is processed in a way that reduces the whey’s lactose and fat content, so it should be a lot gentler on the stomach. (2) However, since this product does include milk, folks who are lactose-intolerant or vegan will likely want to consider something else.

In addition to potentially being easier to digest, whey protein isolate can also be helpful in repairing lean muscle and improving muscle strength. (3) Therefore, if you want to increase muscle mass, this protein powder may help you with that.

Ultimately, it’s a solid choice if you’re okay with it having some artificial ingredients. And it’s sweetened with stevia, which some folks don’t like. The texture is a little extra creamy, too, and that can be a huge bother if you don’t like powders with a thicker consistency. Nonetheless, there are some good flavors like Cinnamon French Toast and Chocolate Peanut Butter. You can opt for an unflavored version, too.

RELATED: Best Protein Powder

Best Supplement for Muscle Gain and Weight Loss: XWERKS Lift

XWERKS Lift
4.5
  • Number of servings: 80
  • Cost per serving: $0.61
  • Amount of creatine per serving: Five grams
  • Flavors: Unflavored
Check Price

Pros

  • Vegan and gluten-free 
  • One ingredient
  • No sugar
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Occasional fishy odor
  • It may cause nausea for some

If you’re not interested in a weight loss supplement with many ingredients, XWERKS Lift might be what you’ve been looking for. This powder only includes five grams of the amino acid creatine monohydrate. Also, because it doesn’t have all the extras often found in popular protein powder brands, it’s mostly flavorless. Therefore, you can add it to your flavored drink without worrying about it being too creamy or clumpy.

Now, you might wonder how a weight loss product with one ingredient can pack such a powerful punch. Well, it all comes down to it being the right ingredient. Creatine affects how fat cells metabolize and can increase whole-body energy expenditure. This may allow you to burn more calories throughout the day.

Creatine monohydrate is also touted for supporting muscle growth, especially when combined with resistance training. (4) In addition, it’s handy for muscle recovery post-workout and enhanced performance, and research supports these claims. For instance, the U.S. National Library of Medicine reviewed 16 studies and found that individuals using creatine could lift 15 pounds more weight when doing bench presses than those who didn’t take creatine. (5)

Research has also discovered that creatine might be helpful for those with type 2 diabetes. Creatine increases the function of a molecule known as glucose transporter type 4, which could lower your blood sugar levels. (6) It’s nice that this powder could have other health benefits besides helping individuals lose weight and gain muscle.

One bag of this supplement is $49, and a little bit goes a long way. A pack of XWERKS Lift has 80 servings, so that’s almost three months’ worth of product. However, it may cause an upset stomach since it may not be as easy to absorb as creatine hydrochloride. Also, the texture might be grittier than some would like.

RELATED: Best Creatine Supplements

Best Caffeine-Free Supplement for Weight Loss: Transparent Labs Stim-Free Fat Burner

Transparent Labs Stim-Free Fat Burner
  • Number of servings: 60
  • Cost per serving: $0.92
  • Noteworthy ingredients: 300 milligrams of green tea leaf extract, 250 milligrams of ForsLean, 50 milligrams of Paradoxine, and 50 milligrams of Capsimax 
  • Flavors: None – sold as capsules 
  • Third-party tested: Analytical Resource Laboratories Certified; Elite Manufacturing & Packaging Third-Party Tested
Check Price

Pros

  • Natural ingredients 
  • Vegan-friendly and gluten-free 
  • Includes nootropics, which may help improve brain function

Cons

  • Need to take two daily
  • Pricier option
  • Often sold out

You’ve probably noticed that many weight loss supplements come with caffeine, but do you need this ingredient to minimize your body mass index? Not really. Although research does show that caffeine may promote BMI and body fat reduction, other ingredients can help you on your journey. (7) In fact, the Transparent Labs Stim-Free Fat Burner capsules are caffeine-free and may work well when combined with a healthy diet and exercise.

Transparent Lab’s Fat Burner capsules contain all-natural ingredients, like green tea leaf extract, ForsLean, l-theanine, and Capsimax capsaicin. Each element may play a vital role in optimizing fat loss and enhancing energy levels.

The green tea extract, for example, is full of antioxidants and has been shown to be beneficial for women with central obesity thanks to its ability to break down fat cells. (8) ForsLean, an abstract derived from dried roots of Coleus forskohlii (an herb commonly used in traditional medicine), can potentially help with weight management after weight loss. (9)

L-theanine is associated with the browning of white adipose tissue, which is when white fat begins to darken as a result of increased thermogenesis. (10) Thermogenesis occurs when the body produces heat by breaking down glucose and fat. Brown fat happens to be much better at storing and burning energy (calories) than white fat. These actions ultimately may lead to weight loss.

Capsimax can help reduce appetite and energy intake. (11) When all of these ingredients work together, you get a powerhouse of a supplement.

While this product will appeal to many, some will prefer a different choice. For one, these are capsules, and some folks don’t like swallowing pills. On top of that, these are intended to be taken twice a day, about 30-60 minutes before you eat. Many people will feel like that’s too much to keep up with. If none of that would bother you, Transparent Labs Stim-Free Fat Burner might be worth a try.

Best Greens Powder for Weight Loss: AG1

AG1
4.3
  • Number of servings: 30 to 60
  • Cost per serving: Starts at $2.48
  • Key highlights: 75 vitamins, minerals, and whole-food-sourced ingredients
  • Potential benefits: Can support immune, digestive, and brain health; promote stronger hair and nails; and help you feel more energized
Check Price

Pros

  • Vegan, paleo, and keto-friendly
  • High-quality ingredients
  • No artificial colors, preservatives, or sweeteners

Cons

  • Pricey
  • May upset stomach
  • Not backed by scientific research

While most of us expect three to six ingredients in a supplement, AG1 comes through with 75. This green powder is intended to help people fill their nutritional gaps, as many of us are deficient in the vitamins and minerals we need.You’ll find pre-biotics, probiotics, and enzymes that can support gut health; vitamin C and zinc to support immunity; magnesium for a potential boost in energy; and several antioxidants for post-workout recovery.

In addition, AG1 uses whole-food sourced nutrients and is NSF Certified for Sport. The latter means the product must follow strict standards to ensure it offers clean ingredients. For instance, each batch is tested and verified in AG1’s Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA)-registered facility, which is likely a lot of work, but it speaks to the brand’s aim for quality.

AG1 says it’s gone through 52 product iterations so far to help improve the flavor and ensure it follows the latest science. However, it doesn’t appear that any clinical trials have been done to confirm its safety or validity.

Consumers say it’s not too bad taste-wise and doesn’t have a gritty texture. You can add it to an eight-ounce glass of water, let it dissolve (or shake it), and drink it up. If mixing it with water alone isn’t your thing, add it to a smoothie, milk, or juice. AG1 is a little sweet with a citrusy undertone, but there’s nothing wrong with adding a little oomph.

For a 30-serving pouch of this green powder, expect to spend just under $100. Add $10 to that if you want the individual travel packs. You could save some money with a monthly subscription but expect to still dish out $79 to $89 for one month of product.

RELATED: AG1 Review: Is This Greens Powder Worth It?

Best Collagen Supplement for Weight Loss: Bulletproof Collagen Peptides

Bulletproof Collagen Peptides
  • Collagen source: Bovine
  • Form: Hydrolyzed powder
  • Number of servings: 12 to 60
  • Cost per serving: Starts at $1.28
  • Amount of collagen per serving: 20 grams
  • Protein per serving: 18 to 19 grams, depending on the flavor
  • Flavors: Chocolate, Unflavored, Vanilla
  • Third-party tested: Tested for the presence of heavy metals and other toxins
Check Price

Pros

  • Three flavors
  • Low sugar
  • Keto-friendly

Cons

  • Clumpy when mixed
  • Not NSF-Certified
  • Bad taste
  • It may cause an upset stomach

When most people think about collagen, they associate it with improving skin health. However, collagen may play a role in weight loss, too. A 2023 study revealed that obese rats treated with collagen peptides saw a decrease in weight gain, blood glucose levels, and BMI. (12) So, if an animal experienced these results, could a human benefit from collagen, too? It’s possible and also explains why highly-rated collagen supplements like Bulletproof Collagen Peptides probably exist in the first place.

If you’re looking for a vegan option, this one isn’t it. Bulletproof’s collagen is obtained from parts of pasture-raised cows that would otherwise go to waste. Bulletproof has made efforts to support sustainability and provide a high-quality product by utilizing cows that don’t receive added hormones.

The 17.6-ounce container provides approximately 25 servings and costs around $43.95. For many, this will come across as pricey since you don’t even get a month’s worth of product. However, there is an option to set up a subscription, knocking the price down to $35.16.

Each serving, which equals two scoops, provides about 20 grams of hydrolyzed collagen, 18 grams of protein, and 65 milligrams of sodium. If you’re monitoring your calorie intake, you should know that one serving is 70 calories.

This dietary supplement comes in three flavors: Chocolate, Vanilla, and Unflavored. The latter is best if you want to mix it with your coffee, smoothie, or soup. Some even mix it in with their baked goods. However, two big customer complaints are that it doesn’t dissolve well and has a very bitter taste. Others remarked that Bulletproof has poor customer service, which is something you have to think abouttoo, when purchasing a product.

Besides helping with weight management, these collagen peptides may be able to help with joint function, which is important for athletes and older adults. (13) Unfortunately, some athletes might have to avoid it because it’s not NSF-certified.

So, is it worth it? Almost 3,000 five-star reviews would say so, but don’t solely rely on it to achieve effective weight loss.

Best Supplement for Energy and Weight Loss: Jacked Factory Burn-XT

Jacked Factory Burn-XT
  • Number of servings: 30
  • Key highlights: Made in a cGMP-certified facility
  • Noteworthy ingredients: Green tea extract, Capsimax cayenne pepper
Check Price

Pros

  • Cost-effective
  • 30-day money-back guarantee
  • Vegetable-based

Cons

  • Includes caffeine
  • Many customers saw no change

If you don’t mind a fat-burning dietary supplement that contains caffeine, say hello to Jacked Factory’s Burn-XT. The formulation includes evidence-based ingredients like 450 milligrams of green tea extract, 50 milligrams of Capsimax cayenne pepper, and 70 milligrams of AcetylL-carnitine. To help with the absorption process, five milligrams of Bioperine (a patented extract of black pepper) are also included. Burn-XT helps to prompt thermogenesis in the cells of the small intestine. When combined with a balanced diet and exercise, you could notice fat loss and lean muscle growth.

The green tea extract has natural caffeine, so it should give you a boost of energy. It may also reduce bloating. There are some cardiovascular health benefits associated with this ingredient, too, such as lowering high blood pressure. (14) Capsimax, which comes from red hot chili peppers, can ignite thermogenesis to help boost your metabolism. AcetylL-carnitine plays a part in increasing your metabolic rate and may further assist with fatty acid oxidation (breaking down fatty acids into smaller molecules to be used for energy).

To get the best results, it’s recommended that users take two capsules per day before or with their meals. Since Burn-XT has 270 milligrams of caffeine anhydrous and natural caffeine from the green tea extract, it’s probably best to consume the pills in the morning or afternoon. Otherwise, you might have difficulty falling asleep around bedtime.

A 30-serving container of Burn-XT costs $34.99, so if you take two a day, one package will last 15 days. Therefore, you could very quickly end up spending $70 for one month’s worth of supplements. That’s not cheap. Fortunately, if you try the product and it doesn’t seem to work for you, there’s a 30-day money-back guarantee. Based on user reviews, Jacked Factory seems to be very good about honoring this policy.

Best Workout Supplements for Weight Loss: Legion Fat Loss Stack

Legion Fat Loss Stack
  • Number of servings: 21 to 45
  • Key highlights: Contains three supplements (two fat burners and a pre-workout mix)
  • Noteworthy ingredients: Citrulline malate and beta-alanine in the pre-workout; yohimbine in the Forge fat burner; Grains of Paradise in the Phoenix fat burner
Check Price

Pros

  • Evidence-backed ingredients
  • Can choose a pre-workout with or without caffeine
  • Transparent labeling
  • No return needed money-back guarantee

Cons

  • Pricey
  • It may cause intestinal distress  
  • Lots of pills

Ideally, one dietary supplement should be good enough, but what happens when there are three? Well, you get the Legion Fat Loss Stack. For almost $116, you’ll get two fat burners and a pre-workout drink that comes in over 10 flavors. You also can select whether you want the caffeinated or non-caffeinated pre-workout drink, which is a huge plus. But still, what’s the deal with needing three supplements?

On its website, Legion acknowledges that supplements alone aren’t going to help you lose weight or build muscle. But it does claim that its products can help you lose fat faster, enhance performance, and boost muscle strength, thanks to their formulation.

The Phoenix Fat Burner consists of diet pills that contain 5-HTP, an ingredient from the Griffonia plant that may suppress your appetite and help you to feel satiated after a meal. (15) One container includes 30 servings and 150 capsules, so you’re meant to take this capsule at least five times daily. Admittedly, that’s a lot of pills and will be a deal-breaker for some.

The next supplement in the trio is Pulse, a pre-workout powder that you’re supposed to mix with eight to 10 ounces of water. Pulse is formulated with theanine, caffeine (unless you choose the non-caffeinated one), alpha-GPC, betaine, citrulline, and more. Together, these ingredients may increase your endurance, strengthen your focus, and reduce fatigue. When you’re trying to push through a workout, this supplement may help you get through it.

The last supplement in the line-up is Forge, a pre-workout fat burner. This is best used during fasted training, as the yohimbine ingredient (a compound from the Yohimbe evergreen tree) can prompt fat mass loss. (16) The container has 180 vegetarian capsules and 45 servings, so one serving equals four pills.

Whether or not this product is worth it to you depends on how you feel about the price, the number of pills, and the formulation. If you’re trying the product for the first time, know that Legion offers a money-back guarantee, so you don’t have to return the items. However, if you order again in the future and request a refund, Legion may require that you send back the package.

RELATED: Best Pre-Workouts for Building Muscle, Running, Taste, and More

Best Supplements for Gut Health and Weight Loss: Biotics 8

Biotics 8
  • Number of pills per bottle: 90
  • Key highlights: May also help improve focus and support mental well-being
  • Noteworthy ingredients: Lactobacillus plantarum (a probiotic), vitamin D3
Check Price

Pros

  • 60-day moneyback guarantee
  • Dairy-free and gluten-free 
  • May also boost immunity

Cons

  • One serving is three capsules
  • Costly
  • Few product reviews

In recent years, the topic of gut health has become increasingly popular, and for a very good reason. Evidence shows that the state of our gut microbiome is linked to our overall health and may play a role in whether or not we become obese. (17) Therefore, if we can improve the health of our gut, it’s possible that we can also lose weight more efficiently. And Biotics 8, a product made specifically for men, is said to foster a healthier digestive system that aids weight loss.

Biotics 8 is formulated with prebiotics and probiotics. Prebiotics are a type of dietary fiber that nourishes the healthy bacteria in our gut. On the other hand, probiotics are good bacteria that help balance the bacterial community in your digestive system. Together, they’re a dynamic duo that may be able to reduce total cholesterol levels, relieve constipation, and improve fat metabolism. (18)(19)(20)

If you use Biotics 8 while adhering to a balanced diet, the pre-and probiotics may be able to break your food down more effectively. Biotics 8 may also behave like an appetite suppressant. Even bowel movements could be more efficient at shedding excess fat. Each of these actions could assist with overall weight loss.

If achieving bigger muscles is your goal, the ingredients in Biotics 8 might be able to assist with that, too. Although only mice have been studied so far, the probiotic Lactobacillus plantarum strain was associated with increased muscle mass, improved endurance, and more energy.

While this product might not be for everyone, it is worth considering if you desire a dairy-free dietary supplement that shouldn’t give you gas or an upset stomach. However, some people don’t respond well to probiotics. But if you can tolerate the Biotic 8’s formulation, it may be able to promote better prostate health. Conditions like benign prostate hyperplasia are often a result of low testosterone levels, but the probiotics in Biotic 8 may boost one’s testosterone health levels.

The bottle contains 90 capsules, and one serving is three capsules, so you get one month’s worth of product for $64.99. If you try it and realize it’s not for you, the company has a 60-day money-back guarantee policy.

Best Night-Time Fat BurnerPhen24

Phen24
  • Supply quantity: 30 days
  • Key highlights: Two-step system that is vegetarian- and vegan-friendly
  • Noteworthy ingredients: Ashwagandha, guarana, l-theanine, l-phenylalanine
Check Price

Pros

  • Vegan/vegetarian-friendly
  • 24-hour fat burner 
  • 60-day money-back guarantee

Cons

  • Requires a greater commitment
  • Only purchasable through the company’s website

Many dietary supplements focus on what happens during the daytime when you’re physically active and eating. However, many don’t recognize the temptations that occasionally occur at night when you’re bored and want to give in to after-dinner snacking. Night-time cravings can lure the best of us into the kitchen, but what if there was something that could help with that?

Phen24 is a 24-hour fat burner that follows a two-step system. In the morning, you take one day-time capsule that contains capsaicin, l-phenylalanine, guarana (caffeine), and ashwagandha.

Capsaicin is a common ingredient in weight loss supplements. Some of the other ingredients may seem less familiar but may have additional fat loss benefits. When combined with exercise, l-phenylalanine stimulates whole-body fat oxidation, making it an excellent pre-workout choice. (21) Guarana is caffeine associated with browning adipose tissue, and ashwagandha is associated with decreasing cortisol, which can cause weight gain. (22)(23)

The night-time formula may help improve your mood, decrease cravings, and burn extra fat, which can all assist you with meeting your weight loss goals. Ingredients like glucomannan from the konjac plant and Griffonia may induce a fullness sensation, while l-arginine may help reduce body weight and waist circumference. (24)(25)

Phen24 uses all-natural ingredients and is a good option for vegans and vegetarians. However, some people won’t like the two-step system. You must remember to take one capsule with breakfast and take two more 15 minutes before dinner. It requires a commitment that some folks won’t be willing to make.

For $69.99, you get a one-month supply of day and night capsules. Compared to other dietary supplements, this price isn’t that bad. You can also purchase a two-month supply for $139.99 and get a third month free, which is a great deal. And if, for some reason, you just don’t like it, the company offers a 60-day money-back guarantee.

How We Chose the Best Supplements for Weight Loss

As you know, there are a lot of supplements for weight loss on the market, so finding the best was no easy feat. We talked to those in our fitness network to see what supplements they raved about and complained about. We also took to the internet to see which weight loss supplements were rated highly by consumers.

After that, we compiled a list and assessed various factors such as price, ingredients, dietary preferences, stated benefits, and supplement type. We recognize that not everyone is looking for the same thing, so we wanted to create a list that catered to various preferences. For instance, some folks hate taking pills and prefer powdery mixes, or they might be vegan and desire to avoid animal-based products.

Our 10 best supplements for weight loss list is intended to be a guide anyone could refer to and find something that aligns with their weight loss goals.

How Do Weight Loss Supplements Work?

Growing up in the 90s, I used to see a lot of infomercials about weight loss pills, and truthfully, I found them cringy. They’d often show these before and after photos with people holding up a pair of their old jeans and then say, “All you need is [insert dietary supplement].” I found these claims completely untrustworthy. After all, if all people needed was one diet pill or powder, why did so many try it and still struggle to reach their goals? So I vowed never to try them.

Today though, I realize that those informercials were misleading and most weight loss supplements aren’t bad. The problem is that those infomercials led people to believe that diet pills alone could shed fat, but that’s not how it works. They’re meant to be combined with a balanced diet and frequent physical activity.

Ultimately, how a weight loss supplement works depends on the formulation used. For instance, some ingredients may curb your appetite, while others may speed up your metabolism. Whether or not they’re effective is debatable. You might find that research has been done on a specific ingredient but rarely will you find that the weight loss supplement product itself has been studied.

What To Look For When Buying a Weight Loss Supplement

If you’re interested in weight loss supplements, knowing what to look for is essential. Here are a few things you should consider to ensure you get the right product for you.

Ingredients

As you browse different weight loss supplements, pay close attention to their ingredients list. It might feel overwhelming looking at a bunch of words that are hard to pronounce, but it’s so vital that you do.

Understand Each Ingredient’s Function

Each ingredient should serve a purpose, like causing thermogenesis, boosting metabolic rate, or shedding body fat. Think back to some of the ingredients repeatedly listed above, like green tea extract, capsaicin, and l-carnitine, and how they functioned. Many of these ingredients have been researched and linked to helping with weight loss.

Is the Ingredient Safe To Use?  

You’ll want to be especially careful of brands who shy away from sharing their ingredients list. Many will say it’s proprietary information, but you deserve to know where the ingredients are sourced and whether they’re natural or synthetic. It’s typically much better to use ingredients extracted from plants and herbs, as many have been backed up by scientific evidence.

While some natural ingredients could be potentially harmful (like those mentioned below), synthetic ingredients could be very toxic and carcinogenic. Considering that dietary supplements are not as heavily regulated as medications, using a product with untested synthetic ingredients could be risky.

You need to know these details so you can make an informed decision. Consider the following:

  • Bitter Orange: This was once widely used in dietary supplements as a way to reduce one’s appetite, but now its safety is questionable. Additional research has shown that it might cause a rapid heart rate and high blood pressure. (26)
  • Green Coffee Bean Extract: Considered safe and may help with weight loss, but includes compounds like chlorogenic acid (an antioxidant compound) and caffeine. If you’re sensitive to caffeine, it might induce a headache or anxiety. (26) 
  • Garcinia cambogia: Claimed to suppress your appetite but seems to have little effect on weight loss. In addition, it may cause nausea and issues with the intestines, upper respiratory tract, and stomach. (26)
  • Conjugated linoleic acid (CLA): This may help reduce a little body fat, but it may cause loose stools and indigestion if consumed in excess. Long-term use may also lead to a fatty liver and/or increased inflammation. (27)

Dosing

Just like you have to pay attention to the dosing instructions when taking cold medicine or a prescription, you should do the same with dietary supplements. Many of the supplements on this list require you to take multiple pills daily, like Phen24, or add two scoops of mix, like Bulletproof Collagen Peptides. Getting the dose wrong could lead to you not achieving the desired results or experiencing unwanted side effects.

Potential Side Effects

Many people take the nonchalant approach of, “It’s just supplements, so what’s the worst that could happen” when taking weight loss supplements. However, this isn’t advised. If you were given a prescription for Orlistat, a medication meant to help you lose weight, you’d probably read its potential side effects. Therefore, you should consider the side effects of supplements as well, especially if you have a medical condition or are taking other medications.

Some vitamins and antioxidants, for example, can decrease the effectiveness of blood thinners, birth control, or chemotherapy. In addition, there’s a risk of getting too much of a nutrient. If your diet already meets the recommended dietary allowance for a particular vitamin and your supplement includes a lot of that same vitamin, you might wind up sick. Consider how excess vitamin A could lead to liver damage, or too much iron may cause nausea. (28) Perpetual use of some ingredients, like CLA, could even raise insulin resistance, a condition in which the body stops responding to insulin, leading to raised blood sugar levels. (29) Always be mindful of the potential short-term and long-term side effects.

Are Weight Loss Supplements Regulated by the FDA?

The Food and Drug Administration oversees dietary supplements, but they are not regulated like over-the-counter or prescription drugs. (26) This is because supplements are classified as a “food” and not a “drug.”

Medications must undergo an extensive approval process before being placed on the market for purchase. However, a company can sell weight loss supplements without providing the FDA with any evidence that it’s effective or safe. The only time the FDA requires approval is if a new dietary ingredient is being introduced.

The FDA does try to ensure that companies follow safe manufacturing practices and accurately label their products. (30) For instance, it’s inappropriate for companies to insinuate that a diet pill or similar product can treat, diagnose, prevent, or cure diseases. Making such a claim would mean it should be regulated as a drug.

Who Shouldn’t Use Weight Loss Supplements?

If you’re thinking about using weight loss supplements, you should first speak with your doctor. They’ll be able to go through your medical history and medication list to see if introducing supplements is safe. Speaking with a physician is especially important if you have heart disease, diabetes, high blood pressure, or issues with your liver. In general, you should avoid weight loss supplements if you’re pregnant or currently nursing.

Final Thoughts

Whether you’re trying to lose weight or decrease your body fat percentage, you’re probably looking for an efficient way to achieve your ideal body weight. However, it can be incredibly frustrating when you’re following a healthy diet and exercising consistently but still not seeing results. It’s for this reason that many individuals look to weight loss supplements. These supplements alone may not help you achieve weight loss, but they may be able to provide the boost you need to build lean muscle and shed stubborn belly fat.

So, now that you know about the 10 best supplements for weight loss, which one will you go with?  

FAQs

Which supplement is the best for weight loss?

The best supplement for weight loss depends on what you need help with. For example, if you struggle with late-night cravings, finding a supplement with an appetite-suppressing ingredient, like the Transparent Labs Stim-Free Fat Burner, is ideal. Need a performance boost or struggling to push through your workouts while fasting? A supplement with ingredients claimed to improve your endurance and focus, such as the Pulse pre-workout powder in the Legion Fat Loss Stack, might help.

Do any supplements actually help with fat loss?

Many weight loss supplements include ingredients like caffeine, green tea extract, and carnitine that may help burn fat. However, it’s important not to rely solely on the supplement to do all the work. Working out and being in a caloric deficit is what’s really needed to achieve fat loss.

What supplements can I take to burn belly fat?

Just like there’s no exercise that can specifically burn belly fat, it’s highly unlikely that a weight loss supplement will only burn belly fat. While there’s no guarantee that a supplement can shed fat from your midsection, fat-burning ingredients like the glucomannan found in Phen24 may help.

Do any over-the-counter weight loss supplements work?

There is some scientific evidence that the ingredients used in over-the-counter weight loss supplements may aid in deterring weight gain. However, few to no supplement makers have had actual peer-reviewed studies done to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of their products.

Research

  1. Namazi N, Larijani B, Azadbakht L. Alpha-lipoic acid supplement in obesity treatment: A systematic review and meta-analysis of clinical trials. Clin Nutr. 2018;37(2):419-428. doi:10.1016/j.clnu.2017.06.002
  2. Begum J, ed. Whey and whey isolate: What’s the difference? WebMD. https://www.webmd.com/diet/difference-whey-and-whey-isolate. Accessed July 17, 2023.
  3. Cereda E, Turri A, Klersy C, et al. Whey protein isolate supplementation improves body composition, muscle strength, and treatment tolerance in malnourished advanced cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy. Cancer Med. 2019;8(16):6923-6932. doi:10.1002/cam4.2517
  4. Saremi A, Gharakhanloo R, Sharghi S, Gharaati MR, Larijani B, Omidfar K. Effects of oral creatine and resistance training on serum myostatin and GASP-1. Mol Cell Endocrinol. 2010;317(1-2):25-30. doi:10.1016/j.mce.2009.12.019
  5. Dempsey RL, Mazzone MF, Meurer LN. Does oral creatine supplementation improve strength? A meta-analysis. J Fam Pract. 2002;51(11):945-951.
  6. Nelson AG, Arnall DA, Kokkonen J, Day R, Evans J. Muscle glycogen supercompensation is enhanced by prior creatine supplementation. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2001;33(7):1096-1100. doi:10.1097/00005768-200107000-00005
  7. Tabrizi R, Saneei P, Lankarani KB, et al. The effects of caffeine intake on weight loss: a systematic review and dos-response meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2019;59(16):2688-2696. doi:10.1080/10408398.2018.1507996
  8. Chen IJ, Liu CY, Chiu JP, Hsu CH. Therapeutic effect of high-dose green tea extract on weight reduction: A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Clin Nutr. 2016;35(3):592-599. doi:10.1016/j.clnu.2015.05.003
  9. Henderson S, Magu B, Rasmussen C, et al. Effects of coleus forskohlii supplementation on body composition and hematological profiles in mildly overweight women. J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2005;2(2):54-62. Published 2005 Dec 9. doi:10.1186/1550-2783-2-2-54
  10. Peng WQ, Xiao G, Li BY, Guo YY, Guo L, Tang QQ. l-Theanine Activates the Browning of White Adipose Tissue Through the AMPK/α-Ketoglutarate/Prdm16 Axis and Ameliorates Diet-Induced Obesity in Mice. Diabetes. 2021;70(7):1458-1472. doi:10.2337/db20-1210
  11. Rogers J, Urbina SL, Taylor LW, et al. Capsaicinoids supplementation decreases percent body fat and fat mass: adjustment using covariates in a post hoc analysis. BMC Obes. 2018;5:22. Published 2018 Aug 13. doi:10.1186/s40608-018-0197-1
  12. Raksha N, Halenova T, Vovk T, et al. Anti-obesity effect of collagen peptides obtained from Diplulmaris antarctica, a jellyfish of the Antarctic region. Croat Med J. 2023;64(1):21-28. doi:10.3325/cmj.2023.64.21
  13. Collagen. The Nutrition Source. https://www.hsph.harvard.edu/nutritionsource/collagen/. Published February 7, 2023. Accessed July 17, 2023.
  14. Bogdanski P, Suliburska J, Szulinska M, Stepien M, Pupek-Musialik D, Jablecka A. Green tea extract reduces blood pressure, inflammatory biomarkers, and oxidative stress and improves parameters associated with insulin resistance in obese, hypertensive patients. Nutr Res. 2012;32(6):421-427. doi:10.1016/j.nutres.2012.05.007
  15. Ioannou S, Williams AL. Preliminary fMRI findings concerning the influence of 5-HTP on food selection. Brain Behav. 2016;7(1):e00594. Published 2016 Oct 28. doi:10.1002/brb3.594
  16. Barnes ME, Cowan CR, Boag LE, et al. Effects of Acute Yohimbine Hydrochloride Supplementation on Repeated Supramaximal Sprint Performance. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2022;19(3):1316. Published 2022 Jan 25. doi:10.3390/ijerph19031316
  17. Davis CD. The Gut Microbiome and Its Role in Obesity. Nutr Today. 2016;51(4):167-174. doi:10.1097/NT.0000000000000167
  18. Wang L, Guo MJ, Gao Q, et al. The effects of probiotics on total cholesterol: A meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Medicine (Baltimore). 2018;97(5):e9679. doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000009679
  19. He Y, Zhu L, Chen J, et al. Efficacy of Probiotic Compounds in Relieving Constipation and Their Colonization in Gut Microbiota. Molecules. 2022;27(3):666. Published 2022 Jan 20. doi:10.3390/molecules27030666
  20. Wu T, Wang G, Xiong Z, et al. Probiotics Interact With Lipids Metabolism and Affect Gut Health. Front Nutr. 2022;9:917043. Published 2022 May 31. doi:10.3389/fnut.2022.917043
  21. Ueda K, Sanbongi C, Yamaguchi M, Ikegami S, Hamaoka T, Fujita S. The effects of phenylalanine on exercise-induced fat oxidation: a preliminary, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover trial. J Int Soc Sports Nutr. 2017;14:34. Published 2017 Sep 12. doi:10.1186/s12970-017-0191-x
  22. Bortolin RC, Vargas AR, de Miranda Ramos V, et al. Guarana supplementation attenuated obesity, insulin resistance, and adipokines dysregulation induced by a standardized human Western diet via brown adipose tissue activation. Phytother Res. 2019;33(5):1394-1403. doi:10.1002/ptr.6330
  23. Choudhary D, Bhattacharyya S, Joshi K. Body Weight Management in Adults Under Chronic Stress Through Treatment With Ashwagandha Root Extract: A Double-Blind, Randomized, Placebo-Controlled Trial. J Evid Based Complementary Altern Med. 2017;22(1):96-106. doi:10.1177/2156587216641830
  24. Keithley JK, Swanson B, Mikolaitis SL, et al. Safety and efficacy of glucomannan for weight loss in overweight and moderately obese adults. J Obes. 2013;2013:610908. doi:10.1155/2013/610908
  25. Szlas A, Kurek JM, Krejpcio Z. The Potential of L-Arginine in Prevention and Treatment of Disturbed Carbohydrate and Lipid Metabolism-A Review. Nutrients. 2022;14(5):961. Published 2022 Feb 24. doi:10.3390/nu14050961
  26. Office of dietary supplements – dietary supplements for weight loss. NIH Office of Dietary Supplements. https://ods.od.nih.gov/factsheets/WeightLoss-Consumer/. Accessed July 17, 2023.
  27. Pang K, Zhu Z, Zhu S, Han L. A high dose of conjugated linoleic acid increases fatty liver and insulin resistance in lactating mice. PLoS One. 2019;14(8):e0214903. Published 2019 Aug 7. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0214903
  28.  Office of dietary supplements – dietary supplements: What you need to know. NIH Office of Dietary Supplements. https://ods.od.nih.gov/factsheets/WYNTK-Consumer/#h1. Accessed July 17, 2023.
  29. 11 supplements and herbs for weight loss explained. WebMD. https://www.webmd.com/vitamins-and-supplements/herbal-remedies. Accessed July 17, 2023.
  30. Facts about dietary supplements. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/rumor-control/facts-about-dietary-supplements. Accessed July 17, 2023.
  31. 5. Martinka V. Poll finds 86% of Americans take vitamins or supplements yet only 21% have a confirmed nutritional deficiency. American Osteopathic Association. https://osteopathic.org/2019/01/16/poll-finds-86-of-americans-take-vitamins-or-supplements-yet-only-21-have-a-confirmed-nutritional-deficiency/#:~:text=CHICAGO%E2%80%94January%2016%2C%202019%E2%80%94,of%20the%20American%20Osteopathic%20Association. Published July 19, 2019. Accessed July 17, 2023.

The post Best Supplements for Weight Loss appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
Best Resistance Bands for Building Muscle, Resistance Training, and More https://breakingmuscle.com/best-resistance-bands/ Wed, 12 Jul 2023 19:23:52 +0000 https://breakingmuscle.com/?p=191626 If you feel like your home workouts are getting a little monotonous, it’s time to switch some things up. Adding some versatility can help you stay consistent, but you might feel limited if your home gym space is on the smaller side. In addition, let’s face it, high-quality home gym equipment isn’t very budget-friendly. Therefore, what are your...

The post Best Resistance Bands for Building Muscle, Resistance Training, and More appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>
If you feel like your home workouts are getting a little monotonous, it’s time to switch some things up. Adding some versatility can help you stay consistent, but you might feel limited if your home gym space is on the smaller side. In addition, let’s face it, high-quality home gym equipment isn’t very budget-friendly. Therefore, what are your options when you want something inexpensive, fairly small, and that gives you flexibility with your full-body workouts?

We’ve found that resistance bands are an excellent choice for beginners and advanced trainees alike. You can incorporate them into your strength training routines and cardio sessions and bring them along with you when you’re on the go. However, not all resistance bands are alike. This is exactly why we’ve created our top picks for the best resistance bands.

So keep reading to find one that fits your preferences and doesn’t take up a lot of space!

Our Top Picks for the Best Resistance Bands

Best Resistance Bands Set: Living.Fit Resistance Bands

Living.Fit Resistance Bands
4.0
  • Can buy a set of four, a set of six, or individual bands
  • Loop-style design and 41-inch length
  • Resistance levels range from five to 200 pounds
  • Lifetime warranty
Check Price

Pros

  • Includes door anchor and carrying case
  • Four to six different resistance levels 
  • Lifetime warranty

Cons

  • Doesn’t have handles
  • Unable to buy the bands in pairs 
  • Bands not labeled with the resistance level

If your resistance training routine includes doing lots of pull-ups, you will want a set of resistance bands that can perform proficiently. After all, the last thing you want to worry about while doing upper body exercises is if your resistance bands can withstand the pressure. But is it really possible to find something that’s compact, affordable, and durable? 

Well, the Living.Fit Resistance Bands may check all of those boxes.

You can purchase them as a set of four for $29.99 or six for $79.99, which is quite impressive, especially considering their practically unheard-of levels of resistance. The lightest band offers approximately five pounds of resistance, and the heaviest one offers 200 pounds of resistance. Given their range, these bands could be a good choice for someone who doesn’t quite know what they need yet or someone more advanced.

The Living.Fit Resistance Bands come with a door anchor so that you can do various push-pull exercises. However, what’s inconvenient about these bands is that you can’t buy them in pairs. For instance, if you wanted to add some bands to a barbell, you’d need to buy another set or an individual band. One other thing that’s a bit of a nuisance is that the resistance level isn’t labeled on the band, so you’d need to look it up each time until you memorize it.

While these certainly aren’t the cheapest bands on the block, they’re still a reasonable price considering what you get. They’re high quality and don’t have the rubber smell many bands come with, which is a bonus. And we can’t forget about the lifetime warranty either. If a band snaps, Living.Fit will replace it!

Best Resistance Bands With Handles: REP Fitness Tube Resistance Bands

REP Fitness Tube Resistance Bands
  • Material: Latex rubber
  • Style: Tube bands
  • Amount of resistance: Light, medium, heavy
  • Length: Not listed
Check Price

Pros

  • Budget-friendly 
  • Three levels of resistance 
  • No rubber smell

Cons

  • Small handles 
  • Unknown pounds of resistance 
  • Less-than-ideal quality

Do you need low-cost rubber bands for warm-ups, stretching, and rehabilitation? If yes, the REP Fitness Tube Resistance bands might be a good choice for you. For just $25, you’ll get a set that lets you do different exercises that strengthen multiple muscle groups.

These tube bands provide three different levels of resistance: light, medium, and heavy. Each one is a different color so you can identify the level of tension. The nine-millimeter blue band provides light resistance, the 12-millimeter orange band bears medium resistance, and the heaviest band (13.5 millimeters) is black.

However, one flaw is that it’s still unclear how much tension you’re getting, as REP Fitness hasn’t disclosed this information. It also would’ve been helpful if the bands were labeled for easier identification.

One of the most appealing features, especially for someone looking to do bicep curls, is the band’s handles. Unfortunately, many may find these grip handles underwhelming. They’re not very ergonomically made, as they are small and not very grippy. As a result, they won’t feel as secure in your hands as you’d probably expect.

In addition, given their price point, you have to question the quality, and reasonably so. Although they’re said to be heavy-duty, the materials feel as though they were made at a bargain.

Nonetheless, if you’re a beginner or recovering from an injury and just need something that’ll get the job done, these will do. Plus, they don’t have that strong latex smell many bands are often known for.

RELATED: Best Kettlebells for Home Gyms

Best Resistance Bands for Building Muscle: Rogue Fitness Monster Bands

Rogue Fitness Monster Bands
  • Material: Natural latex rubber 
  • Style: Loop bands
  • Amount of resistance: 15 to 200 pounds
  • Length: 41 inches
Check Price

Pros

  • Purchasable as a set, pair, and individually 
  • High-quality natural latex 
  • Eight bands to choose from
  • Durable

Cons

  • Pricier
  • Overwhelming rubber smell

If you ask me, the Rogue Monster Bands have something to offer everyone. Whether you want to use them in your home gym or place them in your gym bag, these latex bands should deliver. With eight bands that span between 15 and 200 pounds of tension, you’ve got choices, and you’re not forced to buy a set. I like that you can buy a single band or get a pair, as that allows you to really customize it to your needs.

For example, if you’re looking for beginner-friendly bands or some ideal bands for pull-up assistance, their 15 to 50-pound mini bands should do the trick. For lower body workouts, like squats and those targeting the calves, hamstrings, and glutes, the 65- to 100-pound bands would be best. Then, the much heavier 140- to 200-pound bands are nice to pair with barbells for deadlifts.

These are the type of resistance bands you should be able to count on for a long time. They’re not poorly made, so you shouldn’t have to worry about them cracking or splitting.

However, as you might imagine, a higher price tag is attached to reflect the quality. Depending on the resistance level, one band could cost you between $15.50 and $61. To be honest, you can get a set of four resistance bands for less than the price of one of their resistance bands, as most sets cost between $20 and $80. But even considering that, they’re still more cost-effective and space-saving than getting free weights.

Rogue also lets you buy additional accessories to take your workout experience to the next level. They’ve got a door strap and handle you can purchase as add-ons, so you can use the bands in any room of your home with a sturdy door for stretching and mobility work.

Best Looped Resistance Bands: Titan Fitness Loop Resistance Band Multi-Pack

Titan Fitness Loop Resistance Band Multi Pack
  • Material: Latex rubber 
  • Style: Loop bands
  • Amount of resistance: 15 to 120 pounds
  • Length: 12 inches
Check Price

Pros

  • Comes with eight bands
  • Thicker than other bands 
  • One-year warranty

Cons

  • Pungent latex smell 
  • Less exercise variability

The Titan Fitness Loop Resistance Bands are thick, well-made, and a good value for resistance band training. For less than $60, you get four pairs of non-slip bands that come with a one-year warranty. This speaks highly to Titan’s belief in its product, as you won’t find warranty coverage too often for bands.

These loop bands are color-coded for easy identification. Start with the red bands if you’re a beginner and/or doing physical therapy and looking for light resistance, like 15 to 30 pounds. When you’re ready to advance or implement calisthenics, move on to the black bands with 40 to 70 pounds of resistance. You could use the 60 to 100-pound purple bands for strength training with heavy resistance or the 70 to 120-lb green bands for advanced resistance training.

You can do many resistance band exercises with the Titan Fitness bands, but they are somewhat limiting. For example, you could use them with no problem during pilates and yoga, but I wouldn’t buy these if I wanted to do pull-ups. The bands are only 12 inches long, which is a little short. One user even stated that getting these over their shoes is challenging, which slows down their workout. Therefore, if you want bands for pull-up assistance, look for some that are at least 41 inches long.

Besides the noticeable latex smell, which should go away over time, and having slightly less exercise versatility, these bands are built to last. Titan Fitness even claims they have wear-resistant performance, so they shouldn’t lose their elasticity for a while.

Best Resistance Bands for Bodybuilding: Living.Fit Camo Resistance Bands

Living.Fit Camo Resistance Bands
  • Material: Synthetic rubber
  • Style: Pull-up bands
  • Amount of resistance: 5 to 125 pounds
  • Length: 81.9-inches (41-inches when the band is held with one end in each hand)
Check Price

Pros

  • Non-latex
  • Multiple resistance options
  • Includes door anchor and carrying case
  • Cost-effective

Cons

  • Cannot purchase individually
  • No handles

If you’re a fan of camo, you’re in luck. These bands sport a cool design that is sure to stand out in your home gym or gym bag. In addition to their interesting aesthetic, they’re also fairly affordable. For less than $35, you’re getting a set of four durable bands. That’s basically like paying $8.00 to $9.00 per band. This is a reasonable price, especially considering how expensive buying fixed or adjustable dumbbells would be.

Each band is 81.9 inches long, but if you hold an end in each hand, it’ll be 41 inches on each side. That’s a lot of length, and this is what makes the bands ideal for doing pull-ups. Despite having different widths, such as the lightest one being 0.5 inches and the heaviest being 1.7 inches, they’re all 3.2 millimeters thick. Similar bands are around 4.5 millimeters thick, so these are on the thinner side.

The Living.Fit Camo Resistance Bands set pretty much caters to all fitness levels, but more advanced trainees might want something different, as the heaviest tension level is 125 pounds. This would fall short if you want a band with up to 200 pounds of tension.

However, this isn’t to say you couldn’t still get a good workout in. With four different resistance levels that range between five and 125 pounds, you’ve got options. For instance, the light resistance red camo band can be used for stretching and increasing your range of motion, while the black camo and purple camo bands can be used for speed training and curls. The green camo band has between 50 to 125 pounds of resistance, which can be great for lower body exercises, giving you versatility.

I also can’t forget to mention that these bands are made with synthetic rubber, so those with latex allergies still have a good option. It’s neat, too, that these come with a door anchor and carrying case, making them easily portable and giving you options for where you can use them.

Best Resistance Bands for Seniors: Gritin Resistance Bands

Gritin Exercise Bands Loop Bands
  • Material: Natural latex
  • Style: Loop band
  • Amount of resistance: Light to XX-heavy 
  • Length: ‎23.62 inches
Check Price

Pros

  • Resistance level marked 
  • Priced under $10
  • Very compact 
  • Comes with a carrying bag

Cons

  • Somewhat flimsy and not ideal for strength training
  • Limited exercise options 
  • Strong latex smell

As we age, our joints may become less flexible, which can limit our range of motion. However, using resistance bands, like the ones by Gritin, can help minimize the impact of such age-related changes.

Gritin Resistance Bands are some of the most affordable on the market. For almost $9.00, you’ll get five color-coded bands that are super lightweight and easily portable. The tension ranges from light to XX-heavy, but it’s not exactly clear how much tension in pounds that translates to. While that’s a bummer, the bands still stand out in other ways, such as being extremely beginner-friendly and easy to use.

Another factor that stands out to me is that these bands are clearly marked with their resistance level. Some of the most expensive bands on the market don’t have this feature, so it’s neat to see it here. This takes the guesswork out of the equation, allowing you to focus more on just completing your home workouts.

If you want to build muscle, these aren’t the resistance bands for you. They’re a bit too thin and flimsy to be used for advanced strength training. You could do exercises such as front squats with them, but you do have to worry about the bands slipping and riding up. In addition, at just over 21 inches long, they’re a little on the shorter side, limiting what exercises you can do. 

Ultimately, if you’re looking for a set of bands that won’t break the bank, these could be a decent choice. Sure, you’re not going to get top-quality material, but they could suffice. You might also have to bare with their strong latex smell, but you could try setting the bands outside for a couple of days to see if that’ll air them out or wash them with mild dish soap.

Best Resistance Bands on Amazon: Fit Simplify Resistance Loop Exercise Bands

Fit Simplify Resistance Loop Exercise Bands
  • Material: Natural latex rubber 
  • Style: Loop bands
  • Amount of resistance: Two to 30 pounds
  • Length: 12 inches
Check Price

Pros

  • Different color options 
  • Affordable 
  • Good value for the price
  • Includes instruction guide

Cons

  • Rolls up easily 
  • Sticky 
  • Tears easily

Amazon has become a go-to retailer for a lot of us, so naturally, if you need resistance bands, you’ll probably look there first. However, if you type “resistance bands” into the search bar, you’ll see several pages worth of options. And with so many choices, how in the world are you supposed to choose?

Well, to make it easier, we’ve identified the Fit Simplify Resistance Loop Exercise Bands as the best resistance bands from Amazon. 

For less than $13, you’ll get a set of five elastic bands. They’re color-coded and have three different color options to choose from. For instance, there’s one set with an assortment of colors, including blue, green, yellow, black, and red. The other choices are berry and pink. 

Conveniently, each band’s resistance level is labeled and ranges from x-light to x-heavy. 

In my opinion, it would’ve been even better if the Fit Simplify brand had also added the pounds of tension to the bands. However, for the price, it’s good enough. 

The amount of resistance each band provides is below:

  • X-light – two to four pounds
  • Light – six to eight pounds
  • Medium – 10 to 12 pounds
  • Heavy band – 15 to 20 pounds
  • X-heavy – 25 to 30 pounds

You could also stack them to get a total of 74 pounds of resistance. These admittedly don’t pack a lot of tension compared to other bands, but if you’re a beginner or getting physical therapy, these should suffice. 

Many consumers seem satisfied with the bands, noting that they’re good quality and very durable. But don’t expect these bands to last a very long time. While it depends on what you use the bands for and how often you use them, you may get one to two years of use out of them.

Best Fabric Resistance Bands: Arena Strength Fabric Booty Bands

Arena Strength Fabric Booty Bands
  • Material: Cotton
  • Style: Loop bands
  • Amount of resistance: Light, medium, and heavy (23 to 55 pounds)
  • Length: 25 inches
Check Price

Pros

  • Includes workout guide 
  • 12-month warranty 
  • Good quality 
  • Unbreakable

Cons

  • Too small for some
  • Not enough tension for advanced trainees

Some of us want to work on our arms, and some of us want to work on our calves. However, others are very clear that they want to do resistance band exercises for glute activation. The Arena Strength Fabric Booty Bands may be ideal for those looking to enhance their lower body. 

For $29, you’ll get three bands. You can select the pack with gray, blue, and black bands or the one with pink, gray, and black bands. Each band is the same size, but they have different resistance levels. The gray band is 23 to 33 pounds, the pink and blue bands are 34 to 44 pounds, and the black band is 45 to 55 pounds. Some people may find that this isn’t enough pounds of tension to help them meet their needs, but they’re good for light warm-up exercises or beginner-friendly workouts.

What really makes these bands different from many others is that they’re made with fabric — cotton, to be specific. Their triple-stitched interface makes them practically unbreakable, and they also don’t roll. This is important, as some other bands tend to slip when you’re doing lunges, hip extensions, deadlifts, and more. Latex grips are sewn inside the bands to help them stay in place. 

This set includes a 15-page workout guide that was developed by CrossFit coaches. You also get a handy-dandy carrying case so you can bring them with you when you’re on the go. What’s even better is that these bands come with a 12-month replacement warranty. Therefore, if you’re not satisfied, the company will give you your money back.

One complaint that some users had is that the bands are too small if you’re not skinny. These bands are 25 inches in loop diameter, which is a little on the short side. If you fear that that size wouldn’t work for you, Arena Strength offers longer bands that are 42 inches long.

RELATED: Best Home Gym Machines on the Market

How We Chose the Best Resistance Bands

At Breaking Muscle, we underwent a tedious process to identify which bands were the best of the best. First, we considered what we’d heard from members of the fitness community, as people who work out will tell you what they did and didn’t like about a product. In addition to that, we perused the internet to identify what resistance bands consumers seemed to gravitate towards. Then, once we completed our list, we began sifting out what didn’t make the cut.

Many factors went into which resistance bands would remain on the top-pick list. For instance, we wanted to ensure something for everyone, so we aimed to include bands at different price points. After all, we’re all working with different budgets. Being mindful of the various resistance levels out there was critical as well. You may need more or fewer pounds of tension depending on your fitness goals and health. We also couldn’t forget about the material, as some users are allergic to latex.

All of these factors helped us narrow it down to the list we’ve presented here.

Benefits of Resistance Bands

If you’re in the process of buying equipment that you can utilize during your home workouts, resistance bands are a great choice. Here are a few reasons why you should add these to the cart.

Beginner and Advanced Trainee Friendly

When you’re new to working out, resistance bands are one of the least intimidating pieces of fitness equipment you’ll come across. You can use them while standing up and sitting down, thus catering to where you are in your journey. For advanced trainees, like those doing calisthenics, strength training, and pull-ups, these small but mighty things will make you sweat.

A Cost-Effective Choice

On average, dumbbells cost about $1.00 to $2.00 per pound, which can add up very quickly. So if you wanted two 50-pound dumbbells, you’d likely be out $100. Even with the best-quality resistance bands, you won’t experience that. As you saw above, you can easily get a set of four to six bands for under $100. Some of these bands even have 200 pounds of tension. Therefore, they’re a great choice if you’re on a budget for your home gym.

Compact But Challenging

Besides resistance bands, where else will you find 200 pounds of tension that you can toss in your bag without it weighing you down? These bands are incredibly lightweight and portable, making them an obvious choice when you want something you can take along with you when you travel or do workouts at the park.

What To Look For When Buying Resistance Bands

Buying resistance bands should be a very intentional process. I can still clearly remember the first time I bought a set. Honestly, they were very cheap, so I shouldn’t have been shocked at how flimsy they were. They kept rolling up while I did squats, and after a few months, one of them eventually snapped and popped me right on the thigh. I was also repulsed by the strong latex smell and powdery residue on the bands. This experience initially led me to believe all resistance bands were like that, but that’s not true. So, here’s what you need to look for!

Price

Before you go searching for resistance bands, the first thing you need to decide is how much you’re willing to spend. Once you’ve determined your budget, get an idea of how many bands you want. Do you wish to purchase them individually or as a pair? Are you looking for a set of four to eight, or do you want a single band? Whatever you come up with, keep that and the price in mind as you shop around. 

Do understand that cheaper bands aren’t going to have the best quality, but that doesn’t mean they can’t get the job done. The list above includes a set of bands as low as $9.00 and even some that are almost $80. Consumers have gotten immense value out of bands at every price point.

Materials

Raise your hand if you have a latex allergy. If you do, you’ll want to be extra cautious, as most bands are made with latex. For an option that doesn’t cause an allergic reaction, opt for bands made with synthetic rubber, like the Living.Fit Camo Resistance Bands.

Style

An elementary mistake to make on your hunt for resistance bands is assuming that they’re all the same. However, they most definitely are not. 

Loop bands, like those provided by Titan Fitness and Fit Simplicity, are flat and form a continuous loop. They can be used for upper body and lower body movements. Typically, the lighter resistance bands are used for the upper body, and the heavier ones are used for squats and other lower body exercises.

There are also tube bands, like the ones created by REP Fitness. These have handles on each end, which are helpful for new trainees. In addition, tube bands are great for enhancing your range of motion if you’re doing physical therapy.

Pull-up bands, like the regular Living.Fit resistance bands, tend to be best for upper body movements. If you’re trying to improve your bodyweight training routine, these should help. They’re often lengthier and will be about 41 inches long, compared to others that are only 12 inches long.

Amount of Resistance Provided

Another factor you must consider when hunting for resistance bands is the amount of resistance provided. Some people like to buy a set that includes a range of different resistance levels. This is ideal if you’re completely new to resistance bands and want something that can grow with you.

You also have to ask yourself what workouts you plan on doing. If you’re doing rehabilitation, maybe extra light bands that provide five to 10 pounds of resistance are better. But if you’re doing advanced strength training, you’ll probably want the extra heavy ones that offer 100 pounds of resistance. Be realistic about your needs so you can get an option that works for you.

Best Resistance Band Workouts

What I love most about resistance bands is their versatility. Here are some workouts you can do with this multifunctional item.

  • Variable resistance training – This is when you add an elastic band to your bar before you lift. Banded deadlifts and bench presses are excellent examples of this.
  • Yoga – You could implement bands while doing the downward-facing dog or plank.  
  • Pilates – Do leg openers by looping a band around your ankles while lying on your side. 
  • Bicep curls – To do this, grab some resistance bands with handles. You’ll want to stand on the center of the band while keeping handles at your side, then slowly curl your hands up to your shoulders. 
  • Lateral raise – With your feet shoulder-width apart, stand on the center of the bands, hold the ends of the band in each of your hands, and raise your arms out to the sides. They should be parallel to the ground. 
  • Push-ups – To complete a banded push-up, you’ll want to place the band behind your back, under your arms, and then loop it through the palm of your hands. 
  • Glute bridges – Simply put the band around both of your thighs (ideally right above the knees) and, while lying on your back with your knees bent and feet flat on the floor, raise your hips toward the sky. 
  • Tricep kickback – These are best done with a resistance band set that includes a door anchor and handles. Secure the bands to the anchor, and bend at the knees while keeping your back flat. Then pull the bands back with your forearms. 
  • Bent-over row – Stand in the center of the bands while slightly bending forward. Grab the bands on both sides and lift the bands up towards your upper rib. Lower them and repeat.

Final Thoughts

For those looking for budget-friendly equipment that lets you take your resistance training routine to the next level, consider resistance bands. However, don’t go shopping for just any bands. Consider our top picks above for the best resistance bands to help you make your decision. 

We’ve already done the heavy lifting for you by considering the different price points, materials, styles, and more. Therefore, all you’ve got to do is determine which one of these is best for you.

For under $100, you can totally advance your cardio and strength training sessions. So, which ones are you going to go with?

FAQs

Which resistance band is best?

Which resistance band is best depends on your preferences, lifestyle, and fitness goals. For example, if you want to improve your upper body strength, consider pull-up bands like the Living.Fit resistance bands. Or, if you want to tone up your glutes, think about loop bands with heavier resistance, like the loop band multi-pack from Titan Fitness. Just keep in mind that what works for someone else may not be ideal for you.

Who makes the best resistance bands?

REP Fitness, Rogue, and Titan Fitness are some of the top contenders for the best resistance bands. However, smaller and less well-known brands like Living.Fit and Gritin produce high-quality resistance bands, too.

What are the safest resistance bands?

The safest resistance bands are likely those that are made with high-quality materials like latex. Poorly made loop bands, in particular, sometimes don’t stay in place, which could make them a tripping hazard or cause them to snap during your workouts.

What strength resistance bands should I use?

The strength of your resistance bands depends on your experience level. If you’re unsure of which ones to get, we recommend buying a set of four to eight with different resistance levels ranging from about 10 pounds to 50 pounds. That way, if you start with a light band, you can gradually progress to the other bands.

What are the best resistance bands for beginners?

The Gritin Resistance Bands are incredibly user-friendly and excellent for beginners. The resistance levels on the bands are clearly labeled, they come with an instruction guide, and they are under 10 bucks. Many people also find tube bands like REP Fitness’s tube bands the most beginner-friendly because they have handles.

The post Best Resistance Bands for Building Muscle, Resistance Training, and More appeared first on Breaking Muscle.

]]>